wxPython/src/mac/_core.py

   1 # This file was created automatically by SWIG 1.3.29.
   2 # Don't modify this file, modify the SWIG interface instead.
   3
   4 import _core_
   5 import new
   6 new_instancemethod = new.instancemethod
   7 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self,class_type,name,value,static=1):
   8     if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own(value)
   9     if (name == "this"):
  10         if type(value).__name__ == 'PySwigObject':
  11             self.__dict__[name] = value
  12             return
  13     method = class_type.__swig_setmethods__.get(name,None)
  14     if method: return method(self,value)
  15     if (not static) or hasattr(self,name):
  16         self.__dict__[name] = value
  17     else:
  18         raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self)
  19
  20 def _swig_setattr(self,class_type,name,value):
  21     return _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self,class_type,name,value,0)
  22
  23 def _swig_getattr(self,class_type,name):
  24     if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own()
  25     method = class_type.__swig_getmethods__.get(name,None)
  26     if method: return method(self)
  27     raise AttributeError,name
  28
  29 def _swig_repr(self):
  30     try: strthis = "proxy of " + self.this.__repr__()
  31     except: strthis = ""
  32     return "<%s.%s; %s >" % (self.__class__.__module__, self.__class__.__name__, strthis,)
  33
  34 import types
  35 try:
  36     _object = types.ObjectType
  37     _newclass = 1
  38 except AttributeError:
  39     class _object : pass
  40     _newclass = 0
  41 del types
  42
  43
  44 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic_method(set):
  45     def set_attr(self,name,value):
  46         if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own(value)
  47         if hasattr(self,name) or (name == "this"):
  48             set(self,name,value)
  49         else:
  50             raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self)
  51     return set_attr
  52
  53
  54 #// Give a reference to the dictionary of this module to the C++ extension
  55 #// code.
  56 _core_._wxPySetDictionary(vars())
  57
  58 #// A little trick to make 'wx' be a reference to this module so wx.Names can
  59 #// be used here.
  60 import sys as _sys
  61 wx = _sys.modules[__name__]
  62
  63
  64 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  65
  66 def _deprecated(callable, msg=None):
  67     """
  68     Create a wrapper function that will raise a DeprecationWarning
  69     before calling the callable.
  70     """
  71     if msg is None:
  72         msg = "%s is deprecated" % callable
  73     def deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs):
  74         import warnings
  75         warnings.warn(msg, DeprecationWarning, stacklevel=2)
  76         return callable(*args, **kwargs)
  77     deprecatedWrapper.__doc__ = msg
  78     return deprecatedWrapper
  79
  80
  81 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  82
  83 NOT_FOUND = _core_.NOT_FOUND
  84 VSCROLL = _core_.VSCROLL
  85 HSCROLL = _core_.HSCROLL
  86 CAPTION = _core_.CAPTION
  87 DOUBLE_BORDER = _core_.DOUBLE_BORDER
  88 SUNKEN_BORDER = _core_.SUNKEN_BORDER
  89 RAISED_BORDER = _core_.RAISED_BORDER
  90 BORDER = _core_.BORDER
  91 SIMPLE_BORDER = _core_.SIMPLE_BORDER
  92 STATIC_BORDER = _core_.STATIC_BORDER
  93 TRANSPARENT_WINDOW = _core_.TRANSPARENT_WINDOW
  94 NO_BORDER = _core_.NO_BORDER
  95 DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER = _core_.DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER
  96 DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE = _core_.DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE
  97 TAB_TRAVERSAL = _core_.TAB_TRAVERSAL
  98 WANTS_CHARS = _core_.WANTS_CHARS
  99 POPUP_WINDOW = _core_.POPUP_WINDOW
 100 CENTER_FRAME = _core_.CENTER_FRAME
 101 CENTRE_ON_SCREEN = _core_.CENTRE_ON_SCREEN
 102 CENTER_ON_SCREEN = _core_.CENTER_ON_SCREEN
 103 CLIP_CHILDREN = _core_.CLIP_CHILDREN
 104 CLIP_SIBLINGS = _core_.CLIP_SIBLINGS
 105 WINDOW_STYLE_MASK = _core_.WINDOW_STYLE_MASK
 106 ALWAYS_SHOW_SB = _core_.ALWAYS_SHOW_SB
 107 RETAINED = _core_.RETAINED
 108 BACKINGSTORE = _core_.BACKINGSTORE
 109 COLOURED = _core_.COLOURED
 110 FIXED_LENGTH = _core_.FIXED_LENGTH
 111 LB_NEEDED_SB = _core_.LB_NEEDED_SB
 112 LB_ALWAYS_SB = _core_.LB_ALWAYS_SB
 113 LB_SORT = _core_.LB_SORT
 114 LB_SINGLE = _core_.LB_SINGLE
 115 LB_MULTIPLE = _core_.LB_MULTIPLE
 116 LB_EXTENDED = _core_.LB_EXTENDED
 117 LB_OWNERDRAW = _core_.LB_OWNERDRAW
 118 LB_HSCROLL = _core_.LB_HSCROLL
 119 PROCESS_ENTER = _core_.PROCESS_ENTER
 120 PASSWORD = _core_.PASSWORD
 121 CB_SIMPLE = _core_.CB_SIMPLE
 122 CB_DROPDOWN = _core_.CB_DROPDOWN
 123 CB_SORT = _core_.CB_SORT
 124 CB_READONLY = _core_.CB_READONLY
 125 RA_HORIZONTAL = _core_.RA_HORIZONTAL
 126 RA_VERTICAL = _core_.RA_VERTICAL
 127 RA_SPECIFY_ROWS = _core_.RA_SPECIFY_ROWS
 128 RA_SPECIFY_COLS = _core_.RA_SPECIFY_COLS
 129 RA_USE_CHECKBOX = _core_.RA_USE_CHECKBOX
 130 RB_GROUP = _core_.RB_GROUP
 131 RB_SINGLE = _core_.RB_SINGLE
 132 SB_HORIZONTAL = _core_.SB_HORIZONTAL
 133 SB_VERTICAL = _core_.SB_VERTICAL
 134 RB_USE_CHECKBOX = _core_.RB_USE_CHECKBOX
 135 ST_SIZEGRIP = _core_.ST_SIZEGRIP
 136 ST_NO_AUTORESIZE = _core_.ST_NO_AUTORESIZE
 137 ST_DOTS_MIDDLE = _core_.ST_DOTS_MIDDLE
 138 ST_DOTS_END = _core_.ST_DOTS_END
 139 FLOOD_SURFACE = _core_.FLOOD_SURFACE
 140 FLOOD_BORDER = _core_.FLOOD_BORDER
 141 ODDEVEN_RULE = _core_.ODDEVEN_RULE
 142 WINDING_RULE = _core_.WINDING_RULE
 143 TOOL_TOP = _core_.TOOL_TOP
 144 TOOL_BOTTOM = _core_.TOOL_BOTTOM
 145 TOOL_LEFT = _core_.TOOL_LEFT
 146 TOOL_RIGHT = _core_.TOOL_RIGHT
 147 OK = _core_.OK
 148 YES_NO = _core_.YES_NO
 149 CANCEL = _core_.CANCEL
 150 YES = _core_.YES
 151 NO = _core_.NO
 152 NO_DEFAULT = _core_.NO_DEFAULT
 153 YES_DEFAULT = _core_.YES_DEFAULT
 154 ICON_EXCLAMATION = _core_.ICON_EXCLAMATION
 155 ICON_HAND = _core_.ICON_HAND
 156 ICON_QUESTION = _core_.ICON_QUESTION
 157 ICON_INFORMATION = _core_.ICON_INFORMATION
 158 ICON_STOP = _core_.ICON_STOP
 159 ICON_ASTERISK = _core_.ICON_ASTERISK
 160 ICON_MASK = _core_.ICON_MASK
 161 ICON_WARNING = _core_.ICON_WARNING
 162 ICON_ERROR = _core_.ICON_ERROR
 163 FORWARD = _core_.FORWARD
 164 BACKWARD = _core_.BACKWARD
 165 RESET = _core_.RESET
 166 HELP = _core_.HELP
 167 MORE = _core_.MORE
 168 SETUP = _core_.SETUP
 169 SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH = _core_.SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH
 170 SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT = _core_.SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT
 171 SIZE_AUTO = _core_.SIZE_AUTO
 172 SIZE_USE_EXISTING = _core_.SIZE_USE_EXISTING
 173 SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE = _core_.SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE
 174 SIZE_FORCE = _core_.SIZE_FORCE
 175 PORTRAIT = _core_.PORTRAIT
 176 LANDSCAPE = _core_.LANDSCAPE
 177 PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH
 178 PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM
 179 PRINT_QUALITY_LOW = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_LOW
 180 PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT
 181 ID_ANY = _core_.ID_ANY
 182 ID_SEPARATOR = _core_.ID_SEPARATOR
 183 ID_NONE = _core_.ID_NONE
 184 ID_LOWEST = _core_.ID_LOWEST
 185 ID_OPEN = _core_.ID_OPEN
 186 ID_CLOSE = _core_.ID_CLOSE
 187 ID_NEW = _core_.ID_NEW
 188 ID_SAVE = _core_.ID_SAVE
 189 ID_SAVEAS = _core_.ID_SAVEAS
 190 ID_REVERT = _core_.ID_REVERT
 191 ID_EXIT = _core_.ID_EXIT
 192 ID_UNDO = _core_.ID_UNDO
 193 ID_REDO = _core_.ID_REDO
 194 ID_HELP = _core_.ID_HELP
 195 ID_PRINT = _core_.ID_PRINT
 196 ID_PRINT_SETUP = _core_.ID_PRINT_SETUP
 197 ID_PREVIEW = _core_.ID_PREVIEW
 198 ID_ABOUT = _core_.ID_ABOUT
 199 ID_HELP_CONTENTS = _core_.ID_HELP_CONTENTS
 200 ID_HELP_COMMANDS = _core_.ID_HELP_COMMANDS
 201 ID_HELP_PROCEDURES = _core_.ID_HELP_PROCEDURES
 202 ID_HELP_CONTEXT = _core_.ID_HELP_CONTEXT
 203 ID_HELP_INDEX = _core_.ID_HELP_INDEX
 204 ID_HELP_SEARCH = _core_.ID_HELP_SEARCH
 205 ID_CLOSE_ALL = _core_.ID_CLOSE_ALL
 206 ID_PREFERENCES = _core_.ID_PREFERENCES
 207 ID_CUT = _core_.ID_CUT
 208 ID_COPY = _core_.ID_COPY
 209 ID_PASTE = _core_.ID_PASTE
 210 ID_CLEAR = _core_.ID_CLEAR
 211 ID_FIND = _core_.ID_FIND
 212 ID_DUPLICATE = _core_.ID_DUPLICATE
 213 ID_SELECTALL = _core_.ID_SELECTALL
 214 ID_DELETE = _core_.ID_DELETE
 215 ID_REPLACE = _core_.ID_REPLACE
 216 ID_REPLACE_ALL = _core_.ID_REPLACE_ALL
 217 ID_PROPERTIES = _core_.ID_PROPERTIES
 218 ID_VIEW_DETAILS = _core_.ID_VIEW_DETAILS
 219 ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS = _core_.ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS
 220 ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS = _core_.ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS
 221 ID_VIEW_LIST = _core_.ID_VIEW_LIST
 222 ID_VIEW_SORTDATE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTDATE
 223 ID_VIEW_SORTNAME = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTNAME
 224 ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE
 225 ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE
 226 ID_FILE1 = _core_.ID_FILE1
 227 ID_FILE2 = _core_.ID_FILE2
 228 ID_FILE3 = _core_.ID_FILE3
 229 ID_FILE4 = _core_.ID_FILE4
 230 ID_FILE5 = _core_.ID_FILE5
 231 ID_FILE6 = _core_.ID_FILE6
 232 ID_FILE7 = _core_.ID_FILE7
 233 ID_FILE8 = _core_.ID_FILE8
 234 ID_FILE9 = _core_.ID_FILE9
 235 ID_OK = _core_.ID_OK
 236 ID_CANCEL = _core_.ID_CANCEL
 237 ID_APPLY = _core_.ID_APPLY
 238 ID_YES = _core_.ID_YES
 239 ID_NO = _core_.ID_NO
 240 ID_STATIC = _core_.ID_STATIC
 241 ID_FORWARD = _core_.ID_FORWARD
 242 ID_BACKWARD = _core_.ID_BACKWARD
 243 ID_DEFAULT = _core_.ID_DEFAULT
 244 ID_MORE = _core_.ID_MORE
 245 ID_SETUP = _core_.ID_SETUP
 246 ID_RESET = _core_.ID_RESET
 247 ID_CONTEXT_HELP = _core_.ID_CONTEXT_HELP
 248 ID_YESTOALL = _core_.ID_YESTOALL
 249 ID_NOTOALL = _core_.ID_NOTOALL
 250 ID_ABORT = _core_.ID_ABORT
 251 ID_RETRY = _core_.ID_RETRY
 252 ID_IGNORE = _core_.ID_IGNORE
 253 ID_ADD = _core_.ID_ADD
 254 ID_REMOVE = _core_.ID_REMOVE
 255 ID_UP = _core_.ID_UP
 256 ID_DOWN = _core_.ID_DOWN
 257 ID_HOME = _core_.ID_HOME
 258 ID_REFRESH = _core_.ID_REFRESH
 259 ID_STOP = _core_.ID_STOP
 260 ID_INDEX = _core_.ID_INDEX
 261 ID_BOLD = _core_.ID_BOLD
 262 ID_ITALIC = _core_.ID_ITALIC
 263 ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER
 264 ID_JUSTIFY_FILL = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_FILL
 265 ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT
 266 ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT
 267 ID_UNDERLINE = _core_.ID_UNDERLINE
 268 ID_INDENT = _core_.ID_INDENT
 269 ID_UNINDENT = _core_.ID_UNINDENT
 270 ID_ZOOM_100 = _core_.ID_ZOOM_100
 271 ID_ZOOM_FIT = _core_.ID_ZOOM_FIT
 272 ID_ZOOM_IN = _core_.ID_ZOOM_IN
 273 ID_ZOOM_OUT = _core_.ID_ZOOM_OUT
 274 ID_UNDELETE = _core_.ID_UNDELETE
 275 ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED = _core_.ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED
 276 ID_HIGHEST = _core_.ID_HIGHEST
 277 ACCEL_ALT = _core_.ACCEL_ALT
 278 ACCEL_CTRL = _core_.ACCEL_CTRL
 279 ACCEL_SHIFT = _core_.ACCEL_SHIFT
 280 ACCEL_NORMAL = _core_.ACCEL_NORMAL
 281 PD_AUTO_HIDE = _core_.PD_AUTO_HIDE
 282 PD_APP_MODAL = _core_.PD_APP_MODAL
 283 PD_CAN_ABORT = _core_.PD_CAN_ABORT
 284 PD_ELAPSED_TIME = _core_.PD_ELAPSED_TIME
 285 PD_ESTIMATED_TIME = _core_.PD_ESTIMATED_TIME
 286 PD_REMAINING_TIME = _core_.PD_REMAINING_TIME
 287 PD_SMOOTH = _core_.PD_SMOOTH
 288 PD_CAN_SKIP = _core_.PD_CAN_SKIP
 289 MENU_TEAROFF = _core_.MENU_TEAROFF
 290 MB_DOCKABLE = _core_.MB_DOCKABLE
 291 NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE = _core_.NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
 292 FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE = _core_.FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
 293 LI_HORIZONTAL = _core_.LI_HORIZONTAL
 294 LI_VERTICAL = _core_.LI_VERTICAL
 295 WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY = _core_.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY
 296 WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS = _core_.WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS
 297 WS_EX_TRANSIENT = _core_.WS_EX_TRANSIENT
 298 WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND = _core_.WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND
 299 WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE = _core_.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE
 300 WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES = _core_.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES
 301 MM_TEXT = _core_.MM_TEXT
 302 MM_LOMETRIC = _core_.MM_LOMETRIC
 303 MM_HIMETRIC = _core_.MM_HIMETRIC
 304 MM_LOENGLISH = _core_.MM_LOENGLISH
 305 MM_HIENGLISH = _core_.MM_HIENGLISH
 306 MM_TWIPS = _core_.MM_TWIPS
 307 MM_ISOTROPIC = _core_.MM_ISOTROPIC
 308 MM_ANISOTROPIC = _core_.MM_ANISOTROPIC
 309 MM_POINTS = _core_.MM_POINTS
 310 MM_METRIC = _core_.MM_METRIC
 311 CENTRE = _core_.CENTRE
 312 CENTER = _core_.CENTER
 313 HORIZONTAL = _core_.HORIZONTAL
 314 VERTICAL = _core_.VERTICAL
 315 BOTH = _core_.BOTH
 316 LEFT = _core_.LEFT
 317 RIGHT = _core_.RIGHT
 318 UP = _core_.UP
 319 DOWN = _core_.DOWN
 320 TOP = _core_.TOP
 321 BOTTOM = _core_.BOTTOM
 322 NORTH = _core_.NORTH
 323 SOUTH = _core_.SOUTH
 324 WEST = _core_.WEST
 325 EAST = _core_.EAST
 326 ALL = _core_.ALL
 327 ALIGN_NOT = _core_.ALIGN_NOT
 328 ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL
 329 ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL
 330 ALIGN_LEFT = _core_.ALIGN_LEFT
 331 ALIGN_TOP = _core_.ALIGN_TOP
 332 ALIGN_RIGHT = _core_.ALIGN_RIGHT
 333 ALIGN_BOTTOM = _core_.ALIGN_BOTTOM
 334 ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL
 335 ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL
 336 ALIGN_CENTER = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER
 337 ALIGN_CENTRE = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE
 338 ALIGN_MASK = _core_.ALIGN_MASK
 339 STRETCH_NOT = _core_.STRETCH_NOT
 340 SHRINK = _core_.SHRINK
 341 GROW = _core_.GROW
 342 EXPAND = _core_.EXPAND
 343 SHAPED = _core_.SHAPED
 344 FIXED_MINSIZE = _core_.FIXED_MINSIZE
 345 TILE = _core_.TILE
 346 ADJUST_MINSIZE = _core_.ADJUST_MINSIZE
 347 BORDER_DEFAULT = _core_.BORDER_DEFAULT
 348 BORDER_NONE = _core_.BORDER_NONE
 349 BORDER_STATIC = _core_.BORDER_STATIC
 350 BORDER_SIMPLE = _core_.BORDER_SIMPLE
 351 BORDER_RAISED = _core_.BORDER_RAISED
 352 BORDER_SUNKEN = _core_.BORDER_SUNKEN
 353 BORDER_DOUBLE = _core_.BORDER_DOUBLE
 354 BORDER_MASK = _core_.BORDER_MASK
 355 BG_STYLE_SYSTEM = _core_.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM
 356 BG_STYLE_COLOUR = _core_.BG_STYLE_COLOUR
 357 BG_STYLE_CUSTOM = _core_.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM
 358 DEFAULT = _core_.DEFAULT
 359 DECORATIVE = _core_.DECORATIVE
 360 ROMAN = _core_.ROMAN
 361 SCRIPT = _core_.SCRIPT
 362 SWISS = _core_.SWISS
 363 MODERN = _core_.MODERN
 364 TELETYPE = _core_.TELETYPE
 365 VARIABLE = _core_.VARIABLE
 366 FIXED = _core_.FIXED
 367 NORMAL = _core_.NORMAL
 368 LIGHT = _core_.LIGHT
 369 BOLD = _core_.BOLD
 370 ITALIC = _core_.ITALIC
 371 SLANT = _core_.SLANT
 372 SOLID = _core_.SOLID
 373 DOT = _core_.DOT
 374 LONG_DASH = _core_.LONG_DASH
 375 SHORT_DASH = _core_.SHORT_DASH
 376 DOT_DASH = _core_.DOT_DASH
 377 USER_DASH = _core_.USER_DASH
 378 TRANSPARENT = _core_.TRANSPARENT
 379 STIPPLE = _core_.STIPPLE
 380 STIPPLE_MASK = _core_.STIPPLE_MASK
 381 STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE = _core_.STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE
 382 BDIAGONAL_HATCH = _core_.BDIAGONAL_HATCH
 383 CROSSDIAG_HATCH = _core_.CROSSDIAG_HATCH
 384 FDIAGONAL_HATCH = _core_.FDIAGONAL_HATCH
 385 CROSS_HATCH = _core_.CROSS_HATCH
 386 HORIZONTAL_HATCH = _core_.HORIZONTAL_HATCH
 387 VERTICAL_HATCH = _core_.VERTICAL_HATCH
 388 JOIN_BEVEL = _core_.JOIN_BEVEL
 389 JOIN_MITER = _core_.JOIN_MITER
 390 JOIN_ROUND = _core_.JOIN_ROUND
 391 CAP_ROUND = _core_.CAP_ROUND
 392 CAP_PROJECTING = _core_.CAP_PROJECTING
 393 CAP_BUTT = _core_.CAP_BUTT
 394 CLEAR = _core_.CLEAR
 395 XOR = _core_.XOR
 396 INVERT = _core_.INVERT
 397 OR_REVERSE = _core_.OR_REVERSE
 398 AND_REVERSE = _core_.AND_REVERSE
 399 COPY = _core_.COPY
 400 AND = _core_.AND
 401 AND_INVERT = _core_.AND_INVERT
 402 NO_OP = _core_.NO_OP
 403 NOR = _core_.NOR
 404 EQUIV = _core_.EQUIV
 405 SRC_INVERT = _core_.SRC_INVERT
 406 OR_INVERT = _core_.OR_INVERT
 407 NAND = _core_.NAND
 408 OR = _core_.OR
 409 SET = _core_.SET
 410 WXK_BACK = _core_.WXK_BACK
 411 WXK_TAB = _core_.WXK_TAB
 412 WXK_RETURN = _core_.WXK_RETURN
 413 WXK_ESCAPE = _core_.WXK_ESCAPE
 414 WXK_SPACE = _core_.WXK_SPACE
 415 WXK_DELETE = _core_.WXK_DELETE
 416 WXK_START = _core_.WXK_START
 417 WXK_LBUTTON = _core_.WXK_LBUTTON
 418 WXK_RBUTTON = _core_.WXK_RBUTTON
 419 WXK_CANCEL = _core_.WXK_CANCEL
 420 WXK_MBUTTON = _core_.WXK_MBUTTON
 421 WXK_CLEAR = _core_.WXK_CLEAR
 422 WXK_SHIFT = _core_.WXK_SHIFT
 423 WXK_ALT = _core_.WXK_ALT
 424 WXK_CONTROL = _core_.WXK_CONTROL
 425 WXK_MENU = _core_.WXK_MENU
 426 WXK_PAUSE = _core_.WXK_PAUSE
 427 WXK_CAPITAL = _core_.WXK_CAPITAL
 428 WXK_PRIOR = _core_.WXK_PRIOR
 429 WXK_NEXT = _core_.WXK_NEXT
 430 WXK_END = _core_.WXK_END
 431 WXK_HOME = _core_.WXK_HOME
 432 WXK_LEFT = _core_.WXK_LEFT
 433 WXK_UP = _core_.WXK_UP
 434 WXK_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_RIGHT
 435 WXK_DOWN = _core_.WXK_DOWN
 436 WXK_SELECT = _core_.WXK_SELECT
 437 WXK_PRINT = _core_.WXK_PRINT
 438 WXK_EXECUTE = _core_.WXK_EXECUTE
 439 WXK_SNAPSHOT = _core_.WXK_SNAPSHOT
 440 WXK_INSERT = _core_.WXK_INSERT
 441 WXK_HELP = _core_.WXK_HELP
 442 WXK_NUMPAD0 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD0
 443 WXK_NUMPAD1 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD1
 444 WXK_NUMPAD2 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD2
 445 WXK_NUMPAD3 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD3
 446 WXK_NUMPAD4 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD4
 447 WXK_NUMPAD5 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD5
 448 WXK_NUMPAD6 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD6
 449 WXK_NUMPAD7 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD7
 450 WXK_NUMPAD8 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD8
 451 WXK_NUMPAD9 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD9
 452 WXK_MULTIPLY = _core_.WXK_MULTIPLY
 453 WXK_ADD = _core_.WXK_ADD
 454 WXK_SEPARATOR = _core_.WXK_SEPARATOR
 455 WXK_SUBTRACT = _core_.WXK_SUBTRACT
 456 WXK_DECIMAL = _core_.WXK_DECIMAL
 457 WXK_DIVIDE = _core_.WXK_DIVIDE
 458 WXK_F1 = _core_.WXK_F1
 459 WXK_F2 = _core_.WXK_F2
 460 WXK_F3 = _core_.WXK_F3
 461 WXK_F4 = _core_.WXK_F4
 462 WXK_F5 = _core_.WXK_F5
 463 WXK_F6 = _core_.WXK_F6
 464 WXK_F7 = _core_.WXK_F7
 465 WXK_F8 = _core_.WXK_F8
 466 WXK_F9 = _core_.WXK_F9
 467 WXK_F10 = _core_.WXK_F10
 468 WXK_F11 = _core_.WXK_F11
 469 WXK_F12 = _core_.WXK_F12
 470 WXK_F13 = _core_.WXK_F13
 471 WXK_F14 = _core_.WXK_F14
 472 WXK_F15 = _core_.WXK_F15
 473 WXK_F16 = _core_.WXK_F16
 474 WXK_F17 = _core_.WXK_F17
 475 WXK_F18 = _core_.WXK_F18
 476 WXK_F19 = _core_.WXK_F19
 477 WXK_F20 = _core_.WXK_F20
 478 WXK_F21 = _core_.WXK_F21
 479 WXK_F22 = _core_.WXK_F22
 480 WXK_F23 = _core_.WXK_F23
 481 WXK_F24 = _core_.WXK_F24
 482 WXK_NUMLOCK = _core_.WXK_NUMLOCK
 483 WXK_SCROLL = _core_.WXK_SCROLL
 484 WXK_PAGEUP = _core_.WXK_PAGEUP
 485 WXK_PAGEDOWN = _core_.WXK_PAGEDOWN
 486 WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE
 487 WXK_NUMPAD_TAB = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_TAB
 488 WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER
 489 WXK_NUMPAD_F1 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F1
 490 WXK_NUMPAD_F2 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F2
 491 WXK_NUMPAD_F3 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F3
 492 WXK_NUMPAD_F4 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F4
 493 WXK_NUMPAD_HOME = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_HOME
 494 WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT
 495 WXK_NUMPAD_UP = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_UP
 496 WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT
 497 WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN
 498 WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR
 499 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP
 500 WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT
 501 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN
 502 WXK_NUMPAD_END = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_END
 503 WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN
 504 WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT
 505 WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE
 506 WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL
 507 WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY
 508 WXK_NUMPAD_ADD = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_ADD
 509 WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR
 510 WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT
 511 WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL
 512 WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE
 513 WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT
 514 WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT
 515 WXK_WINDOWS_MENU = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_MENU
 516 WXK_COMMAND = _core_.WXK_COMMAND
 517 WXK_SPECIAL1 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL1
 518 WXK_SPECIAL2 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL2
 519 WXK_SPECIAL3 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL3
 520 WXK_SPECIAL4 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL4
 521 WXK_SPECIAL5 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL5
 522 WXK_SPECIAL6 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL6
 523 WXK_SPECIAL7 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL7
 524 WXK_SPECIAL8 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL8
 525 WXK_SPECIAL9 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL9
 526 WXK_SPECIAL10 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL10
 527 WXK_SPECIAL11 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL11
 528 WXK_SPECIAL12 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL12
 529 WXK_SPECIAL13 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL13
 530 WXK_SPECIAL14 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL14
 531 WXK_SPECIAL15 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL15
 532 WXK_SPECIAL16 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL16
 533 WXK_SPECIAL17 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL17
 534 WXK_SPECIAL18 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL18
 535 WXK_SPECIAL19 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL19
 536 WXK_SPECIAL20 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL20
 537 PAPER_NONE = _core_.PAPER_NONE
 538 PAPER_LETTER = _core_.PAPER_LETTER
 539 PAPER_LEGAL = _core_.PAPER_LEGAL
 540 PAPER_A4 = _core_.PAPER_A4
 541 PAPER_CSHEET = _core_.PAPER_CSHEET
 542 PAPER_DSHEET = _core_.PAPER_DSHEET
 543 PAPER_ESHEET = _core_.PAPER_ESHEET
 544 PAPER_LETTERSMALL = _core_.PAPER_LETTERSMALL
 545 PAPER_TABLOID = _core_.PAPER_TABLOID
 546 PAPER_LEDGER = _core_.PAPER_LEDGER
 547 PAPER_STATEMENT = _core_.PAPER_STATEMENT
 548 PAPER_EXECUTIVE = _core_.PAPER_EXECUTIVE
 549 PAPER_A3 = _core_.PAPER_A3
 550 PAPER_A4SMALL = _core_.PAPER_A4SMALL
 551 PAPER_A5 = _core_.PAPER_A5
 552 PAPER_B4 = _core_.PAPER_B4
 553 PAPER_B5 = _core_.PAPER_B5
 554 PAPER_FOLIO = _core_.PAPER_FOLIO
 555 PAPER_QUARTO = _core_.PAPER_QUARTO
 556 PAPER_10X14 = _core_.PAPER_10X14
 557 PAPER_11X17 = _core_.PAPER_11X17
 558 PAPER_NOTE = _core_.PAPER_NOTE
 559 PAPER_ENV_9 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_9
 560 PAPER_ENV_10 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_10
 561 PAPER_ENV_11 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_11
 562 PAPER_ENV_12 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_12
 563 PAPER_ENV_14 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_14
 564 PAPER_ENV_DL = _core_.PAPER_ENV_DL
 565 PAPER_ENV_C5 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C5
 566 PAPER_ENV_C3 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C3
 567 PAPER_ENV_C4 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C4
 568 PAPER_ENV_C6 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C6
 569 PAPER_ENV_C65 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C65
 570 PAPER_ENV_B4 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B4
 571 PAPER_ENV_B5 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B5
 572 PAPER_ENV_B6 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B6
 573 PAPER_ENV_ITALY = _core_.PAPER_ENV_ITALY
 574 PAPER_ENV_MONARCH = _core_.PAPER_ENV_MONARCH
 575 PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL = _core_.PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL
 576 PAPER_FANFOLD_US = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_US
 577 PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN
 578 PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN
 579 PAPER_ISO_B4 = _core_.PAPER_ISO_B4
 580 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD = _core_.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
 581 PAPER_9X11 = _core_.PAPER_9X11
 582 PAPER_10X11 = _core_.PAPER_10X11
 583 PAPER_15X11 = _core_.PAPER_15X11
 584 PAPER_ENV_INVITE = _core_.PAPER_ENV_INVITE
 585 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA
 586 PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA
 587 PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA
 588 PAPER_A4_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A4_EXTRA
 589 PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE
 590 PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE
 591 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
 592 PAPER_A_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_A_PLUS
 593 PAPER_B_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_B_PLUS
 594 PAPER_LETTER_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_PLUS
 595 PAPER_A4_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_A4_PLUS
 596 PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE
 597 PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE
 598 PAPER_A3_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A3_EXTRA
 599 PAPER_A5_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A5_EXTRA
 600 PAPER_B5_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_B5_EXTRA
 601 PAPER_A2 = _core_.PAPER_A2
 602 PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE
 603 PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
 604 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD = _core_.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
 605 PAPER_A6 = _core_.PAPER_A6
 606 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2
 607 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3
 608 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3
 609 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4
 610 PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED
 611 PAPER_A3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A3_ROTATED
 612 PAPER_A4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A4_ROTATED
 613 PAPER_A5_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A5_ROTATED
 614 PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED
 615 PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED
 616 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
 617 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
 618 PAPER_A6_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A6_ROTATED
 619 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED
 620 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED
 621 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED
 622 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED
 623 PAPER_B6_JIS = _core_.PAPER_B6_JIS
 624 PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED
 625 PAPER_12X11 = _core_.PAPER_12X11
 626 PAPER_JENV_YOU4 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_YOU4
 627 PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED
 628 PAPER_P16K = _core_.PAPER_P16K
 629 PAPER_P32K = _core_.PAPER_P32K
 630 PAPER_P32KBIG = _core_.PAPER_P32KBIG
 631 PAPER_PENV_1 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_1
 632 PAPER_PENV_2 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_2
 633 PAPER_PENV_3 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_3
 634 PAPER_PENV_4 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_4
 635 PAPER_PENV_5 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_5
 636 PAPER_PENV_6 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_6
 637 PAPER_PENV_7 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_7
 638 PAPER_PENV_8 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_8
 639 PAPER_PENV_9 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_9
 640 PAPER_PENV_10 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_10
 641 PAPER_P16K_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P16K_ROTATED
 642 PAPER_P32K_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P32K_ROTATED
 643 PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED
 644 PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED
 645 PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED
 646 PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED
 647 PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED
 648 PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED
 649 PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED
 650 PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED
 651 PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED
 652 PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED
 653 PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED
 654 DUPLEX_SIMPLEX = _core_.DUPLEX_SIMPLEX
 655 DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL = _core_.DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL
 656 DUPLEX_VERTICAL = _core_.DUPLEX_VERTICAL
 657 ITEM_SEPARATOR = _core_.ITEM_SEPARATOR
 658 ITEM_NORMAL = _core_.ITEM_NORMAL
 659 ITEM_CHECK = _core_.ITEM_CHECK
 660 ITEM_RADIO = _core_.ITEM_RADIO
 661 ITEM_MAX = _core_.ITEM_MAX
 662 HT_NOWHERE = _core_.HT_NOWHERE
 663 HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST
 664 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1
 665 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2
 666 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1
 667 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2
 668 HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB
 669 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1
 670 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2
 671 HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST
 672 HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE = _core_.HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE
 673 HT_WINDOW_INSIDE = _core_.HT_WINDOW_INSIDE
 674 HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR = _core_.HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR
 675 HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR = _core_.HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR
 676 HT_WINDOW_CORNER = _core_.HT_WINDOW_CORNER
 677 HT_MAX = _core_.HT_MAX
 678 MOD_NONE = _core_.MOD_NONE
 679 MOD_ALT = _core_.MOD_ALT
 680 MOD_CONTROL = _core_.MOD_CONTROL
 681 MOD_ALTGR = _core_.MOD_ALTGR
 682 MOD_SHIFT = _core_.MOD_SHIFT
 683 MOD_META = _core_.MOD_META
 684 MOD_WIN = _core_.MOD_WIN
 685 MOD_CMD = _core_.MOD_CMD
 686 MOD_ALL = _core_.MOD_ALL
 687 UPDATE_UI_NONE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_NONE
 688 UPDATE_UI_RECURSE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_RECURSE
 689 UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE
 690 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 691
 692 class Object(object):
 693     """
 694     The base class for most wx objects, although in wxPython not
 695     much functionality is needed nor exposed.
 696     """
 697     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 698     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
 699     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 700     def GetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
 701         """
 702         GetClassName(self) -> String
 703
 704         Returns the class name of the C++ class using wxRTTI.
 705         """
 706         return _core_.Object_GetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
 707
 708     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
 709         """
 710         Destroy(self)
 711
 712         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
 713         """
 714         val = _core_.Object_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
 715         args[0].thisown = 0
 716         return val
 717
 718 _core_.Object_swigregister(Object)
 719 _wxPySetDictionary = _core_._wxPySetDictionary
 720 cvar = _core_.cvar
 721 EmptyString = cvar.EmptyString
 722
 723 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 724
 725 BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID
 726 BITMAP_TYPE_BMP = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_BMP
 727 BITMAP_TYPE_ICO = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ICO
 728 BITMAP_TYPE_CUR = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_CUR
 729 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM
 730 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA
 731 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM
 732 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA
 733 BITMAP_TYPE_TIF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_TIF
 734 BITMAP_TYPE_GIF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_GIF
 735 BITMAP_TYPE_PNG = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG
 736 BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG
 737 BITMAP_TYPE_PNM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PNM
 738 BITMAP_TYPE_PCX = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PCX
 739 BITMAP_TYPE_PICT = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PICT
 740 BITMAP_TYPE_ICON = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ICON
 741 BITMAP_TYPE_ANI = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ANI
 742 BITMAP_TYPE_IFF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_IFF
 743 BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR
 744 BITMAP_TYPE_ANY = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ANY
 745 CURSOR_NONE = _core_.CURSOR_NONE
 746 CURSOR_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_ARROW
 747 CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW
 748 CURSOR_BULLSEYE = _core_.CURSOR_BULLSEYE
 749 CURSOR_CHAR = _core_.CURSOR_CHAR
 750 CURSOR_CROSS = _core_.CURSOR_CROSS
 751 CURSOR_HAND = _core_.CURSOR_HAND
 752 CURSOR_IBEAM = _core_.CURSOR_IBEAM
 753 CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON
 754 CURSOR_MAGNIFIER = _core_.CURSOR_MAGNIFIER
 755 CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON
 756 CURSOR_NO_ENTRY = _core_.CURSOR_NO_ENTRY
 757 CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH = _core_.CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH
 758 CURSOR_PENCIL = _core_.CURSOR_PENCIL
 759 CURSOR_POINT_LEFT = _core_.CURSOR_POINT_LEFT
 760 CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT = _core_.CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT
 761 CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW
 762 CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON
 763 CURSOR_SIZENESW = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENESW
 764 CURSOR_SIZENS = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENS
 765 CURSOR_SIZENWSE = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENWSE
 766 CURSOR_SIZEWE = _core_.CURSOR_SIZEWE
 767 CURSOR_SIZING = _core_.CURSOR_SIZING
 768 CURSOR_SPRAYCAN = _core_.CURSOR_SPRAYCAN
 769 CURSOR_WAIT = _core_.CURSOR_WAIT
 770 CURSOR_WATCH = _core_.CURSOR_WATCH
 771 CURSOR_BLANK = _core_.CURSOR_BLANK
 772 CURSOR_DEFAULT = _core_.CURSOR_DEFAULT
 773 CURSOR_COPY_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_COPY_ARROW
 774 CURSOR_ARROWWAIT = _core_.CURSOR_ARROWWAIT
 775 CURSOR_MAX = _core_.CURSOR_MAX
 776 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 777
 778 class Size(object):
 779     """
 780     wx.Size is a useful data structure used to represent the size of
 781     something.  It simply contains integer width and height
 782     properties.  In most places in wxPython where a wx.Size is
 783     expected a (width, height) tuple can be used instead.
 784     """
 785     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 786     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 787     width = property(_core_.Size_width_get, _core_.Size_width_set)
 788     height = property(_core_.Size_height_get, _core_.Size_height_set)
 789     x = width; y = height
 790     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
 791         """
 792         __init__(self, int w=0, int h=0) -> Size
 793
 794         Creates a size object.
 795         """
 796         _core_.Size_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Size(*args, **kwargs))
 797     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Size
 798     __del__ = lambda self : None;
 799     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
 800         """
 801         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 802
 803         Test for equality of wx.Size objects.
 804         """
 805         return _core_.Size___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
 806
 807     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
 808         """
 809         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 810
 811         Test for inequality of wx.Size objects.
 812         """
 813         return _core_.Size___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
 814
 815     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
 816         """
 817         __add__(self, Size sz) -> Size
 818
 819         Add sz's proprties to this and return the result.
 820         """
 821         return _core_.Size___add__(*args, **kwargs)
 822
 823     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
 824         """
 825         __sub__(self, Size sz) -> Size
 826
 827         Subtract sz's properties from this and return the result.
 828         """
 829         return _core_.Size___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
 830
 831     def IncTo(*args, **kwargs):
 832         """
 833         IncTo(self, Size sz)
 834
 835         Increments this object so that both of its dimensions are not less
 836         than the corresponding dimensions of the size.
 837         """
 838         return _core_.Size_IncTo(*args, **kwargs)
 839
 840     def DecTo(*args, **kwargs):
 841         """
 842         DecTo(self, Size sz)
 843
 844         Decrements this object so that both of its dimensions are not greater
 845         than the corresponding dimensions of the size.
 846         """
 847         return _core_.Size_DecTo(*args, **kwargs)
 848
 849     def Scale(*args, **kwargs):
 850         """
 851         Scale(self, float xscale, float yscale)
 852
 853         Scales the dimensions of this object by the given factors.
 854         """
 855         return _core_.Size_Scale(*args, **kwargs)
 856
 857     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
 858         """
 859         Set(self, int w, int h)
 860
 861         Set both width and height.
 862         """
 863         return _core_.Size_Set(*args, **kwargs)
 864
 865     def SetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
 866         """SetWidth(self, int w)"""
 867         return _core_.Size_SetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
 868
 869     def SetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
 870         """SetHeight(self, int h)"""
 871         return _core_.Size_SetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
 872
 873     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
 874         """GetWidth(self) -> int"""
 875         return _core_.Size_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
 876
 877     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
 878         """GetHeight(self) -> int"""
 879         return _core_.Size_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
 880
 881     def IsFullySpecified(*args, **kwargs):
 882         """
 883         IsFullySpecified(self) -> bool
 884
 885         Returns True if both components of the size are non-default values.
 886         """
 887         return _core_.Size_IsFullySpecified(*args, **kwargs)
 888
 889     def SetDefaults(*args, **kwargs):
 890         """
 891         SetDefaults(self, Size size)
 892
 893         Combine this size with the other one replacing the default components
 894         of this object (i.e. equal to -1) with those of the other.
 895         """
 896         return _core_.Size_SetDefaults(*args, **kwargs)
 897
 898     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
 899         """
 900         Get() -> (width,height)
 901
 902         Returns the width and height properties as a tuple.
 903         """
 904         return _core_.Size_Get(*args, **kwargs)
 905
 906     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
 907     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
 908     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Size'+str(self.Get())
 909     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
 910     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
 911     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
 912         if index == 0: self.width = val
 913         elif index == 1: self.height = val
 914         else: raise IndexError
 915     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
 916     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
 917     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Size, self.Get())
 918
 919 _core_.Size_swigregister(Size)
 920
 921 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 922
 923 class RealPoint(object):
 924     """
 925     A data structure for representing a point or position with floating
 926     point x and y properties.  In wxPython most places that expect a
 927     wx.RealPoint can also accept a (x,y) tuple.
 928     """
 929     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 930     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 931     x = property(_core_.RealPoint_x_get, _core_.RealPoint_x_set)
 932     y = property(_core_.RealPoint_y_get, _core_.RealPoint_y_set)
 933     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
 934         """
 935         __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> RealPoint
 936
 937         Create a wx.RealPoint object
 938         """
 939         _core_.RealPoint_swiginit(self,_core_.new_RealPoint(*args, **kwargs))
 940     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_RealPoint
 941     __del__ = lambda self : None;
 942     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
 943         """
 944         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 945
 946         Test for equality of wx.RealPoint objects.
 947         """
 948         return _core_.RealPoint___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
 949
 950     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
 951         """
 952         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 953
 954         Test for inequality of wx.RealPoint objects.
 955         """
 956         return _core_.RealPoint___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
 957
 958     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
 959         """
 960         __add__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint
 961
 962         Add pt's proprties to this and return the result.
 963         """
 964         return _core_.RealPoint___add__(*args, **kwargs)
 965
 966     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
 967         """
 968         __sub__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint
 969
 970         Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result
 971         """
 972         return _core_.RealPoint___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
 973
 974     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
 975         """
 976         Set(self, double x, double y)
 977
 978         Set both the x and y properties
 979         """
 980         return _core_.RealPoint_Set(*args, **kwargs)
 981
 982     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
 983         """
 984         Get() -> (x,y)
 985
 986         Return the x and y properties as a tuple.
 987         """
 988         return _core_.RealPoint_Get(*args, **kwargs)
 989
 990     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
 991     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
 992     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.RealPoint'+str(self.Get())
 993     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
 994     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
 995     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
 996         if index == 0: self.x = val
 997         elif index == 1: self.y = val
 998         else: raise IndexError
 999     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0.0, 0.0)
1000     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1001     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.RealPoint, self.Get())
1002
1003 _core_.RealPoint_swigregister(RealPoint)
1004
1005 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1006
1007 class Point(object):
1008     """
1009     A data structure for representing a point or position with integer x
1010     and y properties.  Most places in wxPython that expect a wx.Point can
1011     also accept a (x,y) tuple.
1012     """
1013     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1014     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1015     x = property(_core_.Point_x_get, _core_.Point_x_set)
1016     y = property(_core_.Point_y_get, _core_.Point_y_set)
1017     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1018         """
1019         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> Point
1020
1021         Create a wx.Point object
1022         """
1023         _core_.Point_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Point(*args, **kwargs))
1024     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Point
1025     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1026     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1027         """
1028         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1029
1030         Test for equality of wx.Point objects.
1031         """
1032         return _core_.Point___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1033
1034     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1035         """
1036         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1037
1038         Test for inequality of wx.Point objects.
1039         """
1040         return _core_.Point___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1041
1042     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
1043         """
1044         __add__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1045
1046         Add pt's proprties to this and return the result.
1047         """
1048         return _core_.Point___add__(*args, **kwargs)
1049
1050     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
1051         """
1052         __sub__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1053
1054         Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result
1055         """
1056         return _core_.Point___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
1057
1058     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1059         """
1060         __iadd__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1061
1062         Add pt to this object.
1063         """
1064         return _core_.Point___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1065
1066     def __isub__(*args, **kwargs):
1067         """
1068         __isub__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1069
1070         Subtract pt from this object.
1071         """
1072         return _core_.Point___isub__(*args, **kwargs)
1073
1074     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1075         """
1076         Set(self, long x, long y)
1077
1078         Set both the x and y properties
1079         """
1080         return _core_.Point_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1081
1082     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1083         """
1084         Get() -> (x,y)
1085
1086         Return the x and y properties as a tuple.
1087         """
1088         return _core_.Point_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1089
1090     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1091     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1092     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Point'+str(self.Get())
1093     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1094     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1095     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1096         if index == 0: self.x = val
1097         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1098         else: raise IndexError
1099     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
1100     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1101     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Point, self.Get())
1102
1103 _core_.Point_swigregister(Point)
1104
1105 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1106
1107 class Rect(object):
1108     """
1109     A class for representing and manipulating rectangles.  It has x, y,
1110     width and height properties.  In wxPython most palces that expect a
1111     wx.Rect can also accept a (x,y,width,height) tuple.
1112     """
1113     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1114     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1115     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1116         """
1117         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0) -> Rect
1118
1119         Create a new Rect object.
1120         """
1121         _core_.Rect_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Rect(*args, **kwargs))
1122     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Rect
1123     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1124     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
1125         """GetX(self) -> int"""
1126         return _core_.Rect_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
1127
1128     def SetX(*args, **kwargs):
1129         """SetX(self, int x)"""
1130         return _core_.Rect_SetX(*args, **kwargs)
1131
1132     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
1133         """GetY(self) -> int"""
1134         return _core_.Rect_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
1135
1136     def SetY(*args, **kwargs):
1137         """SetY(self, int y)"""
1138         return _core_.Rect_SetY(*args, **kwargs)
1139
1140     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
1141         """GetWidth(self) -> int"""
1142         return _core_.Rect_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
1143
1144     def SetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
1145         """SetWidth(self, int w)"""
1146         return _core_.Rect_SetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
1147
1148     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
1149         """GetHeight(self) -> int"""
1150         return _core_.Rect_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
1151
1152     def SetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
1153         """SetHeight(self, int h)"""
1154         return _core_.Rect_SetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
1155
1156     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
1157         """GetPosition(self) -> Point"""
1158         return _core_.Rect_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
1159
1160     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
1161         """SetPosition(self, Point p)"""
1162         return _core_.Rect_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
1163
1164     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
1165         """GetSize(self) -> Size"""
1166         return _core_.Rect_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
1167
1168     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
1169         """SetSize(self, Size s)"""
1170         return _core_.Rect_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
1171
1172     def IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs):
1173         """IsEmpty(self) -> bool"""
1174         return _core_.Rect_IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs)
1175
1176     def GetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1177         """GetTopLeft(self) -> Point"""
1178         return _core_.Rect_GetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1179
1180     def SetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1181         """SetTopLeft(self, Point p)"""
1182         return _core_.Rect_SetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1183
1184     def GetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs):
1185         """GetBottomRight(self) -> Point"""
1186         return _core_.Rect_GetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs)
1187
1188     def SetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs):
1189         """SetBottomRight(self, Point p)"""
1190         return _core_.Rect_SetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs)
1191
1192     def GetLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1193         """GetLeft(self) -> int"""
1194         return _core_.Rect_GetLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1195
1196     def GetTop(*args, **kwargs):
1197         """GetTop(self) -> int"""
1198         return _core_.Rect_GetTop(*args, **kwargs)
1199
1200     def GetBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1201         """GetBottom(self) -> int"""
1202         return _core_.Rect_GetBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1203
1204     def GetRight(*args, **kwargs):
1205         """GetRight(self) -> int"""
1206         return _core_.Rect_GetRight(*args, **kwargs)
1207
1208     def SetLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1209         """SetLeft(self, int left)"""
1210         return _core_.Rect_SetLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1211
1212     def SetRight(*args, **kwargs):
1213         """SetRight(self, int right)"""
1214         return _core_.Rect_SetRight(*args, **kwargs)
1215
1216     def SetTop(*args, **kwargs):
1217         """SetTop(self, int top)"""
1218         return _core_.Rect_SetTop(*args, **kwargs)
1219
1220     def SetBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1221         """SetBottom(self, int bottom)"""
1222         return _core_.Rect_SetBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1223
1224     position = property(GetPosition, SetPosition)
1225     size = property(GetSize, SetSize)
1226     left = property(GetLeft, SetLeft)
1227     right = property(GetRight, SetRight)
1228     top = property(GetTop, SetTop)
1229     bottom = property(GetBottom, SetBottom)
1230
1231     def Inflate(*args, **kwargs):
1232         """
1233         Inflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect
1234
1235         Increases the size of the rectangle.
1236
1237         The left border is moved farther left and the right border is moved
1238         farther right by ``dx``. The upper border is moved farther up and the
1239         bottom border is moved farther down by ``dy``. (Note the the width and
1240         height of the rectangle thus change by ``2*dx`` and ``2*dy``,
1241         respectively.) If one or both of ``dx`` and ``dy`` are negative, the
1242         opposite happens: the rectangle size decreases in the respective
1243         direction.
1244
1245         The change is made to the rectangle inplace, if instead you need a
1246         copy that is inflated, preserving the original then make the copy
1247         first::
1248
1249             copy = wx.Rect(*original)
1250             copy.Inflate(10,15)
1251
1252
1253         """
1254         return _core_.Rect_Inflate(*args, **kwargs)
1255
1256     def Deflate(*args, **kwargs):
1257         """
1258         Deflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect
1259
1260         Decrease the rectangle size. This method is the opposite of `Inflate`
1261         in that Deflate(a,b) is equivalent to Inflate(-a,-b).  Please refer to
1262         `Inflate` for a full description.
1263         """
1264         return _core_.Rect_Deflate(*args, **kwargs)
1265
1266     def OffsetXY(*args, **kwargs):
1267         """
1268         OffsetXY(self, int dx, int dy)
1269
1270         Moves the rectangle by the specified offset. If dx is positive, the
1271         rectangle is moved to the right, if dy is positive, it is moved to the
1272         bottom, otherwise it is moved to the left or top respectively.
1273         """
1274         return _core_.Rect_OffsetXY(*args, **kwargs)
1275
1276     def Offset(*args, **kwargs):
1277         """
1278         Offset(self, Point pt)
1279
1280         Same as `OffsetXY` but uses dx,dy from Point
1281         """
1282         return _core_.Rect_Offset(*args, **kwargs)
1283
1284     def Intersect(*args, **kwargs):
1285         """
1286         Intersect(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1287
1288         Returns the intersectsion of this rectangle and rect.
1289         """
1290         return _core_.Rect_Intersect(*args, **kwargs)
1291
1292     def Union(*args, **kwargs):
1293         """
1294         Union(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1295
1296         Returns the union of this rectangle and rect.
1297         """
1298         return _core_.Rect_Union(*args, **kwargs)
1299
1300     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
1301         """
1302         __add__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1303
1304         Add the properties of rect to this rectangle and return the result.
1305         """
1306         return _core_.Rect___add__(*args, **kwargs)
1307
1308     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1309         """
1310         __iadd__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1311
1312         Add the properties of rect to this rectangle, updating this rectangle.
1313         """
1314         return _core_.Rect___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1315
1316     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1317         """
1318         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1319
1320         Test for equality of wx.Rect objects.
1321         """
1322         return _core_.Rect___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1323
1324     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1325         """
1326         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1327
1328         Test for inequality of wx.Rect objects.
1329         """
1330         return _core_.Rect___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1331
1332     def InsideXY(*args, **kwargs):
1333         """
1334         InsideXY(self, int x, int y) -> bool
1335
1336         Return True if the point is (not strcitly) inside the rect.
1337         """
1338         return _core_.Rect_InsideXY(*args, **kwargs)
1339
1340     def Inside(*args, **kwargs):
1341         """
1342         Inside(self, Point pt) -> bool
1343
1344         Return True if the point is (not strcitly) inside the rect.
1345         """
1346         return _core_.Rect_Inside(*args, **kwargs)
1347
1348     def Intersects(*args, **kwargs):
1349         """
1350         Intersects(self, Rect rect) -> bool
1351
1352         Returns True if the rectangles have a non empty intersection.
1353         """
1354         return _core_.Rect_Intersects(*args, **kwargs)
1355
1356     def CenterIn(*args, **kwargs):
1357         """
1358         CenterIn(self, Rect r, int dir=BOTH) -> Rect
1359
1360         Center this rectangle within the one passed to the method, which is
1361         usually, but not necessarily, the larger one.
1362         """
1363         return _core_.Rect_CenterIn(*args, **kwargs)
1364
1365     CentreIn = CenterIn
1366     x = property(_core_.Rect_x_get, _core_.Rect_x_set)
1367     y = property(_core_.Rect_y_get, _core_.Rect_y_set)
1368     width = property(_core_.Rect_width_get, _core_.Rect_width_set)
1369     height = property(_core_.Rect_height_get, _core_.Rect_height_set)
1370     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1371         """
1372         Set(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0)
1373
1374         Set all rectangle properties.
1375         """
1376         return _core_.Rect_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1377
1378     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1379         """
1380         Get() -> (x,y,width,height)
1381
1382         Return the rectangle properties as a tuple.
1383         """
1384         return _core_.Rect_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1385
1386     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1387     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1388     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Rect'+str(self.Get())
1389     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1390     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1391     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1392         if index == 0: self.x = val
1393         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1394         elif index == 2: self.width = val
1395         elif index == 3: self.height = val
1396         else: raise IndexError
1397     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0,0,0)
1398     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1399     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Rect, self.Get())
1400
1401 _core_.Rect_swigregister(Rect)
1402
1403 def RectPP(*args, **kwargs):
1404     """
1405     RectPP(Point topLeft, Point bottomRight) -> Rect
1406
1407     Create a new Rect object from Points representing two corners.
1408     """
1409     val = _core_.new_RectPP(*args, **kwargs)
1410     return val
1411
1412 def RectPS(*args, **kwargs):
1413     """
1414     RectPS(Point pos, Size size) -> Rect
1415
1416     Create a new Rect from a position and size.
1417     """
1418     val = _core_.new_RectPS(*args, **kwargs)
1419     return val
1420
1421 def RectS(*args, **kwargs):
1422     """
1423     RectS(Size size) -> Rect
1424
1425     Create a new Rect from a size only.
1426     """
1427     val = _core_.new_RectS(*args, **kwargs)
1428     return val
1429
1430
1431 def IntersectRect(*args, **kwargs):
1432   """
1433     IntersectRect(Rect r1, Rect r2) -> Rect
1434
1435     Calculate and return the intersection of r1 and r2.
1436     """
1437   return _core_.IntersectRect(*args, **kwargs)
1438 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1439
1440 class Point2D(object):
1441     """
1442     wx.Point2Ds represent a point or a vector in a 2d coordinate system
1443     with floating point values.
1444     """
1445     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1446     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1447     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1448         """
1449         __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> Point2D
1450
1451         Create a w.Point2D object.
1452         """
1453         _core_.Point2D_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Point2D(*args, **kwargs))
1454     def GetFloor(*args, **kwargs):
1455         """
1456         GetFloor() -> (x,y)
1457
1458         Convert to integer
1459         """
1460         return _core_.Point2D_GetFloor(*args, **kwargs)
1461
1462     def GetRounded(*args, **kwargs):
1463         """
1464         GetRounded() -> (x,y)
1465
1466         Convert to integer
1467         """
1468         return _core_.Point2D_GetRounded(*args, **kwargs)
1469
1470     def GetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs):
1471         """GetVectorLength(self) -> double"""
1472         return _core_.Point2D_GetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs)
1473
1474     def GetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs):
1475         """GetVectorAngle(self) -> double"""
1476         return _core_.Point2D_GetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs)
1477
1478     def SetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs):
1479         """SetVectorLength(self, double length)"""
1480         return _core_.Point2D_SetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs)
1481
1482     def SetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs):
1483         """SetVectorAngle(self, double degrees)"""
1484         return _core_.Point2D_SetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs)
1485
1486     def SetPolarCoordinates(self, angle, length):
1487         self.SetVectorLength(length)
1488         self.SetVectorAngle(angle)
1489     def Normalize(self):
1490         self.SetVectorLength(1.0)
1491
1492     def GetDistance(*args, **kwargs):
1493         """GetDistance(self, Point2D pt) -> double"""
1494         return _core_.Point2D_GetDistance(*args, **kwargs)
1495
1496     def GetDistanceSquare(*args, **kwargs):
1497         """GetDistanceSquare(self, Point2D pt) -> double"""
1498         return _core_.Point2D_GetDistanceSquare(*args, **kwargs)
1499
1500     def GetDotProduct(*args, **kwargs):
1501         """GetDotProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double"""
1502         return _core_.Point2D_GetDotProduct(*args, **kwargs)
1503
1504     def GetCrossProduct(*args, **kwargs):
1505         """GetCrossProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double"""
1506         return _core_.Point2D_GetCrossProduct(*args, **kwargs)
1507
1508     def __neg__(*args, **kwargs):
1509         """
1510         __neg__(self) -> Point2D
1511
1512         the reflection of this point
1513         """
1514         return _core_.Point2D___neg__(*args, **kwargs)
1515
1516     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1517         """__iadd__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1518         return _core_.Point2D___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1519
1520     def __isub__(*args, **kwargs):
1521         """__isub__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1522         return _core_.Point2D___isub__(*args, **kwargs)
1523
1524     def __imul__(*args, **kwargs):
1525         """__imul__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1526         return _core_.Point2D___imul__(*args, **kwargs)
1527
1528     def __idiv__(*args, **kwargs):
1529         """__idiv__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1530         return _core_.Point2D___idiv__(*args, **kwargs)
1531
1532     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1533         """
1534         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1535
1536         Test for equality of wx.Point2D objects.
1537         """
1538         return _core_.Point2D___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1539
1540     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1541         """
1542         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1543
1544         Test for inequality of wx.Point2D objects.
1545         """
1546         return _core_.Point2D___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1547
1548     x = property(_core_.Point2D_x_get, _core_.Point2D_x_set)
1549     y = property(_core_.Point2D_y_get, _core_.Point2D_y_set)
1550     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1551         """Set(self, double x=0, double y=0)"""
1552         return _core_.Point2D_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1553
1554     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1555         """
1556         Get() -> (x,y)
1557
1558         Return x and y properties as a tuple.
1559         """
1560         return _core_.Point2D_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1561
1562     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1563     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1564     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Point2D'+str(self.Get())
1565     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1566     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1567     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1568         if index == 0: self.x = val
1569         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1570         else: raise IndexError
1571     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0.0, 0.0)
1572     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1573     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Point2D, self.Get())
1574
1575 _core_.Point2D_swigregister(Point2D)
1576
1577 def Point2DCopy(*args, **kwargs):
1578     """
1579     Point2DCopy(Point2D pt) -> Point2D
1580
1581     Create a w.Point2D object.
1582     """
1583     val = _core_.new_Point2DCopy(*args, **kwargs)
1584     return val
1585
1586 def Point2DFromPoint(*args, **kwargs):
1587     """
1588     Point2DFromPoint(Point pt) -> Point2D
1589
1590     Create a w.Point2D object.
1591     """
1592     val = _core_.new_Point2DFromPoint(*args, **kwargs)
1593     return val
1594
1595 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1596
1597 FromStart = _core_.FromStart
1598 FromCurrent = _core_.FromCurrent
1599 FromEnd = _core_.FromEnd
1600 class InputStream(object):
1601     """Proxy of C++ InputStream class"""
1602     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1603     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1604     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1605         """__init__(self, PyObject p) -> InputStream"""
1606         _core_.InputStream_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InputStream(*args, **kwargs))
1607     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_InputStream
1608     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1609     def close(*args, **kwargs):
1610         """close(self)"""
1611         return _core_.InputStream_close(*args, **kwargs)
1612
1613     def flush(*args, **kwargs):
1614         """flush(self)"""
1615         return _core_.InputStream_flush(*args, **kwargs)
1616
1617     def eof(*args, **kwargs):
1618         """eof(self) -> bool"""
1619         return _core_.InputStream_eof(*args, **kwargs)
1620
1621     def read(*args, **kwargs):
1622         """read(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject"""
1623         return _core_.InputStream_read(*args, **kwargs)
1624
1625     def readline(*args, **kwargs):
1626         """readline(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject"""
1627         return _core_.InputStream_readline(*args, **kwargs)
1628
1629     def readlines(*args, **kwargs):
1630         """readlines(self, int sizehint=-1) -> PyObject"""
1631         return _core_.InputStream_readlines(*args, **kwargs)
1632
1633     def seek(*args, **kwargs):
1634         """seek(self, int offset, int whence=0)"""
1635         return _core_.InputStream_seek(*args, **kwargs)
1636
1637     def tell(*args, **kwargs):
1638         """tell(self) -> int"""
1639         return _core_.InputStream_tell(*args, **kwargs)
1640
1641     def Peek(*args, **kwargs):
1642         """Peek(self) -> char"""
1643         return _core_.InputStream_Peek(*args, **kwargs)
1644
1645     def GetC(*args, **kwargs):
1646         """GetC(self) -> char"""
1647         return _core_.InputStream_GetC(*args, **kwargs)
1648
1649     def LastRead(*args, **kwargs):
1650         """LastRead(self) -> size_t"""
1651         return _core_.InputStream_LastRead(*args, **kwargs)
1652
1653     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
1654         """CanRead(self) -> bool"""
1655         return _core_.InputStream_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
1656
1657     def Eof(*args, **kwargs):
1658         """Eof(self) -> bool"""
1659         return _core_.InputStream_Eof(*args, **kwargs)
1660
1661     def Ungetch(*args, **kwargs):
1662         """Ungetch(self, char c) -> bool"""
1663         return _core_.InputStream_Ungetch(*args, **kwargs)
1664
1665     def SeekI(*args, **kwargs):
1666         """SeekI(self, long pos, int mode=FromStart) -> long"""
1667         return _core_.InputStream_SeekI(*args, **kwargs)
1668
1669     def TellI(*args, **kwargs):
1670         """TellI(self) -> long"""
1671         return _core_.InputStream_TellI(*args, **kwargs)
1672
1673 _core_.InputStream_swigregister(InputStream)
1674 DefaultPosition = cvar.DefaultPosition
1675 DefaultSize = cvar.DefaultSize
1676
1677 class OutputStream(object):
1678     """Proxy of C++ OutputStream class"""
1679     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1680     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
1681     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1682     def write(*args, **kwargs):
1683         """write(self, PyObject obj)"""
1684         return _core_.OutputStream_write(*args, **kwargs)
1685
1686     def LastWrite(*args, **kwargs):
1687         """LastWrite(self) -> size_t"""
1688         return _core_.OutputStream_LastWrite(*args, **kwargs)
1689
1690 _core_.OutputStream_swigregister(OutputStream)
1691
1692 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1693
1694 class FSFile(Object):
1695     """Proxy of C++ FSFile class"""
1696     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1697     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1698     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1699         """
1700         __init__(self, InputStream stream, String loc, String mimetype, String anchor,
1701             DateTime modif) -> FSFile
1702         """
1703         _core_.FSFile_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FSFile(*args, **kwargs))
1704     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_FSFile
1705     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1706     def GetStream(*args, **kwargs):
1707         """GetStream(self) -> InputStream"""
1708         return _core_.FSFile_GetStream(*args, **kwargs)
1709
1710     def GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
1711         """GetMimeType(self) -> String"""
1712         return _core_.FSFile_GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
1713
1714     def GetLocation(*args, **kwargs):
1715         """GetLocation(self) -> String"""
1716         return _core_.FSFile_GetLocation(*args, **kwargs)
1717
1718     def GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs):
1719         """GetAnchor(self) -> String"""
1720         return _core_.FSFile_GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs)
1721
1722     def GetModificationTime(*args, **kwargs):
1723         """GetModificationTime(self) -> DateTime"""
1724         return _core_.FSFile_GetModificationTime(*args, **kwargs)
1725
1726 _core_.FSFile_swigregister(FSFile)
1727
1728 class CPPFileSystemHandler(object):
1729     """Proxy of C++ CPPFileSystemHandler class"""
1730     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1731     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
1732     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1733     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_CPPFileSystemHandler
1734     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1735 _core_.CPPFileSystemHandler_swigregister(CPPFileSystemHandler)
1736
1737 class FileSystemHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1738     """Proxy of C++ FileSystemHandler class"""
1739     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1740     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1741     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1742         """__init__(self) -> FileSystemHandler"""
1743         _core_.FileSystemHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FileSystemHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1744         self._setCallbackInfo(self, FileSystemHandler)
1745
1746     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
1747         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)"""
1748         return _core_.FileSystemHandler__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
1749
1750     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1751         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1752         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1753
1754     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1755         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1756         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1757
1758     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1759         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1760         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1761
1762     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1763         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1764         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1765
1766     def GetProtocol(*args, **kwargs):
1767         """GetProtocol(self, String location) -> String"""
1768         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetProtocol(*args, **kwargs)
1769
1770     def GetLeftLocation(*args, **kwargs):
1771         """GetLeftLocation(self, String location) -> String"""
1772         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetLeftLocation(*args, **kwargs)
1773
1774     def GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs):
1775         """GetAnchor(self, String location) -> String"""
1776         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs)
1777
1778     def GetRightLocation(*args, **kwargs):
1779         """GetRightLocation(self, String location) -> String"""
1780         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetRightLocation(*args, **kwargs)
1781
1782     def GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args, **kwargs):
1783         """GetMimeTypeFromExt(self, String location) -> String"""
1784         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args, **kwargs)
1785
1786 _core_.FileSystemHandler_swigregister(FileSystemHandler)
1787
1788 class FileSystem(Object):
1789     """Proxy of C++ FileSystem class"""
1790     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1791     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1792     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1793         """__init__(self) -> FileSystem"""
1794         _core_.FileSystem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FileSystem(*args, **kwargs))
1795     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_FileSystem
1796     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1797     def ChangePathTo(*args, **kwargs):
1798         """ChangePathTo(self, String location, bool is_dir=False)"""
1799         return _core_.FileSystem_ChangePathTo(*args, **kwargs)
1800
1801     def GetPath(*args, **kwargs):
1802         """GetPath(self) -> String"""
1803         return _core_.FileSystem_GetPath(*args, **kwargs)
1804
1805     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1806         """OpenFile(self, String location) -> FSFile"""
1807         return _core_.FileSystem_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1808
1809     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1810         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1811         return _core_.FileSystem_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1812
1813     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1814         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1815         return _core_.FileSystem_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1816
1817     def AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
1818         """AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)"""
1819         return _core_.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
1820
1821     AddHandler = staticmethod(AddHandler)
1822     def CleanUpHandlers(*args, **kwargs):
1823         """CleanUpHandlers()"""
1824         return _core_.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args, **kwargs)
1825
1826     CleanUpHandlers = staticmethod(CleanUpHandlers)
1827     def FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs):
1828         """FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String"""
1829         return _core_.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs)
1830
1831     FileNameToURL = staticmethod(FileNameToURL)
1832     def URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs):
1833         """URLToFileName(String url) -> String"""
1834         return _core_.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs)
1835
1836     URLToFileName = staticmethod(URLToFileName)
1837 _core_.FileSystem_swigregister(FileSystem)
1838
1839 def FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
1840   """FileSystem_AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)"""
1841   return _core_.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
1842
1843 def FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args):
1844   """FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers()"""
1845   return _core_.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args)
1846
1847 def FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs):
1848   """FileSystem_FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String"""
1849   return _core_.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs)
1850
1851 def FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs):
1852   """FileSystem_URLToFileName(String url) -> String"""
1853   return _core_.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs)
1854
1855 class InternetFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1856     """Proxy of C++ InternetFSHandler class"""
1857     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1858     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1859     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1860         """__init__(self) -> InternetFSHandler"""
1861         _core_.InternetFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InternetFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1862     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1863         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1864         return _core_.InternetFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1865
1866     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1867         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1868         return _core_.InternetFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1869
1870 _core_.InternetFSHandler_swigregister(InternetFSHandler)
1871
1872 class ZipFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1873     """Proxy of C++ ZipFSHandler class"""
1874     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1875     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1876     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1877         """__init__(self) -> ZipFSHandler"""
1878         _core_.ZipFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ZipFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1879     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1880         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1881         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1882
1883     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1884         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1885         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1886
1887     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1888         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1889         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1890
1891     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1892         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1893         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1894
1895 _core_.ZipFSHandler_swigregister(ZipFSHandler)
1896
1897
1898 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(*args, **kwargs):
1899   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(String filename, Image image, long type)"""
1900   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(*args, **kwargs)
1901
1902 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
1903   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(String filename, Bitmap bitmap, long type)"""
1904   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
1905
1906 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(*args, **kwargs):
1907   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(String filename, PyObject data)"""
1908   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(*args, **kwargs)
1909 def MemoryFSHandler_AddFile(filename, dataItem, imgType=-1):
1910     """
1911     Add 'file' to the memory filesystem.  The dataItem parameter can
1912     either be a `wx.Bitmap`, `wx.Image` or a string that can contain
1913     arbitrary data.  If a bitmap or image is used then the imgType
1914     parameter should specify what kind of image file it should be
1915     written as, wx.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG, etc.
1916     """
1917     if isinstance(dataItem, wx.Image):
1918         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(filename, dataItem, imgType)
1919     elif isinstance(dataItem, wx.Bitmap):
1920         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(filename, dataItem, imgType)
1921     elif type(dataItem) == str:
1922         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(filename, dataItem)
1923     else:
1924         raise TypeError, 'wx.Image, wx.Bitmap or string expected'
1925
1926 class MemoryFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1927     """Proxy of C++ MemoryFSHandler class"""
1928     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1929     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1930     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1931         """__init__(self) -> MemoryFSHandler"""
1932         _core_.MemoryFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MemoryFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1933     def RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs):
1934         """RemoveFile(String filename)"""
1935         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs)
1936
1937     RemoveFile = staticmethod(RemoveFile)
1938     AddFile = staticmethod(MemoryFSHandler_AddFile)
1939     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1940         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1941         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1942
1943     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1944         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1945         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1946
1947     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1948         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1949         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1950
1951     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1952         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1953         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1954
1955 _core_.MemoryFSHandler_swigregister(MemoryFSHandler)
1956
1957 def MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs):
1958   """MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(String filename)"""
1959   return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs)
1960
1961 IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT
1962 IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD
1963 IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE
1964 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1965
1966 class ImageHandler(Object):
1967     """
1968     This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
1969     image creation from data. It is used within `wx.Image` and is not
1970     normally seen by the application.
1971     """
1972     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1973     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
1974     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1975     def GetName(*args, **kwargs):
1976         """GetName(self) -> String"""
1977         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetName(*args, **kwargs)
1978
1979     def GetExtension(*args, **kwargs):
1980         """GetExtension(self) -> String"""
1981         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetExtension(*args, **kwargs)
1982
1983     def GetType(*args, **kwargs):
1984         """GetType(self) -> long"""
1985         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetType(*args, **kwargs)
1986
1987     def GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
1988         """GetMimeType(self) -> String"""
1989         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
1990
1991     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
1992         """CanRead(self, String name) -> bool"""
1993         return _core_.ImageHandler_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
1994
1995     def CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
1996         """CanReadStream(self, InputStream stream) -> bool"""
1997         return _core_.ImageHandler_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
1998
1999     def SetName(*args, **kwargs):
2000         """SetName(self, String name)"""
2001         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetName(*args, **kwargs)
2002
2003     def SetExtension(*args, **kwargs):
2004         """SetExtension(self, String extension)"""
2005         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetExtension(*args, **kwargs)
2006
2007     def SetType(*args, **kwargs):
2008         """SetType(self, long type)"""
2009         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetType(*args, **kwargs)
2010
2011     def SetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
2012         """SetMimeType(self, String mimetype)"""
2013         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
2014
2015 _core_.ImageHandler_swigregister(ImageHandler)
2016
2017 class PyImageHandler(ImageHandler):
2018     """
2019     This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2020     image creation from data, all written in Python.  To create a custom
2021     image handler derive a new class from wx.PyImageHandler and provide
2022     the following methods::
2023
2024         def DoCanRead(self, stream) --> bool
2025             '''Check if this handler can read the image on the stream'''
2026
2027         def LoadFile(self, image, stream, verbose, index) --> bool
2028             '''Load image data from the stream and load it into image.'''
2029
2030         def SaveFile(self, image, stream, verbose) --> bool
2031             '''Save the iamge data in image to the stream using
2032                this handler's image file format.'''
2033
2034         def GetImageCount(self, stream) --> int
2035             '''If this image format can hold more than one image,
2036                how many does the image on the stream have?'''
2037
2038     To activate your handler create an instance of it and pass it to
2039     `wx.Image_AddHandler`.  Be sure to call `SetName`, `SetType`, and
2040     `SetExtension` from your constructor.
2041
2042     """
2043     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2044     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2045     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2046         """
2047         __init__(self) -> PyImageHandler
2048
2049         This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2050         image creation from data, all written in Python.  To create a custom
2051         image handler derive a new class from wx.PyImageHandler and provide
2052         the following methods::
2053
2054             def DoCanRead(self, stream) --> bool
2055                 '''Check if this handler can read the image on the stream'''
2056
2057             def LoadFile(self, image, stream, verbose, index) --> bool
2058                 '''Load image data from the stream and load it into image.'''
2059
2060             def SaveFile(self, image, stream, verbose) --> bool
2061                 '''Save the iamge data in image to the stream using
2062                    this handler's image file format.'''
2063
2064             def GetImageCount(self, stream) --> int
2065                 '''If this image format can hold more than one image,
2066                    how many does the image on the stream have?'''
2067
2068         To activate your handler create an instance of it and pass it to
2069         `wx.Image_AddHandler`.  Be sure to call `SetName`, `SetType`, and
2070         `SetExtension` from your constructor.
2071
2072         """
2073         _core_.PyImageHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyImageHandler(*args, **kwargs))
2074         self._SetSelf(self)
2075
2076     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
2077         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
2078         return _core_.PyImageHandler__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
2079
2080 _core_.PyImageHandler_swigregister(PyImageHandler)
2081
2082 class ImageHistogram(object):
2083     """Proxy of C++ ImageHistogram class"""
2084     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2085     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2086     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2087         """__init__(self) -> ImageHistogram"""
2088         _core_.ImageHistogram_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ImageHistogram(*args, **kwargs))
2089     def MakeKey(*args, **kwargs):
2090         """
2091         MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2092
2093         Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values
2094         """
2095         return _core_.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs)
2096
2097     MakeKey = staticmethod(MakeKey)
2098     def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs):
2099         """
2100         FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b)
2101
2102         Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB
2103         values than startR, startG, startB.  Returns a tuple consisting of a
2104         success flag and rgb values.
2105         """
2106         return _core_.ImageHistogram_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs)
2107
2108     def GetCount(*args, **kwargs):
2109         """
2110         GetCount(self, unsigned long key) -> unsigned long
2111
2112         Returns the pixel count for the given key.  Use `MakeKey` to create a
2113         key value from a RGB tripple.
2114         """
2115         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCount(*args, **kwargs)
2116
2117     def GetCountRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2118         """
2119         GetCountRGB(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2120
2121         Returns the pixel count for the given RGB values.
2122         """
2123         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCountRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2124
2125     def GetCountColour(*args, **kwargs):
2126         """
2127         GetCountColour(self, Colour colour) -> unsigned long
2128
2129         Returns the pixel count for the given `wx.Colour` value.
2130         """
2131         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCountColour(*args, **kwargs)
2132
2133 _core_.ImageHistogram_swigregister(ImageHistogram)
2134
2135 def ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs):
2136   """
2137     ImageHistogram_MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2138
2139     Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values
2140     """
2141   return _core_.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs)
2142
2143 class Image_RGBValue(object):
2144     """
2145     An object that contains values for red, green and blue which represent
2146     the value of a color. It is used by `wx.Image.HSVtoRGB` and
2147     `wx.Image.RGBtoHSV`, which converts between HSV color space and RGB
2148     color space.
2149     """
2150     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2151     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2152     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2153         """
2154         __init__(self, byte r=0, byte g=0, byte b=0) -> Image_RGBValue
2155
2156         Constructor.
2157         """
2158         _core_.Image_RGBValue_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image_RGBValue(*args, **kwargs))
2159     red = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_red_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_red_set)
2160     green = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_green_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_green_set)
2161     blue = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_blue_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_blue_set)
2162 _core_.Image_RGBValue_swigregister(Image_RGBValue)
2163
2164 class Image_HSVValue(object):
2165     """
2166     An object that contains values for hue, saturation and value which
2167     represent the value of a color.  It is used by `wx.Image.HSVtoRGB` and
2168     `wx.Image.RGBtoHSV`, which +converts between HSV color space and RGB
2169     color space.
2170     """
2171     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2172     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2173     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2174         """
2175         __init__(self, double h=0.0, double s=0.0, double v=0.0) -> Image_HSVValue
2176
2177         Constructor.
2178         """
2179         _core_.Image_HSVValue_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image_HSVValue(*args, **kwargs))
2180     hue = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_hue_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_hue_set)
2181     saturation = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_saturation_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_saturation_set)
2182     value = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_value_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_value_set)
2183 _core_.Image_HSVValue_swigregister(Image_HSVValue)
2184
2185 class Image(Object):
2186     """
2187     A platform-independent image class.  An image can be created from
2188     data, or using `wx.Bitmap.ConvertToImage`, or loaded from a file in a
2189     variety of formats.  Functions are available to set and get image
2190     bits, so it can be used for basic image manipulation.
2191
2192     A wx.Image cannot be drawn directly to a `wx.DC`.  Instead, a
2193     platform-specific `wx.Bitmap` object must be created from it using the
2194     `wx.BitmapFromImage` constructor. This bitmap can then be drawn in a
2195     device context, using `wx.DC.DrawBitmap`.
2196
2197     One colour value of the image may be used as a mask colour which will
2198     lead to the automatic creation of a `wx.Mask` object associated to the
2199     bitmap object.
2200
2201     wx.Image supports alpha channel data, that is in addition to a byte
2202     for the red, green and blue colour components for each pixel it also
2203     stores a byte representing the pixel opacity. An alpha value of 0
2204     corresponds to a transparent pixel (null opacity) while a value of 255
2205     means that the pixel is 100% opaque.
2206
2207     Unlike RGB data, not all images have an alpha channel and before using
2208     `GetAlpha` you should check if this image contains an alpha channel
2209     with `HasAlpha`. Note that currently only images loaded from PNG files
2210     with transparency information will have an alpha channel.
2211     """
2212     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2213     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2214     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2215         """
2216         __init__(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image
2217
2218         Loads an image from a file.
2219         """
2220         _core_.Image_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image(*args, **kwargs))
2221     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Image
2222     __del__ = lambda self : None;
2223     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
2224         """
2225         Create(self, int width, int height, bool clear=True)
2226
2227         Creates a fresh image.  If clear is ``True``, the new image will be
2228         initialized to black. Otherwise, the image data will be uninitialized.
2229         """
2230         return _core_.Image_Create(*args, **kwargs)
2231
2232     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
2233         """
2234         Destroy(self)
2235
2236         Destroys the image data.
2237         """
2238         val = _core_.Image_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
2239         args[0].thisown = 0
2240         return val
2241
2242     def Scale(*args, **kwargs):
2243         """
2244         Scale(self, int width, int height) -> Image
2245
2246         Returns a scaled version of the image. This is also useful for scaling
2247         bitmaps in general as the only other way to scale bitmaps is to blit a
2248         `wx.MemoryDC` into another `wx.MemoryDC`.
2249         """
2250         return _core_.Image_Scale(*args, **kwargs)
2251
2252     def ShrinkBy(*args, **kwargs):
2253         """
2254         ShrinkBy(self, int xFactor, int yFactor) -> Image
2255
2256         Return a version of the image scaled smaller by the given factors.
2257         """
2258         return _core_.Image_ShrinkBy(*args, **kwargs)
2259
2260     def Rescale(*args, **kwargs):
2261         """
2262         Rescale(self, int width, int height) -> Image
2263
2264         Changes the size of the image in-place by scaling it: after a call to
2265         this function, the image will have the given width and height.
2266
2267         Returns the (modified) image itself.
2268         """
2269         return _core_.Image_Rescale(*args, **kwargs)
2270
2271     def Resize(*args, **kwargs):
2272         """
2273         Resize(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image
2274
2275         Changes the size of the image in-place without scaling it, by adding
2276         either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The
2277         image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background
2278         colour at the position pos relative to the upper left of the new
2279         image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask
2280         colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any
2281         newly exposed areas.
2282
2283         Returns the (modified) image itself.
2284         """
2285         return _core_.Image_Resize(*args, **kwargs)
2286
2287     def SetRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2288         """
2289         SetRGB(self, int x, int y, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2290
2291         Sets the pixel at the given coordinate. This routine performs
2292         bounds-checks for the coordinate so it can be considered a safe way to
2293         manipulate the data, but in some cases this might be too slow so that
2294         the data will have to be set directly. In that case you will have to
2295         get access to the image data using the `GetData` method.
2296         """
2297         return _core_.Image_SetRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2298
2299     def SetRGBRect(*args, **kwargs):
2300         """
2301         SetRGBRect(self, Rect rect, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2302
2303         Sets the colour of the pixels within the given rectangle. This routine
2304         performs bounds-checks for the rectangle so it can be considered a
2305         safe way to manipulate the data.
2306         """
2307         return _core_.Image_SetRGBRect(*args, **kwargs)
2308
2309     def GetRed(*args, **kwargs):
2310         """
2311         GetRed(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2312
2313         Returns the red intensity at the given coordinate.
2314         """
2315         return _core_.Image_GetRed(*args, **kwargs)
2316
2317     def GetGreen(*args, **kwargs):
2318         """
2319         GetGreen(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2320
2321         Returns the green intensity at the given coordinate.
2322         """
2323         return _core_.Image_GetGreen(*args, **kwargs)
2324
2325     def GetBlue(*args, **kwargs):
2326         """
2327         GetBlue(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2328
2329         Returns the blue intensity at the given coordinate.
2330         """
2331         return _core_.Image_GetBlue(*args, **kwargs)
2332
2333     def SetAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2334         """
2335         SetAlpha(self, int x, int y, byte alpha)
2336
2337         Sets the alpha value for the given pixel. This function should only be
2338         called if the image has alpha channel data, use `HasAlpha` to check
2339         for this.
2340         """
2341         return _core_.Image_SetAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2342
2343     def GetAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2344         """
2345         GetAlpha(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2346
2347         Returns the alpha value for the given pixel. This function may only be
2348         called for the images with alpha channel, use `HasAlpha` to check for
2349         this.
2350
2351         The returned value is the *opacity* of the image, i.e. the value of 0
2352         corresponds to the fully transparent pixels while the value of 255 to
2353         the fully opaque pixels.
2354         """
2355         return _core_.Image_GetAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2356
2357     def HasAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2358         """
2359         HasAlpha(self) -> bool
2360
2361         Returns true if this image has alpha channel, false otherwise.
2362         """
2363         return _core_.Image_HasAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2364
2365     def InitAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2366         """
2367         InitAlpha(self)
2368
2369         Initializes the image alpha channel data. It is an error to call it if
2370         the image already has alpha data. If it doesn't, alpha data will be by
2371         default initialized to all pixels being fully opaque. But if the image
2372         has a a mask colour, all mask pixels will be completely transparent.
2373         """
2374         return _core_.Image_InitAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2375
2376     def IsTransparent(*args, **kwargs):
2377         """
2378         IsTransparent(self, int x, int y, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool
2379
2380         Returns ``True`` if this pixel is masked or has an alpha value less
2381         than the spcified threshold.
2382         """
2383         return _core_.Image_IsTransparent(*args, **kwargs)
2384
2385     def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs):
2386         """
2387         FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b)
2388
2389         Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB
2390         values than startR, startG, startB.  Returns a tuple consisting of a
2391         success flag and rgb values.
2392         """
2393         return _core_.Image_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs)
2394
2395     def ConvertAlphaToMask(*args, **kwargs):
2396         """
2397         ConvertAlphaToMask(self, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool
2398
2399         If the image has alpha channel, this method converts it to mask. All
2400         pixels with alpha value less than ``threshold`` are replaced with the
2401         mask colour and the alpha channel is removed. The mask colour is
2402         chosen automatically using `FindFirstUnusedColour`.
2403
2404         If the image image doesn't have alpha channel, ConvertAlphaToMask does
2405         nothing.
2406         """
2407         return _core_.Image_ConvertAlphaToMask(*args, **kwargs)
2408
2409     def ConvertColourToAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2410         """
2411         ConvertColourToAlpha(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> bool
2412
2413         This method converts an image where the original alpha information is
2414         only available as a shades of a colour (actually shades of grey)
2415         typically when you draw anti-aliased text into a bitmap. The DC
2416         drawing routines draw grey values on the black background although
2417         they actually mean to draw white with differnt alpha values.  This
2418         method reverses it, assuming a black (!) background and white text.
2419         The method will then fill up the whole image with the colour given.
2420         """
2421         return _core_.Image_ConvertColourToAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2422
2423     def SetMaskFromImage(*args, **kwargs):
2424         """
2425         SetMaskFromImage(self, Image mask, byte mr, byte mg, byte mb) -> bool
2426
2427         Sets the image's mask so that the pixels that have RGB value of
2428         ``(mr,mg,mb)`` in ``mask`` will be masked in this image. This is done
2429         by first finding an unused colour in the image, setting this colour as
2430         the mask colour and then using this colour to draw all pixels in the
2431         image who corresponding pixel in mask has given RGB value.
2432
2433         Returns ``False`` if ``mask`` does not have same dimensions as the
2434         image or if there is no unused colour left. Returns ``True`` if the
2435         mask was successfully applied.
2436
2437         Note that this method involves computing the histogram, which is
2438         computationally intensive operation.
2439         """
2440         return _core_.Image_SetMaskFromImage(*args, **kwargs)
2441
2442     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
2443         """
2444         CanRead(String filename) -> bool
2445
2446         Returns True if the image handlers can read this file.
2447         """
2448         return _core_.Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
2449
2450     CanRead = staticmethod(CanRead)
2451     def GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs):
2452         """
2453         GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int
2454
2455         If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler
2456         is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return
2457         the number of available images.
2458         """
2459         return _core_.Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs)
2460
2461     GetImageCount = staticmethod(GetImageCount)
2462     def LoadFile(*args, **kwargs):
2463         """
2464         LoadFile(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool
2465
2466         Loads an image from a file. If no handler type is provided, the
2467         library will try to autodetect the format.
2468         """
2469         return _core_.Image_LoadFile(*args, **kwargs)
2470
2471     def LoadMimeFile(*args, **kwargs):
2472         """
2473         LoadMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool
2474
2475         Loads an image from a file, specifying the image type with a MIME type
2476         string.
2477         """
2478         return _core_.Image_LoadMimeFile(*args, **kwargs)
2479
2480     def SaveFile(*args, **kwargs):
2481         """
2482         SaveFile(self, String name, int type) -> bool
2483
2484         Saves an image in the named file.
2485         """
2486         return _core_.Image_SaveFile(*args, **kwargs)
2487
2488     def SaveMimeFile(*args, **kwargs):
2489         """
2490         SaveMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype) -> bool
2491
2492         Saves an image in the named file.
2493         """
2494         return _core_.Image_SaveMimeFile(*args, **kwargs)
2495
2496     def CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2497         """
2498         CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool
2499
2500         Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the
2501         data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like
2502         object.
2503         """
2504         return _core_.Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2505
2506     CanReadStream = staticmethod(CanReadStream)
2507     def LoadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2508         """
2509         LoadStream(self, InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool
2510
2511         Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like
2512         object. If no handler type is provided, the library will try to
2513         autodetect the format.
2514         """
2515         return _core_.Image_LoadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2516
2517     def LoadMimeStream(*args, **kwargs):
2518         """
2519         LoadMimeStream(self, InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool
2520
2521         Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like
2522         object, using a MIME type string to specify the image file format.
2523         """
2524         return _core_.Image_LoadMimeStream(*args, **kwargs)
2525
2526     def Ok(*args, **kwargs):
2527         """
2528         Ok(self) -> bool
2529
2530         Returns true if image data is present.
2531         """
2532         return _core_.Image_Ok(*args, **kwargs)
2533
2534     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
2535         """
2536         GetWidth(self) -> int
2537
2538         Gets the width of the image in pixels.
2539         """
2540         return _core_.Image_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
2541
2542     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
2543         """
2544         GetHeight(self) -> int
2545
2546         Gets the height of the image in pixels.
2547         """
2548         return _core_.Image_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
2549
2550     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
2551         """
2552         GetSize(self) -> Size
2553
2554         Returns the size of the image in pixels.
2555         """
2556         return _core_.Image_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
2557
2558     def GetSubImage(*args, **kwargs):
2559         """
2560         GetSubImage(self, Rect rect) -> Image
2561
2562         Returns a sub image of the current one as long as the rect belongs
2563         entirely to the image.
2564         """
2565         return _core_.Image_GetSubImage(*args, **kwargs)
2566
2567     def Size(*args, **kwargs):
2568         """
2569         Size(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image
2570
2571         Returns a resized version of this image without scaling it by adding
2572         either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The
2573         image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background
2574         colour at the position ``pos`` relative to the upper left of the new
2575         image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask
2576         colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any
2577         newly exposed areas.
2578         """
2579         return _core_.Image_Size(*args, **kwargs)
2580
2581     def Copy(*args, **kwargs):
2582         """
2583         Copy(self) -> Image
2584
2585         Returns an identical copy of the image.
2586         """
2587         return _core_.Image_Copy(*args, **kwargs)
2588
2589     def Paste(*args, **kwargs):
2590         """
2591         Paste(self, Image image, int x, int y)
2592
2593         Pastes ``image`` into this instance and takes care of the mask colour
2594         and any out of bounds problems.
2595         """
2596         return _core_.Image_Paste(*args, **kwargs)
2597
2598     def GetData(*args, **kwargs):
2599         """
2600         GetData(self) -> PyObject
2601
2602         Returns a string containing a copy of the RGB bytes of the image.
2603         """
2604         return _core_.Image_GetData(*args, **kwargs)
2605
2606     def SetData(*args, **kwargs):
2607         """
2608         SetData(self, buffer data)
2609
2610         Resets the Image's RGB data from a buffer of RGB bytes.  Accepts
2611         either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of
2612         the data must be width*height*3.
2613         """
2614         return _core_.Image_SetData(*args, **kwargs)
2615
2616     def GetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2617         """
2618         GetDataBuffer(self) -> PyObject
2619
2620         Returns a writable Python buffer object that is pointing at the RGB
2621         image data buffer inside the wx.Image. You need to ensure that you do
2622         not use this buffer object after the image has been destroyed.
2623         """
2624         return _core_.Image_GetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2625
2626     def SetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2627         """
2628         SetDataBuffer(self, buffer data)
2629
2630         Sets the internal image data pointer to point at a Python buffer
2631         object.  This can save making an extra copy of the data but you must
2632         ensure that the buffer object lives longer than the wx.Image does.
2633         """
2634         return _core_.Image_SetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2635
2636     def GetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs):
2637         """
2638         GetAlphaData(self) -> PyObject
2639
2640         Returns a string containing a copy of the alpha bytes of the image.
2641         """
2642         return _core_.Image_GetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs)
2643
2644     def SetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs):
2645         """
2646         SetAlphaData(self, buffer alpha)
2647
2648         Resets the Image's alpha data from a buffer of bytes.  Accepts either
2649         a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the
2650         data must be width*height.
2651         """
2652         return _core_.Image_SetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs)
2653
2654     def GetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2655         """GetAlphaBuffer(self) -> PyObject"""
2656         return _core_.Image_GetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2657
2658     def SetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2659         """SetAlphaBuffer(self, buffer alpha)"""
2660         return _core_.Image_SetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2661
2662     def SetMaskColour(*args, **kwargs):
2663         """
2664         SetMaskColour(self, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2665
2666         Sets the mask colour for this image (and tells the image to use the
2667         mask).
2668         """
2669         return _core_.Image_SetMaskColour(*args, **kwargs)
2670
2671     def GetOrFindMaskColour(*args, **kwargs):
2672         """
2673         GetOrFindMaskColour() -> (r,g,b)
2674
2675         Get the current mask colour or find a suitable colour.
2676         """
2677         return _core_.Image_GetOrFindMaskColour(*args, **kwargs)
2678
2679     def GetMaskRed(*args, **kwargs):
2680         """
2681         GetMaskRed(self) -> byte
2682
2683         Gets the red component of the mask colour.
2684         """
2685         return _core_.Image_GetMaskRed(*args, **kwargs)
2686
2687     def GetMaskGreen(*args, **kwargs):
2688         """
2689         GetMaskGreen(self) -> byte
2690
2691         Gets the green component of the mask colour.
2692         """
2693         return _core_.Image_GetMaskGreen(*args, **kwargs)
2694
2695     def GetMaskBlue(*args, **kwargs):
2696         """
2697         GetMaskBlue(self) -> byte
2698
2699         Gets the blue component of the mask colour.
2700         """
2701         return _core_.Image_GetMaskBlue(*args, **kwargs)
2702
2703     def SetMask(*args, **kwargs):
2704         """
2705         SetMask(self, bool mask=True)
2706
2707         Specifies whether there is a mask or not. The area of the mask is
2708         determined by the current mask colour.
2709         """
2710         return _core_.Image_SetMask(*args, **kwargs)
2711
2712     def HasMask(*args, **kwargs):
2713         """
2714         HasMask(self) -> bool
2715
2716         Returns ``True`` if there is a mask active, ``False`` otherwise.
2717         """
2718         return _core_.Image_HasMask(*args, **kwargs)
2719
2720     def Rotate(*args, **kwargs):
2721         """
2722         Rotate(self, double angle, Point centre_of_rotation, bool interpolating=True,
2723             Point offset_after_rotation=None) -> Image
2724
2725         Rotates the image about the given point, by ``angle`` radians. Passing
2726         ``True`` to ``interpolating`` results in better image quality, but is
2727         slower. If the image has a mask, then the mask colour is used for the
2728         uncovered pixels in the rotated image background. Otherwise, black
2729         will be used as the fill colour.
2730
2731         Returns the rotated image, leaving this image intact.
2732         """
2733         return _core_.Image_Rotate(*args, **kwargs)
2734
2735     def Rotate90(*args, **kwargs):
2736         """
2737         Rotate90(self, bool clockwise=True) -> Image
2738
2739         Returns a copy of the image rotated 90 degrees in the direction
2740         indicated by ``clockwise``.
2741         """
2742         return _core_.Image_Rotate90(*args, **kwargs)
2743
2744     def Mirror(*args, **kwargs):
2745         """
2746         Mirror(self, bool horizontally=True) -> Image
2747
2748         Returns a mirrored copy of the image. The parameter ``horizontally``
2749         indicates the orientation.
2750         """
2751         return _core_.Image_Mirror(*args, **kwargs)
2752
2753     def Replace(*args, **kwargs):
2754         """
2755         Replace(self, byte r1, byte g1, byte b1, byte r2, byte g2, byte b2)
2756
2757         Replaces the colour specified by ``(r1,g1,b1)`` by the colour
2758         ``(r2,g2,b2)``.
2759         """
2760         return _core_.Image_Replace(*args, **kwargs)
2761
2762     def ConvertToGreyscale(*args, **kwargs):
2763         """
2764         ConvertToGreyscale(self, double lr=0.299, double lg=0.587, double lb=0.114) -> Image
2765
2766         Convert to greyscale image. Uses the luminance component (Y) of the
2767         image.  The luma value (YUV) is calculated using (R * lr) + (G * lg) + (B * lb),
2768         defaults to ITU-T BT.601
2769         """
2770         return _core_.Image_ConvertToGreyscale(*args, **kwargs)
2771
2772     def ConvertToMono(*args, **kwargs):
2773         """
2774         ConvertToMono(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> Image
2775
2776         Returns monochromatic version of the image. The returned image has
2777         white colour where the original has ``(r,g,b)`` colour and black
2778         colour everywhere else.
2779         """
2780         return _core_.Image_ConvertToMono(*args, **kwargs)
2781
2782     def SetOption(*args, **kwargs):
2783         """
2784         SetOption(self, String name, String value)
2785
2786         Sets an image handler defined option.  For example, when saving as a
2787         JPEG file, the option ``wx.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY`` is used, which is a
2788         number between 0 and 100 (0 is terrible, 100 is very good).
2789         """
2790         return _core_.Image_SetOption(*args, **kwargs)
2791
2792     def SetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs):
2793         """
2794         SetOptionInt(self, String name, int value)
2795
2796         Sets an image option as an integer.
2797         """
2798         return _core_.Image_SetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs)
2799
2800     def GetOption(*args, **kwargs):
2801         """
2802         GetOption(self, String name) -> String
2803
2804         Gets the value of an image handler option.
2805         """
2806         return _core_.Image_GetOption(*args, **kwargs)
2807
2808     def GetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs):
2809         """
2810         GetOptionInt(self, String name) -> int
2811
2812         Gets the value of an image handler option as an integer.  If the given
2813         option is not present, the function returns 0.
2814         """
2815         return _core_.Image_GetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs)
2816
2817     def HasOption(*args, **kwargs):
2818         """
2819         HasOption(self, String name) -> bool
2820
2821         Returns true if the given option is present.
2822         """
2823         return _core_.Image_HasOption(*args, **kwargs)
2824
2825     def CountColours(*args, **kwargs):
2826         """CountColours(self, unsigned long stopafter=(unsigned long) -1) -> unsigned long"""
2827         return _core_.Image_CountColours(*args, **kwargs)
2828
2829     def ComputeHistogram(*args, **kwargs):
2830         """ComputeHistogram(self, ImageHistogram h) -> unsigned long"""
2831         return _core_.Image_ComputeHistogram(*args, **kwargs)
2832
2833     def AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2834         """AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
2835         return _core_.Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2836
2837     AddHandler = staticmethod(AddHandler)
2838     def InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2839         """InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
2840         return _core_.Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2841
2842     InsertHandler = staticmethod(InsertHandler)
2843     def RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2844         """RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool"""
2845         return _core_.Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2846
2847     RemoveHandler = staticmethod(RemoveHandler)
2848     def GetHandlers(*args, **kwargs):
2849         """GetHandlers() -> PyObject"""
2850         return _core_.Image_GetHandlers(*args, **kwargs)
2851
2852     GetHandlers = staticmethod(GetHandlers)
2853     def GetImageExtWildcard(*args, **kwargs):
2854         """
2855         GetImageExtWildcard() -> String
2856
2857         Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string
2858         containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save
2859         dialog boxes.
2860         """
2861         return _core_.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args, **kwargs)
2862
2863     GetImageExtWildcard = staticmethod(GetImageExtWildcard)
2864     def ConvertToBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
2865         """ConvertToBitmap(self, int depth=-1) -> Bitmap"""
2866         return _core_.Image_ConvertToBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
2867
2868     def ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
2869         """ConvertToMonoBitmap(self, byte red, byte green, byte blue) -> Bitmap"""
2870         return _core_.Image_ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
2871
2872     def RotateHue(*args, **kwargs):
2873         """
2874         RotateHue(self, double angle)
2875
2876         Rotates the hue of each pixel of the image. Hue is a double in the
2877         range -1.0..1.0 where -1.0 is -360 degrees and 1.0 is 360 degrees
2878         """
2879         return _core_.Image_RotateHue(*args, **kwargs)
2880
2881     def RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs):
2882         """
2883         RGBtoHSV(Image_RGBValue rgb) -> Image_HSVValue
2884
2885         Converts a color in RGB color space to HSV color space.
2886         """
2887         return _core_.Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs)
2888
2889     RGBtoHSV = staticmethod(RGBtoHSV)
2890     def HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2891         """
2892         HSVtoRGB(Image_HSVValue hsv) -> Image_RGBValue
2893
2894         Converts a color in HSV color space to RGB color space.
2895         """
2896         return _core_.Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2897
2898     HSVtoRGB = staticmethod(HSVtoRGB)
2899     def __nonzero__(self): return self.Ok()
2900 _core_.Image_swigregister(Image)
2901
2902 def ImageFromMime(*args, **kwargs):
2903     """
2904     ImageFromMime(String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image
2905
2906     Loads an image from a file, using a MIME type string (such as
2907     'image/jpeg') to specify image type.
2908     """
2909     val = _core_.new_ImageFromMime(*args, **kwargs)
2910     return val
2911
2912 def ImageFromStream(*args, **kwargs):
2913     """
2914     ImageFromStream(InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image
2915
2916     Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like
2917     object.
2918     """
2919     val = _core_.new_ImageFromStream(*args, **kwargs)
2920     return val
2921
2922 def ImageFromStreamMime(*args, **kwargs):
2923     """
2924     ImageFromStreamMime(InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image
2925
2926     Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like
2927     object, specifying the image format with a MIME type string.
2928     """
2929     val = _core_.new_ImageFromStreamMime(*args, **kwargs)
2930     return val
2931
2932 def EmptyImage(*args, **kwargs):
2933     """
2934     EmptyImage(int width=0, int height=0, bool clear=True) -> Image
2935
2936     Construct an empty image of a given size, optionally setting all
2937     pixels to black.
2938     """
2939     val = _core_.new_EmptyImage(*args, **kwargs)
2940     return val
2941
2942 def ImageFromBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
2943     """
2944     ImageFromBitmap(Bitmap bitmap) -> Image
2945
2946     Construct an Image from a `wx.Bitmap`.
2947     """
2948     val = _core_.new_ImageFromBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
2949     return val
2950
2951 def ImageFromData(*args, **kwargs):
2952     """
2953     ImageFromData(int width, int height, buffer data) -> Image
2954
2955     Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes.  Accepts either a
2956     string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the data
2957     must be width*height*3.
2958     """
2959     val = _core_.new_ImageFromData(*args, **kwargs)
2960     return val
2961
2962 def ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2963     """
2964     ImageFromDataWithAlpha(int width, int height, buffer data, buffer alpha) -> Image
2965
2966     Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes with an Alpha channel.
2967     Accepts either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the
2968     length of the data must be width*height*3 bytes, and the length of the
2969     alpha data must be width*height bytes.
2970     """
2971     val = _core_.new_ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2972     return val
2973
2974 def Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
2975   """
2976     Image_CanRead(String filename) -> bool
2977
2978     Returns True if the image handlers can read this file.
2979     """
2980   return _core_.Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
2981
2982 def Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs):
2983   """
2984     Image_GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int
2985
2986     If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler
2987     is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return
2988     the number of available images.
2989     """
2990   return _core_.Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs)
2991
2992 def Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2993   """
2994     Image_CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool
2995
2996     Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the
2997     data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like
2998     object.
2999     """
3000   return _core_.Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
3001
3002 def Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3003   """Image_AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
3004   return _core_.Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3005
3006 def Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3007   """Image_InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
3008   return _core_.Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3009
3010 def Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3011   """Image_RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool"""
3012   return _core_.Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3013
3014 def Image_GetHandlers(*args):
3015   """Image_GetHandlers() -> PyObject"""
3016   return _core_.Image_GetHandlers(*args)
3017
3018 def Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args):
3019   """
3020     Image_GetImageExtWildcard() -> String
3021
3022     Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string
3023     containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save
3024     dialog boxes.
3025     """
3026   return _core_.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args)
3027
3028 def Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs):
3029   """
3030     Image_RGBtoHSV(Image_RGBValue rgb) -> Image_HSVValue
3031
3032     Converts a color in RGB color space to HSV color space.
3033     """
3034   return _core_.Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs)
3035
3036 def Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs):
3037   """
3038     Image_HSVtoRGB(Image_HSVValue hsv) -> Image_RGBValue
3039
3040     Converts a color in HSV color space to RGB color space.
3041     """
3042   return _core_.Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs)
3043
3044 def InitAllImageHandlers():
3045     """
3046     The former functionality of InitAllImageHanders is now done internal to
3047     the _core_ extension module and so this function has become a simple NOP.
3048     """
3049     pass
3050
3051 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES = _core_.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES
3052 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM = _core_.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM
3053 PNG_TYPE_COLOUR = _core_.PNG_TYPE_COLOUR
3054 PNG_TYPE_GREY = _core_.PNG_TYPE_GREY
3055 PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED = _core_.PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED
3056 BMP_24BPP = _core_.BMP_24BPP
3057 BMP_8BPP = _core_.BMP_8BPP
3058 BMP_8BPP_GREY = _core_.BMP_8BPP_GREY
3059 BMP_8BPP_GRAY = _core_.BMP_8BPP_GRAY
3060 BMP_8BPP_RED = _core_.BMP_8BPP_RED
3061 BMP_8BPP_PALETTE = _core_.BMP_8BPP_PALETTE
3062 BMP_4BPP = _core_.BMP_4BPP
3063 BMP_1BPP = _core_.BMP_1BPP
3064 BMP_1BPP_BW = _core_.BMP_1BPP_BW
3065 class BMPHandler(ImageHandler):
3066     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files."""
3067     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3068     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3069     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3070         """
3071         __init__(self) -> BMPHandler
3072
3073         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files.
3074         """
3075         _core_.BMPHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_BMPHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3076 _core_.BMPHandler_swigregister(BMPHandler)
3077 NullImage = cvar.NullImage
3078 IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME
3079 IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT
3080 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X
3081 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y
3082 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION
3083 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX
3084 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY
3085 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT
3086 IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY
3087 IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE
3088 IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL
3089 IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION
3090 IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR
3091 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT
3092 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH
3093
3094 class ICOHandler(BMPHandler):
3095     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files."""
3096     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3097     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3098     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3099         """
3100         __init__(self) -> ICOHandler
3101
3102         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files.
3103         """
3104         _core_.ICOHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ICOHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3105 _core_.ICOHandler_swigregister(ICOHandler)
3106
3107 class CURHandler(ICOHandler):
3108     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files."""
3109     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3110     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3111     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3112         """
3113         __init__(self) -> CURHandler
3114
3115         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files.
3116         """
3117         _core_.CURHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CURHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3118 _core_.CURHandler_swigregister(CURHandler)
3119
3120 class ANIHandler(CURHandler):
3121     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files."""
3122     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3123     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3124     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3125         """
3126         __init__(self) -> ANIHandler
3127
3128         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files.
3129         """
3130         _core_.ANIHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ANIHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3131 _core_.ANIHandler_swigregister(ANIHandler)
3132
3133 class PNGHandler(ImageHandler):
3134     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files."""
3135     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3136     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3137     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3138         """
3139         __init__(self) -> PNGHandler
3140
3141         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files.
3142         """
3143         _core_.PNGHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PNGHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3144 _core_.PNGHandler_swigregister(PNGHandler)
3145
3146 class GIFHandler(ImageHandler):
3147     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files."""
3148     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3149     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3150     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3151         """
3152         __init__(self) -> GIFHandler
3153
3154         A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files.
3155         """
3156         _core_.GIFHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GIFHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3157 _core_.GIFHandler_swigregister(GIFHandler)
3158
3159 class PCXHandler(ImageHandler):
3160     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files."""
3161     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3162     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3163     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3164         """
3165         __init__(self) -> PCXHandler
3166
3167         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files.
3168         """
3169         _core_.PCXHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PCXHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3170 _core_.PCXHandler_swigregister(PCXHandler)
3171
3172 class JPEGHandler(ImageHandler):
3173     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files."""
3174     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3175     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3176     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3177         """
3178         __init__(self) -> JPEGHandler
3179
3180         A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files.
3181         """
3182         _core_.JPEGHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_JPEGHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3183 _core_.JPEGHandler_swigregister(JPEGHandler)
3184
3185 class PNMHandler(ImageHandler):
3186     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files."""
3187     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3188     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3189     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3190         """
3191         __init__(self) -> PNMHandler
3192
3193         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files.
3194         """
3195         _core_.PNMHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PNMHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3196 _core_.PNMHandler_swigregister(PNMHandler)
3197
3198 class XPMHandler(ImageHandler):
3199     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image."""
3200     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3201     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3202     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3203         """
3204         __init__(self) -> XPMHandler
3205
3206         A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image.
3207         """
3208         _core_.XPMHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_XPMHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3209 _core_.XPMHandler_swigregister(XPMHandler)
3210
3211 class TIFFHandler(ImageHandler):
3212     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files."""
3213     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3214     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3215     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3216         """
3217         __init__(self) -> TIFFHandler
3218
3219         A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files.
3220         """
3221         _core_.TIFFHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_TIFFHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3222 _core_.TIFFHandler_swigregister(TIFFHandler)
3223
3224 QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS = _core_.QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS
3225 QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE = _core_.QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE
3226 class Quantize(object):
3227     """Performs quantization, or colour reduction, on a wxImage."""
3228     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3229     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
3230     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3231     def Quantize(*args, **kwargs):
3232         """
3233         Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool
3234
3235         Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the
3236         destination image, setting the palette in the destination if
3237         needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image.
3238         """
3239         return _core_.Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs)
3240
3241     Quantize = staticmethod(Quantize)
3242 _core_.Quantize_swigregister(Quantize)
3243
3244 def Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs):
3245   """
3246     Quantize_Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool
3247
3248     Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the
3249     destination image, setting the palette in the destination if
3250     needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image.
3251     """
3252   return _core_.Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs)
3253
3254 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3255
3256 class EvtHandler(Object):
3257     """Proxy of C++ EvtHandler class"""
3258     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3259     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3260     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3261         """__init__(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3262         _core_.EvtHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EvtHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3263     def GetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3264         """GetNextHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3265         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3266
3267     def GetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3268         """GetPreviousHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3269         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3270
3271     def SetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3272         """SetNextHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
3273         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3274
3275     def SetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3276         """SetPreviousHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
3277         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3278
3279     def GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
3280         """GetEvtHandlerEnabled(self) -> bool"""
3281         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
3282
3283     def SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
3284         """SetEvtHandlerEnabled(self, bool enabled)"""
3285         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
3286
3287     def ProcessEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3288         """ProcessEvent(self, Event event) -> bool"""
3289         return _core_.EvtHandler_ProcessEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3290
3291     def AddPendingEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3292         """AddPendingEvent(self, Event event)"""
3293         return _core_.EvtHandler_AddPendingEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3294
3295     def ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs):
3296         """ProcessPendingEvents(self)"""
3297         return _core_.EvtHandler_ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs)
3298
3299     def Connect(*args, **kwargs):
3300         """Connect(self, int id, int lastId, int eventType, PyObject func)"""
3301         return _core_.EvtHandler_Connect(*args, **kwargs)
3302
3303     def Disconnect(*args, **kwargs):
3304         """Disconnect(self, int id, int lastId=-1, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> bool"""
3305         return _core_.EvtHandler_Disconnect(*args, **kwargs)
3306
3307     def _setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs):
3308         """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self, bool incref=True)"""
3309         val = _core_.EvtHandler__setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs)
3310         args[0].thisown = 0
3311         return val
3312
3313     def Bind(self, event, handler, source=None, id=wx.ID_ANY, id2=wx.ID_ANY):
3314         """
3315         Bind an event to an event handler.
3316
3317         :param event: One of the EVT_* objects that specifies the
3318                       type of event to bind,
3319
3320         :param handler: A callable object to be invoked when the
3321                       event is delivered to self.  Pass None to
3322                       disconnect an event handler.
3323
3324         :param source: Sometimes the event originates from a
3325                       different window than self, but you still
3326                       want to catch it in self.  (For example, a
3327                       button event delivered to a frame.)  By
3328                       passing the source of the event, the event
3329                       handling system is able to differentiate
3330                       between the same event type from different
3331                       controls.
3332
3333         :param id: Used to spcify the event source by ID instead
3334                    of instance.
3335
3336         :param id2: Used when it is desirable to bind a handler
3337                       to a range of IDs, such as with EVT_MENU_RANGE.
3338         """
3339         if source is not None:
3340             id  = source.GetId()
3341         event.Bind(self, id, id2, handler)
3342
3343     def Unbind(self, event, source=None, id=wx.ID_ANY, id2=wx.ID_ANY):
3344         """
3345         Disconencts the event handler binding for event from self.
3346         Returns True if successful.
3347         """
3348         if source is not None:
3349             id  = source.GetId()
3350         return event.Unbind(self, id, id2)
3351
3352 _core_.EvtHandler_swigregister(EvtHandler)
3353
3354 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3355
3356 class PyEventBinder(object):
3357     """
3358     Instances of this class are used to bind specific events to event
3359     handlers.
3360     """
3361     def __init__(self, evtType, expectedIDs=0):
3362         if expectedIDs not in [0, 1, 2]:
3363             raise ValueError, "Invalid number of expectedIDs"
3364         self.expectedIDs = expectedIDs
3365
3366         if type(evtType) == list or type(evtType) == tuple:
3367             self.evtType = evtType
3368         else:
3369             self.evtType = [evtType]
3370
3371
3372     def Bind(self, target, id1, id2, function):
3373         """Bind this set of event types to target."""
3374         for et in self.evtType:
3375             target.Connect(id1, id2, et, function)
3376
3377
3378     def Unbind(self, target, id1, id2):
3379         """Remove an event binding."""
3380         success = 0
3381         for et in self.evtType:
3382             success += target.Disconnect(id1, id2, et)
3383         return success != 0
3384
3385
3386     def __call__(self, *args):
3387         """
3388         For backwards compatibility with the old EVT_* functions.
3389         Should be called with either (window, func), (window, ID,
3390         func) or (window, ID1, ID2, func) parameters depending on the
3391         type of the event.
3392         """
3393         assert len(args) == 2 + self.expectedIDs
3394         id1 = wx.ID_ANY
3395         id2 = wx.ID_ANY
3396         target = args[0]
3397         if self.expectedIDs == 0:
3398             func = args[1]
3399         elif self.expectedIDs == 1:
3400             id1 = args[1]
3401             func = args[2]
3402         elif self.expectedIDs == 2:
3403             id1 = args[1]
3404             id2 = args[2]
3405             func = args[3]
3406         else:
3407             raise ValueError, "Unexpected number of IDs"
3408
3409         self.Bind(target, id1, id2, func)
3410
3411
3412 # These two are square pegs that don't fit the PyEventBinder hole...
3413 def EVT_COMMAND(win, id, cmd, func):
3414     win.Connect(id, -1, cmd, func)
3415 def EVT_COMMAND_RANGE(win, id1, id2, cmd, func):
3416     win.Connect(id1, id2, cmd, func)
3417
3418
3419 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3420
3421 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3422
3423 EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE = _core_.EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE
3424 EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX = _core_.EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX
3425
3426 def NewEventType(*args):
3427   """NewEventType() -> EventType"""
3428   return _core_.NewEventType(*args)
3429 wxEVT_NULL = _core_.wxEVT_NULL
3430 wxEVT_FIRST = _core_.wxEVT_FIRST
3431 wxEVT_USER_FIRST = _core_.wxEVT_USER_FIRST
3432 wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED
3433 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED
3434 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED
3435 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED
3436 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED
3437 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED
3438 wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED
3439 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED
3440 wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED
3441 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED
3442 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED
3443 wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED
3444 wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED
3445 wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED
3446 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED
3447 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER
3448 wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
3449 wxEVT_LEFT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_UP
3450 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
3451 wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP
3452 wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN
3453 wxEVT_RIGHT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_UP
3454 wxEVT_MOTION = _core_.wxEVT_MOTION
3455 wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
3456 wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
3457 wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK
3458 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
3459 wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
3460 wxEVT_SET_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_SET_FOCUS
3461 wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS
3462 wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS
3463 wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
3464 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN
3465 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP
3466 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN
3467 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP
3468 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN
3469 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP
3470 wxEVT_NC_MOTION = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MOTION
3471 wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW
3472 wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW
3473 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK
3474 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK
3475 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK
3476 wxEVT_CHAR = _core_.wxEVT_CHAR
3477 wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK = _core_.wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK
3478 wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY = _core_.wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY
3479 wxEVT_KEY_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_KEY_DOWN
3480 wxEVT_KEY_UP = _core_.wxEVT_KEY_UP
3481 wxEVT_HOTKEY = _core_.wxEVT_HOTKEY
3482 wxEVT_SET_CURSOR = _core_.wxEVT_SET_CURSOR
3483 wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP
3484 wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM
3485 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP
3486 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
3487 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP
3488 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
3489 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
3490 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
3491 wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3492 wxEVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3493 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP
3494 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM
3495 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP
3496 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN
3497 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP
3498 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN
3499 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK
3500 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE
3501 wxEVT_SIZE = _core_.wxEVT_SIZE
3502 wxEVT_MOVE = _core_.wxEVT_MOVE
3503 wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW
3504 wxEVT_END_SESSION = _core_.wxEVT_END_SESSION
3505 wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = _core_.wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION
3506 wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP = _core_.wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP
3507 wxEVT_ACTIVATE = _core_.wxEVT_ACTIVATE
3508 wxEVT_CREATE = _core_.wxEVT_CREATE
3509 wxEVT_DESTROY = _core_.wxEVT_DESTROY
3510 wxEVT_SHOW = _core_.wxEVT_SHOW
3511 wxEVT_ICONIZE = _core_.wxEVT_ICONIZE
3512 wxEVT_MAXIMIZE = _core_.wxEVT_MAXIMIZE
3513 wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED
3514 wxEVT_PAINT = _core_.wxEVT_PAINT
3515 wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND = _core_.wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND
3516 wxEVT_NC_PAINT = _core_.wxEVT_NC_PAINT
3517 wxEVT_PAINT_ICON = _core_.wxEVT_PAINT_ICON
3518 wxEVT_MENU_OPEN = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_OPEN
3519 wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE
3520 wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT
3521 wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU = _core_.wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU
3522 wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED
3523 wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED
3524 wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED
3525 wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE = _core_.wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE
3526 wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED
3527 wxEVT_DROP_FILES = _core_.wxEVT_DROP_FILES
3528 wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM
3529 wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM
3530 wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM
3531 wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG = _core_.wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG
3532 wxEVT_IDLE = _core_.wxEVT_IDLE
3533 wxEVT_UPDATE_UI = _core_.wxEVT_UPDATE_UI
3534 wxEVT_SIZING = _core_.wxEVT_SIZING
3535 wxEVT_MOVING = _core_.wxEVT_MOVING
3536 wxEVT_HIBERNATE = _core_.wxEVT_HIBERNATE
3537 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY
3538 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT
3539 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE
3540 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK
3541 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK
3542 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK
3543 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK
3544 wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS
3545 wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS
3546 wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER
3547 #
3548 # Create some event binders
3549 EVT_SIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZE )
3550 EVT_SIZING = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZING )
3551 EVT_MOVE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVE )
3552 EVT_MOVING = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVING )
3553 EVT_CLOSE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW )
3554 EVT_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION )
3555 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION )
3556 EVT_PAINT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PAINT )
3557 EVT_NC_PAINT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NC_PAINT )
3558 EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND )
3559 EVT_CHAR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR )
3560 EVT_KEY_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_DOWN )
3561 EVT_KEY_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_UP )
3562 EVT_HOTKEY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HOTKEY, 1)
3563 EVT_CHAR_HOOK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK )
3564 EVT_MENU_OPEN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_OPEN )
3565 EVT_MENU_CLOSE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE )
3566 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT, 1)
3567 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT_ALL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT )
3568 EVT_SET_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_FOCUS )
3569 EVT_KILL_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS )
3570 EVT_CHILD_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS )
3571 EVT_ACTIVATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE )
3572 EVT_ACTIVATE_APP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP )
3573 EVT_HIBERNATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HIBERNATE )
3574 EVT_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION )
3575 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION )
3576 EVT_DROP_FILES = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DROP_FILES )
3577 EVT_INIT_DIALOG = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG )
3578 EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED )
3579 EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED )
3580 EVT_SHOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SHOW )
3581 EVT_MAXIMIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MAXIMIZE )
3582 EVT_ICONIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ICONIZE )
3583 EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY )
3584 EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED )
3585 EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE )
3586 EVT_WINDOW_CREATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CREATE )
3587 EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DESTROY )
3588 EVT_SET_CURSOR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_CURSOR )
3589 EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED )
3590
3591 EVT_LEFT_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN )
3592 EVT_LEFT_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_UP )
3593 EVT_MIDDLE_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN )
3594 EVT_MIDDLE_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP )
3595 EVT_RIGHT_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN )
3596 EVT_RIGHT_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_UP )
3597 EVT_MOTION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOTION )
3598 EVT_LEFT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK )
3599 EVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK )
3600 EVT_RIGHT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK )
3601 EVT_LEAVE_WINDOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW )
3602 EVT_ENTER_WINDOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW )
3603 EVT_MOUSEWHEEL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL )
3604
3605 EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN,
3606                                      wxEVT_LEFT_UP,
3607                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN,
3608                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP,
3609                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN,
3610                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_UP,
3611                                      wxEVT_MOTION,
3612                                      wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK,
3613                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK,
3614                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK,
3615                                      wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW,
3616                                      wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW,
3617                                      wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
3618                                      ])
3619
3620
3621 # Scrolling from wxWindow (sent to wxScrolledWindow)
3622 EVT_SCROLLWIN = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP,
3623                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM,
3624                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP,
3625                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN,
3626                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP,
3627                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN,
3628                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK,
3629                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE,
3630                                   ])
3631
3632 EVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP )
3633 EVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM )
3634 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP )
3635 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN )
3636 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP )
3637 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN )
3638 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK )
3639 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE )
3640
3641 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar
3642 EVT_SCROLL = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP,
3643                                wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM,
3644                                wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP,
3645                                wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN,
3646                                wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP,
3647                                wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN,
3648                                wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK,
3649                                wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE,
3650                                wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED,
3651                                ])
3652
3653 EVT_SCROLL_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP )
3654 EVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM )
3655 EVT_SCROLL_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP )
3656 EVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN )
3657 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP )
3658 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN )
3659 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK )
3660 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE )
3661 EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED )
3662 EVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3663
3664 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar, with an id
3665 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP,
3666                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM,
3667                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP,
3668                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN,
3669                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP,
3670                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN,
3671                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK,
3672                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE,
3673                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED,
3674                                        ], 1)
3675
3676 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP, 1)
3677 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM, 1)
3678 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP, 1)
3679 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN, 1)
3680 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP, 1)
3681 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN, 1)
3682 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK, 1)
3683 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE, 1)
3684 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED, 1)
3685 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED
3686
3687 EVT_BUTTON = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED, 1)
3688 EVT_CHECKBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED, 1)
3689 EVT_CHOICE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED, 1)
3690 EVT_LISTBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3691 EVT_LISTBOX_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED, 1)
3692 EVT_MENU = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, 1)
3693 EVT_MENU_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, 2)
3694 EVT_SLIDER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED, 1)
3695 EVT_RADIOBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3696 EVT_RADIOBUTTON = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED, 1)
3697
3698 EVT_SCROLLBAR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED, 1)
3699 EVT_VLBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3700 EVT_COMBOBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3701 EVT_TOOL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED, 1)
3702 EVT_TOOL_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED, 2)
3703 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED, 1)
3704 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED, 2)
3705 EVT_TOOL_ENTER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER, 1)
3706 EVT_CHECKLISTBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED, 1)
3707
3708
3709 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK, 1)
3710 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK, 1)
3711 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK, 1)
3712 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK, 1)
3713 EVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS, 1)
3714 EVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS, 1)
3715 EVT_COMMAND_ENTER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER, 1)
3716
3717 EVT_IDLE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_IDLE )
3718
3719 EVT_UPDATE_UI = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, 1)
3720 EVT_UPDATE_UI_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, 2)
3721
3722 EVT_CONTEXT_MENU = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU )
3723
3724 EVT_TEXT_CUT   =  wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT )
3725 EVT_TEXT_COPY  =  wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY )
3726 EVT_TEXT_PASTE =  wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE )
3727
3728
3729 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3730
3731 class Event(Object):
3732     """
3733     An event is a structure holding information about an event passed to a
3734     callback or member function. wx.Event is an abstract base class for
3735     other event classes
3736     """
3737     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3738     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
3739     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3740     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Event
3741     __del__ = lambda self : None;
3742     def SetEventType(*args, **kwargs):
3743         """
3744         SetEventType(self, EventType typ)
3745
3746         Sets the specific type of the event.
3747         """
3748         return _core_.Event_SetEventType(*args, **kwargs)
3749
3750     def GetEventType(*args, **kwargs):
3751         """
3752         GetEventType(self) -> EventType
3753
3754         Returns the identifier of the given event type, such as
3755         ``wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED``.
3756         """
3757         return _core_.Event_GetEventType(*args, **kwargs)
3758
3759     def GetEventObject(*args, **kwargs):
3760         """
3761         GetEventObject(self) -> Object
3762
3763         Returns the object (usually a window) associated with the event, if
3764         any.
3765         """
3766         return _core_.Event_GetEventObject(*args, **kwargs)
3767
3768     def SetEventObject(*args, **kwargs):
3769         """
3770         SetEventObject(self, Object obj)
3771
3772         Sets the originating object, or in other words, obj is normally the
3773         object that is sending the event.
3774         """
3775         return _core_.Event_SetEventObject(*args, **kwargs)
3776
3777     def GetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs):
3778         """GetTimestamp(self) -> long"""
3779         return _core_.Event_GetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs)
3780
3781     def SetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs):
3782         """SetTimestamp(self, long ts=0)"""
3783         return _core_.Event_SetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs)
3784
3785     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
3786         """
3787         GetId(self) -> int
3788
3789         Returns the identifier associated with this event, such as a button
3790         command id.
3791         """
3792         return _core_.Event_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
3793
3794     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
3795         """
3796         SetId(self, int Id)
3797
3798         Set's the ID for the event.  This is usually the ID of the window that
3799         is sending the event, but it can also be a command id from a menu
3800         item, etc.
3801         """
3802         return _core_.Event_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
3803
3804     def IsCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3805         """
3806         IsCommandEvent(self) -> bool
3807
3808         Returns true if the event is or is derived from `wx.CommandEvent` else
3809         it returns false. Note: Exists only for optimization purposes.
3810         """
3811         return _core_.Event_IsCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3812
3813     def Skip(*args, **kwargs):
3814         """
3815         Skip(self, bool skip=True)
3816
3817         Called by an event handler, it controls whether additional event
3818         handlers bound to this event will be called after the current event
3819         handler returns.  Skip(false) (the default setting) will prevent
3820         additional event handlers from being called and control will be
3821         returned to the sender of the event immediately after the current
3822         handler has finished.  Skip(True) will cause the event processing
3823         system to continue searching for a handler function for this event.
3824
3825         """
3826         return _core_.Event_Skip(*args, **kwargs)
3827
3828     def GetSkipped(*args, **kwargs):
3829         """
3830         GetSkipped(self) -> bool
3831
3832         Returns true if the event handler should be skipped, false otherwise.
3833         :see: `Skip`
3834         """
3835         return _core_.Event_GetSkipped(*args, **kwargs)
3836
3837     def ShouldPropagate(*args, **kwargs):
3838         """
3839         ShouldPropagate(self) -> bool
3840
3841         Test if this event should be propagated to the parent window or not,
3842         i.e. if the propagation level is currently greater than 0.
3843         """
3844         return _core_.Event_ShouldPropagate(*args, **kwargs)
3845
3846     def StopPropagation(*args, **kwargs):
3847         """
3848         StopPropagation(self) -> int
3849
3850         Stop the event from propagating to its parent window.  Returns the old
3851         propagation level value which may be later passed to
3852         `ResumePropagation` to allow propagating the event again.
3853         """
3854         return _core_.Event_StopPropagation(*args, **kwargs)
3855
3856     def ResumePropagation(*args, **kwargs):
3857         """
3858         ResumePropagation(self, int propagationLevel)
3859
3860         Resume the event propagation by restoring the propagation level.  (For
3861         example, you can use the value returned by an earlier call to
3862         `StopPropagation`.)
3863
3864         """
3865         return _core_.Event_ResumePropagation(*args, **kwargs)
3866
3867     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
3868         """Clone(self) -> Event"""
3869         return _core_.Event_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
3870
3871 _core_.Event_swigregister(Event)
3872
3873 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3874
3875 class PropagationDisabler(object):
3876     """
3877     Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate.  Simply
3878     create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the
3879     propogation of the event will be restored.
3880     """
3881     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3882     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3883     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3884         """
3885         __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagationDisabler
3886
3887         Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate.  Simply
3888         create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the
3889         propogation of the event will be restored.
3890         """
3891         _core_.PropagationDisabler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PropagationDisabler(*args, **kwargs))
3892     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PropagationDisabler
3893     __del__ = lambda self : None;
3894 _core_.PropagationDisabler_swigregister(PropagationDisabler)
3895
3896 class PropagateOnce(object):
3897     """
3898     A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an
3899     event.  Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is
3900     destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored.
3901     """
3902     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3903     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3904     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3905         """
3906         __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagateOnce
3907
3908         A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an
3909         event.  Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is
3910         destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored.
3911         """
3912         _core_.PropagateOnce_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PropagateOnce(*args, **kwargs))
3913     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PropagateOnce
3914     __del__ = lambda self : None;
3915 _core_.PropagateOnce_swigregister(PropagateOnce)
3916
3917 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3918
3919 class CommandEvent(Event):
3920     """
3921     This event class contains information about command events, which
3922     originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and
3923     toolbars.
3924     """
3925     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3926     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3927     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3928         """
3929         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CommandEvent
3930
3931         This event class contains information about command events, which
3932         originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and
3933         toolbars.
3934         """
3935         _core_.CommandEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CommandEvent(*args, **kwargs))
3936     def GetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
3937         """
3938         GetSelection(self) -> int
3939
3940         Returns item index for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid
3941         for a deselection).
3942         """
3943         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
3944
3945     def SetString(*args, **kwargs):
3946         """SetString(self, String s)"""
3947         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetString(*args, **kwargs)
3948
3949     def GetString(*args, **kwargs):
3950         """
3951         GetString(self) -> String
3952
3953         Returns item string for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid
3954         for a deselection).
3955         """
3956         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetString(*args, **kwargs)
3957
3958     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
3959         """
3960         IsChecked(self) -> bool
3961
3962         This method can be used with checkbox and menu events: for the
3963         checkboxes, the method returns true for a selection event and false
3964         for a deselection one. For the menu events, this method indicates if
3965         the menu item just has become checked or unchecked (and thus only
3966         makes sense for checkable menu items).
3967         """
3968         return _core_.CommandEvent_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
3969
3970     Checked = IsChecked
3971     def IsSelection(*args, **kwargs):
3972         """
3973         IsSelection(self) -> bool
3974
3975         For a listbox or similar event, returns true if it is a selection,
3976         false if it is a deselection.
3977         """
3978         return _core_.CommandEvent_IsSelection(*args, **kwargs)
3979
3980     def SetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs):
3981         """SetExtraLong(self, long extraLong)"""
3982         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs)
3983
3984     def GetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs):
3985         """
3986         GetExtraLong(self) -> long
3987
3988         Returns extra information dependant on the event objects type. If the
3989         event comes from a listbox selection, it is a boolean determining
3990         whether the event was a selection (true) or a deselection (false). A
3991         listbox deselection only occurs for multiple-selection boxes, and in
3992         this case the index and string values are indeterminate and the
3993         listbox must be examined by the application.
3994         """
3995         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs)
3996
3997     def SetInt(*args, **kwargs):
3998         """SetInt(self, int i)"""
3999         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetInt(*args, **kwargs)
4000
4001     def GetInt(*args, **kwargs):
4002         """
4003         GetInt(self) -> int
4004
4005         Returns the integer identifier corresponding to a listbox, choice or
4006         radiobox selection (only if the event was a selection, not a
4007         deselection), or a boolean value representing the value of a checkbox.
4008         """
4009         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetInt(*args, **kwargs)
4010
4011     def GetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
4012         """
4013         GetClientData(self) -> PyObject
4014
4015         Returns the client data object for a listbox or choice selection event, (if any.)
4016         """
4017         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
4018
4019     def SetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
4020         """
4021         SetClientData(self, PyObject clientData)
4022
4023         Associate the given client data with the item at position n.
4024         """
4025         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
4026
4027     GetClientObject = GetClientData
4028     SetClientObject = SetClientData
4029
4030     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
4031         """Clone(self) -> Event"""
4032         return _core_.CommandEvent_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
4033
4034 _core_.CommandEvent_swigregister(CommandEvent)
4035
4036 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4037
4038 class NotifyEvent(CommandEvent):
4039     """
4040     An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from
4041     a control when the control's state is being changed and the control
4042     allows that change to be prevented from happening.  The event handler
4043     can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do.
4044     """
4045     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4046     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4047     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4048         """
4049         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> NotifyEvent
4050
4051         An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from
4052         a control when the control's state is being changed and the control
4053         allows that change to be prevented from happening.  The event handler
4054         can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do.
4055         """
4056         _core_.NotifyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NotifyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4057     def Veto(*args, **kwargs):
4058         """
4059         Veto(self)
4060
4061         Prevents the change announced by this event from happening.
4062
4063         It is in general a good idea to notify the user about the reasons for
4064         vetoing the change because otherwise the applications behaviour (which
4065         just refuses to do what the user wants) might be quite surprising.
4066         """
4067         return _core_.NotifyEvent_Veto(*args, **kwargs)
4068
4069     def Allow(*args, **kwargs):
4070         """
4071         Allow(self)
4072
4073         This is the opposite of `Veto`: it explicitly allows the event to be
4074         processed. For most events it is not necessary to call this method as
4075         the events are allowed anyhow but some are forbidden by default (this
4076         will be mentioned in the corresponding event description).
4077         """
4078         return _core_.NotifyEvent_Allow(*args, **kwargs)
4079
4080     def IsAllowed(*args, **kwargs):
4081         """
4082         IsAllowed(self) -> bool
4083
4084         Returns true if the change is allowed (`Veto` hasn't been called) or
4085         false otherwise (if it was).
4086         """
4087         return _core_.NotifyEvent_IsAllowed(*args, **kwargs)
4088
4089 _core_.NotifyEvent_swigregister(NotifyEvent)
4090
4091 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4092
4093 class ScrollEvent(CommandEvent):
4094     """
4095     A scroll event holds information about events sent from stand-alone
4096     scrollbars and sliders. Note that scrolled windows do not send
4097     instnaces of this event class, but send the `wx.ScrollWinEvent`
4098     instead.
4099     """
4100     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4101     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4102     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4103         """
4104         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, int pos=0,
4105             int orient=0) -> ScrollEvent
4106         """
4107         _core_.ScrollEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ScrollEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4108     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4109         """
4110         GetOrientation(self) -> int
4111
4112         Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of
4113         the scrollbar.
4114         """
4115         return _core_.ScrollEvent_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4116
4117     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4118         """
4119         GetPosition(self) -> int
4120
4121         Returns the position of the scrollbar.
4122         """
4123         return _core_.ScrollEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4124
4125     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4126         """SetOrientation(self, int orient)"""
4127         return _core_.ScrollEvent_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4128
4129     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4130         """SetPosition(self, int pos)"""
4131         return _core_.ScrollEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4132
4133 _core_.ScrollEvent_swigregister(ScrollEvent)
4134
4135 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4136
4137 class ScrollWinEvent(Event):
4138     """
4139     A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from
4140     scrolling windows.
4141     """
4142     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4143     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4144     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4145         """
4146         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int pos=0, int orient=0) -> ScrollWinEvent
4147
4148         A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from
4149         scrolling windows.
4150         """
4151         _core_.ScrollWinEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ScrollWinEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4152     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4153         """
4154         GetOrientation(self) -> int
4155
4156         Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of
4157         the scrollbar.
4158         """
4159         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4160
4161     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4162         """
4163         GetPosition(self) -> int
4164
4165         Returns the position of the scrollbar for the thumb track and release
4166         events. Note that this field can't be used for the other events, you
4167         need to query the window itself for the current position in that case.
4168         """
4169         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4170
4171     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4172         """SetOrientation(self, int orient)"""
4173         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4174
4175     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4176         """SetPosition(self, int pos)"""
4177         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4178
4179 _core_.ScrollWinEvent_swigregister(ScrollWinEvent)
4180
4181 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4182
4183 MOUSE_BTN_ANY = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_ANY
4184 MOUSE_BTN_NONE = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_NONE
4185 MOUSE_BTN_LEFT = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT
4186 MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE
4187 MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT
4188 class MouseEvent(Event):
4189     """
4190     This event class contains information about the events generated by
4191     the mouse: they include mouse buttons press and release events and
4192     mouse move events.
4193
4194     All mouse events involving the buttons use ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT`` for
4195     the left mouse button, ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE`` for the middle one and
4196     ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT`` for the right one. Note that not all mice have
4197     a middle button so a portable application should avoid relying on the
4198     events from it.
4199
4200     Note the difference between methods like `LeftDown` and `LeftIsDown`:
4201     the former returns true when the event corresponds to the left mouse
4202     button click while the latter returns true if the left mouse button is
4203     currently being pressed. For example, when the user is dragging the
4204     mouse you can use `LeftIsDown` to test whether the left mouse button
4205     is (still) depressed. Also, by convention, if `LeftDown` returns true,
4206     `LeftIsDown` will also return true in wxWidgets whatever the
4207     underlying GUI behaviour is (which is platform-dependent). The same
4208     applies, of course, to other mouse buttons as well.
4209     """
4210     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4211     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4212     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4213         """
4214         __init__(self, EventType mouseType=wxEVT_NULL) -> MouseEvent
4215
4216         Constructs a wx.MouseEvent.  Valid event types are:
4217
4218             * wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
4219             * wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
4220             * wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
4221             * wxEVT_LEFT_UP
4222             * wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK
4223             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
4224             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP
4225             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
4226             * wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN
4227             * wxEVT_RIGHT_UP
4228             * wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
4229             * wxEVT_MOTION
4230             * wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
4231         """
4232         _core_.MouseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4233     def IsButton(*args, **kwargs):
4234         """
4235         IsButton(self) -> bool
4236
4237         Returns true if the event was a mouse button event (not necessarily a
4238         button down event - that may be tested using `ButtonDown`).
4239         """
4240         return _core_.MouseEvent_IsButton(*args, **kwargs)
4241
4242     def ButtonDown(*args, **kwargs):
4243         """
4244         ButtonDown(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4245
4246         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4247         mouse button down event. Otherwise the argument specifies which
4248         button-down event shold be checked for (see `Button` for the possible
4249         values).
4250         """
4251         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonDown(*args, **kwargs)
4252
4253     def ButtonDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4254         """
4255         ButtonDClick(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4256
4257         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4258         mouse double click event. Otherwise the argument specifies which
4259         double click event to check for (see `Button` for the possible
4260         values).
4261         """
4262         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4263
4264     def ButtonUp(*args, **kwargs):
4265         """
4266         ButtonUp(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4267
4268         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4269         mouse button up event. Otherwise the argument specifies which button
4270         up event to check for (see `Button` for the possible values).
4271         """
4272         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonUp(*args, **kwargs)
4273
4274     def Button(*args, **kwargs):
4275         """
4276         Button(self, int button) -> bool
4277
4278         Returns true if the identified mouse button is changing state. Valid
4279         values of button are:
4280
4281              ====================      =====================================
4282              wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT         check if left button was pressed
4283              wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE       check if middle button was pressed
4284              wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT        check if right button was pressed
4285              wx.MOUSE_BTN_ANY          check if any button was pressed
4286              ====================      =====================================
4287
4288         """
4289         return _core_.MouseEvent_Button(*args, **kwargs)
4290
4291     def ButtonIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4292         """ButtonIsDown(self, int but) -> bool"""
4293         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4294
4295     def GetButton(*args, **kwargs):
4296         """
4297         GetButton(self) -> int
4298
4299         Returns the mouse button which generated this event or
4300         wx.MOUSE_BTN_NONE if no button is involved (for mouse move, enter or
4301         leave event, for example). Otherwise wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT is returned for
4302         the left button down, up and double click events, wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE
4303         and wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT for the same events for the middle and the
4304         right buttons respectively.
4305         """
4306         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetButton(*args, **kwargs)
4307
4308     def ControlDown(*args, **kwargs):
4309         """
4310         ControlDown(self) -> bool
4311
4312         Returns true if the control key was down at the time of the event.
4313         """
4314         return _core_.MouseEvent_ControlDown(*args, **kwargs)
4315
4316     def MetaDown(*args, **kwargs):
4317         """
4318         MetaDown(self) -> bool
4319
4320         Returns true if the Meta key was down at the time of the event.
4321         """
4322         return _core_.MouseEvent_MetaDown(*args, **kwargs)
4323
4324     def AltDown(*args, **kwargs):
4325         """
4326         AltDown(self) -> bool
4327
4328         Returns true if the Alt key was down at the time of the event.
4329         """
4330         return _core_.MouseEvent_AltDown(*args, **kwargs)
4331
4332     def ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4333         """
4334         ShiftDown(self) -> bool
4335
4336         Returns true if the Shift key was down at the time of the event.
4337         """
4338         return _core_.MouseEvent_ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4339
4340     def CmdDown(*args, **kwargs):
4341         """
4342         CmdDown(self) -> bool
4343
4344         "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix
4345         platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on
4346         Macs. It often makes sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown`
4347         because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl
4348         elsewhere. The Ctrl key still exists, it's just not used for this
4349         purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown`
4350         and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`.
4351         """
4352         return _core_.MouseEvent_CmdDown(*args, **kwargs)
4353
4354     def LeftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4355         """
4356         LeftDown(self) -> bool
4357
4358         Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to down.
4359         """
4360         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4361
4362     def MiddleDown(*args, **kwargs):
4363         """
4364         MiddleDown(self) -> bool
4365
4366         Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to down.
4367         """
4368         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleDown(*args, **kwargs)
4369
4370     def RightDown(*args, **kwargs):
4371         """
4372         RightDown(self) -> bool
4373
4374         Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to down.
4375         """
4376         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightDown(*args, **kwargs)
4377
4378     def LeftUp(*args, **kwargs):
4379         """
4380         LeftUp(self) -> bool
4381
4382         Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to up.
4383         """
4384         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftUp(*args, **kwargs)
4385
4386     def MiddleUp(*args, **kwargs):
4387         """
4388         MiddleUp(self) -> bool
4389
4390         Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to up.
4391         """
4392         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleUp(*args, **kwargs)
4393
4394     def RightUp(*args, **kwargs):
4395         """
4396         RightUp(self) -> bool
4397
4398         Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to up.
4399         """
4400         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightUp(*args, **kwargs)
4401
4402     def LeftDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4403         """
4404         LeftDClick(self) -> bool
4405
4406         Returns true if the event was a left button double click.
4407         """
4408         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4409
4410     def MiddleDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4411         """
4412         MiddleDClick(self) -> bool
4413
4414         Returns true if the event was a middle button double click.
4415         """
4416         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4417
4418     def RightDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4419         """
4420         RightDClick(self) -> bool
4421
4422         Returns true if the event was a right button double click.
4423         """
4424         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4425
4426     def LeftIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4427         """
4428         LeftIsDown(self) -> bool
4429
4430         Returns true if the left mouse button is currently down, independent
4431         of the current event type.
4432
4433         Please notice that it is not the same as LeftDown which returns true
4434         if the left mouse button was just pressed. Rather, it describes the
4435         state of the mouse button before the event happened.
4436
4437         This event is usually used in the mouse event handlers which process
4438         "move mouse" messages to determine whether the user is (still)
4439         dragging the mouse.
4440         """
4441         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4442
4443     def MiddleIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4444         """
4445         MiddleIsDown(self) -> bool
4446
4447         Returns true if the middle mouse button is currently down, independent
4448         of the current event type.
4449         """
4450         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4451
4452     def RightIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4453         """
4454         RightIsDown(self) -> bool
4455
4456         Returns true if the right mouse button is currently down, independent
4457         of the current event type.
4458         """
4459         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4460
4461     def Dragging(*args, **kwargs):
4462         """
4463         Dragging(self) -> bool
4464
4465         Returns true if this was a dragging event (motion while a button is
4466         depressed).
4467         """
4468         return _core_.MouseEvent_Dragging(*args, **kwargs)
4469
4470     def Moving(*args, **kwargs):
4471         """
4472         Moving(self) -> bool
4473
4474         Returns true if this was a motion event and no mouse buttons were
4475         pressed. If any mouse button is held pressed, then this method returns
4476         false and Dragging returns true.
4477         """
4478         return _core_.MouseEvent_Moving(*args, **kwargs)
4479
4480     def Entering(*args, **kwargs):
4481         """
4482         Entering(self) -> bool
4483
4484         Returns true if the mouse was entering the window.
4485         """
4486         return _core_.MouseEvent_Entering(*args, **kwargs)
4487
4488     def Leaving(*args, **kwargs):
4489         """
4490         Leaving(self) -> bool
4491
4492         Returns true if the mouse was leaving the window.
4493         """
4494         return _core_.MouseEvent_Leaving(*args, **kwargs)
4495
4496     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4497         """
4498         GetPosition(self) -> Point
4499
4500         Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the
4501         event happened.
4502         """
4503         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4504
4505     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
4506         """
4507         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
4508
4509         Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the
4510         event happened.
4511         """
4512         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
4513
4514     def GetLogicalPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4515         """
4516         GetLogicalPosition(self, DC dc) -> Point
4517
4518         Returns the logical mouse position in pixels (i.e. translated
4519         according to the translation set for the DC, which usually indicates
4520         that the window has been scrolled).
4521         """
4522         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetLogicalPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4523
4524     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
4525         """
4526         GetX(self) -> int
4527
4528         Returns X coordinate of the physical mouse event position.
4529         """
4530         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
4531
4532     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
4533         """
4534         GetY(self) -> int
4535
4536         Returns Y coordinate of the physical mouse event position.
4537         """
4538         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
4539
4540     def GetWheelRotation(*args, **kwargs):
4541         """
4542         GetWheelRotation(self) -> int
4543
4544         Get wheel rotation, positive or negative indicates direction of
4545         rotation. Current devices all send an event when rotation is equal to
4546         +/-WheelDelta, but this allows for finer resolution devices to be
4547         created in the future. Because of this you shouldn't assume that one
4548         event is equal to 1 line or whatever, but you should be able to either
4549         do partial line scrolling or wait until +/-WheelDelta rotation values
4550         have been accumulated before scrolling.
4551         """
4552         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetWheelRotation(*args, **kwargs)
4553
4554     def GetWheelDelta(*args, **kwargs):
4555         """
4556         GetWheelDelta(self) -> int
4557
4558         Get wheel delta, normally 120. This is the threshold for action to be
4559         taken, and one such action (for example, scrolling one increment)
4560         should occur for each delta.
4561         """
4562         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetWheelDelta(*args, **kwargs)
4563
4564     def GetLinesPerAction(*args, **kwargs):
4565         """
4566         GetLinesPerAction(self) -> int
4567
4568         Returns the configured number of lines (or whatever) to be scrolled
4569         per wheel action. Defaults to three.
4570         """
4571         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetLinesPerAction(*args, **kwargs)
4572
4573     def IsPageScroll(*args, **kwargs):
4574         """
4575         IsPageScroll(self) -> bool
4576
4577         Returns true if the system has been setup to do page scrolling with
4578         the mouse wheel instead of line scrolling.
4579         """
4580         return _core_.MouseEvent_IsPageScroll(*args, **kwargs)
4581
4582     m_x = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_x_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_x_set)
4583     m_y = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_y_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_y_set)
4584     m_leftDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_set)
4585     m_middleDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_set)
4586     m_rightDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_set)
4587     m_controlDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_set)
4588     m_shiftDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_set)
4589     m_altDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_altDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_altDown_set)
4590     m_metaDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_set)
4591     m_wheelRotation = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_set)
4592     m_wheelDelta = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_set)
4593     m_linesPerAction = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_set)
4594 _core_.MouseEvent_swigregister(MouseEvent)
4595
4596 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4597
4598 class SetCursorEvent(Event):
4599     """
4600     A SetCursorEvent is generated when the mouse cursor is about to be set
4601     as a result of mouse motion. This event gives the application the
4602     chance to perform specific mouse cursor processing based on the
4603     current position of the mouse within the window. Use the `SetCursor`
4604     method to specify the cursor you want to be displayed.
4605     """
4606     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4607     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4608     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4609         """
4610         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> SetCursorEvent
4611
4612         Construct a new `wx.SetCursorEvent`.
4613         """
4614         _core_.SetCursorEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SetCursorEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4615     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
4616         """
4617         GetX(self) -> int
4618
4619         Returns the X coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates.
4620         """
4621         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
4622
4623     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
4624         """
4625         GetY(self) -> int
4626
4627         Returns the Y coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates.
4628         """
4629         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
4630
4631     def SetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
4632         """
4633         SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor)
4634
4635         Sets the cursor associated with this event.
4636         """
4637         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_SetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
4638
4639     def GetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
4640         """
4641         GetCursor(self) -> Cursor
4642
4643         Returns a reference to the cursor specified by this event.
4644         """
4645         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
4646
4647     def HasCursor(*args, **kwargs):
4648         """
4649         HasCursor(self) -> bool
4650
4651         Returns true if the cursor specified by this event is a valid cursor.
4652         """
4653         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_HasCursor(*args, **kwargs)
4654
4655 _core_.SetCursorEvent_swigregister(SetCursorEvent)
4656
4657 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4658
4659 class KeyEvent(Event):
4660     """
4661     This event class contains information about keypress and character
4662     events.  These events are only sent to the widget that currently has
4663     the keyboard focus.
4664
4665     Notice that there are three different kinds of keyboard events in
4666     wxWidgets: key down and up events and char events. The difference
4667     between the first two is clear - the first corresponds to a key press
4668     and the second to a key release - otherwise they are identical. Just
4669     note that if the key is maintained in a pressed state you will
4670     typically get a lot of (automatically generated) down events but only
4671     one up so it is wrong to assume that there is one up event
4672     corresponding to each down one.
4673
4674     Both key events provide untranslated key codes while the char event
4675     carries the translated one. The untranslated code for alphanumeric
4676     keys is always an upper case value. For the other keys it is one of
4677     WXK_XXX values from the keycodes table. The translated key is, in
4678     general, the character the user expects to appear as the result of the
4679     key combination when typing the text into a text entry zone, for
4680     example.
4681
4682     A few examples to clarify this (all assume that CAPS LOCK is unpressed
4683     and the standard US keyboard): when the 'A' key is pressed, the key
4684     down event key code is equal to ASCII A == 65. But the char event key
4685     code is ASCII a == 97. On the other hand, if you press both SHIFT and
4686     'A' keys simultaneously , the key code in key down event will still be
4687     just 'A' while the char event key code parameter will now be 'A' as
4688     well.
4689
4690     Although in this simple case it is clear that the correct key code
4691     could be found in the key down event handler by checking the value
4692     returned by `ShiftDown`, in general you should use EVT_CHAR for this
4693     as for non alphanumeric keys or non-US keyboard layouts the
4694     translation is keyboard-layout dependent and can only be done properly
4695     by the system itself.
4696
4697     Another kind of translation is done when the control key is pressed:
4698     for example, for CTRL-A key press the key down event still carries the
4699     same key code 'A' as usual but the char event will have key code of 1,
4700     the ASCII value of this key combination.
4701
4702     You may discover how the other keys on your system behave
4703     interactively by running the KeyEvents sample in the wxPython demo and
4704     pressing some keys while the blue box at the top has the keyboard
4705     focus.
4706
4707     **Note**: If a key down event is caught and the event handler does not
4708     call event.Skip() then the coresponding char event will not
4709     happen. This is by design and enables the programs that handle both
4710     types of events to be a bit simpler.
4711
4712     **Note for Windows programmers**: The key and char events in wxWidgets
4713     are similar to but slightly different from Windows WM_KEYDOWN and
4714     WM_CHAR events. In particular, Alt-x combination will generate a char
4715     event in wxWidgets (unless it is used as an accelerator).
4716
4717     **Tip**: be sure to call event.Skip() for events that you don't
4718     process in key event function, otherwise menu shortcuts may cease to
4719     work under Windows.
4720
4721     """
4722     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4723     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4724     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4725         """
4726         __init__(self, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> KeyEvent
4727
4728         Construct a new `wx.KeyEvent`.  Valid event types are:
4729             *
4730         """
4731         _core_.KeyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_KeyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4732     def GetModifiers(*args, **kwargs):
4733         """
4734         GetModifiers(self) -> int
4735
4736         Returns a bitmask of the current modifier settings.  Can be used to
4737         check if the key event has exactly the given modifiers without having
4738         to explicitly check that the other modifiers are not down.  For
4739         example::
4740
4741             if event.GetModifers() == wx.MOD_CONTROL:
4742                 DoSomething()
4743
4744         """
4745         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetModifiers(*args, **kwargs)
4746
4747     def ControlDown(*args, **kwargs):
4748         """
4749         ControlDown(self) -> bool
4750
4751         Returns ``True`` if the Control key was down at the time of the event.
4752         """
4753         return _core_.KeyEvent_ControlDown(*args, **kwargs)
4754
4755     def MetaDown(*args, **kwargs):
4756         """
4757         MetaDown(self) -> bool
4758
4759         Returns ``True`` if the Meta key was down at the time of the event.
4760         """
4761         return _core_.KeyEvent_MetaDown(*args, **kwargs)
4762
4763     def AltDown(*args, **kwargs):
4764         """
4765         AltDown(self) -> bool
4766
4767         Returns ``True`` if the Alt key was down at the time of the event.
4768         """
4769         return _core_.KeyEvent_AltDown(*args, **kwargs)
4770
4771     def ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4772         """
4773         ShiftDown(self) -> bool
4774
4775         Returns ``True`` if the Shift key was down at the time of the event.
4776         """
4777         return _core_.KeyEvent_ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4778
4779     def CmdDown(*args, **kwargs):
4780         """
4781         CmdDown(self) -> bool
4782
4783         "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix
4784         platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on
4785         Macs. It makes often sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown`
4786         because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl
4787         elsewhere. The Ctrl still exists, it's just not used for this
4788         purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown`
4789         and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`.
4790         """
4791         return _core_.KeyEvent_CmdDown(*args, **kwargs)
4792
4793     def HasModifiers(*args, **kwargs):
4794         """
4795         HasModifiers(self) -> bool
4796
4797         Returns true if either CTRL or ALT keys was down at the time of the
4798         key event. Note that this function does not take into account neither
4799         SHIFT nor META key states (the reason for ignoring the latter is that
4800         it is common for NUMLOCK key to be configured as META under X but the
4801         key presses even while NUMLOCK is on should be still processed
4802         normally).
4803         """
4804         return _core_.KeyEvent_HasModifiers(*args, **kwargs)
4805
4806     def GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
4807         """
4808         GetKeyCode(self) -> int
4809
4810         Returns the virtual key code. ASCII events return normal ASCII values,
4811         while non-ASCII events return values such as WXK_LEFT for the left
4812         cursor key. See `wx.KeyEvent` for a full list of the virtual key
4813         codes.
4814
4815         Note that in Unicode build, the returned value is meaningful only if
4816         the user entered a character that can be represented in current
4817         locale's default charset. You can obtain the corresponding Unicode
4818         character using `GetUnicodeKey`.
4819         """
4820         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
4821
4822     KeyCode = GetKeyCode
4823     def GetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs):
4824         """
4825         GetUnicodeKey(self) -> int
4826
4827         Returns the Unicode character corresponding to this key event.  This
4828         function is only meaningfule in a Unicode build of wxPython.
4829         """
4830         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs)
4831
4832     GetUniChar = GetUnicodeKey
4833     def SetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs):
4834         """
4835         SetUnicodeKey(self, int uniChar)
4836
4837         Set the Unicode value of the key event, but only if this is a Unicode
4838         build of wxPython.
4839         """
4840         return _core_.KeyEvent_SetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs)
4841
4842     def GetRawKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
4843         """
4844         GetRawKeyCode(self) -> unsigned int
4845
4846         Returns the raw key code for this event. This is a platform-dependent
4847         scan code which should only be used in advanced
4848         applications. Currently the raw key codes are not supported by all
4849         ports.
4850         """
4851         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
4852
4853     def GetRawKeyFlags(*args, **kwargs):
4854         """
4855         GetRawKeyFlags(self) -> unsigned int
4856
4857         Returns the low level key flags for this event. The flags are
4858         platform-dependent and should only be used in advanced applications.
4859         Currently the raw key flags are not supported by all ports.
4860         """
4861         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyFlags(*args, **kwargs)
4862
4863     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4864         """
4865         GetPosition(self) -> Point
4866
4867         Find the position of the event, if applicable.
4868         """
4869         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4870
4871     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
4872         """
4873         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
4874
4875         Find the position of the event, if applicable.
4876         """
4877         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
4878
4879     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
4880         """
4881         GetX(self) -> int
4882
4883         Returns the X position (in client coordinates) of the event, if
4884         applicable.
4885         """
4886         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
4887
4888     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
4889         """
4890         GetY(self) -> int
4891
4892         Returns the Y position (in client coordinates) of the event, if
4893         applicable.
4894         """
4895         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
4896
4897     m_x = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_x_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_x_set)
4898     m_y = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_y_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_y_set)
4899     m_keyCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_set)
4900     m_controlDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_set)
4901     m_shiftDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_set)
4902     m_altDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_altDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_altDown_set)
4903     m_metaDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_set)
4904     m_scanCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_set)
4905     m_rawCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_set)
4906     m_rawFlags = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_set)
4907 _core_.KeyEvent_swigregister(KeyEvent)
4908
4909 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4910
4911 class SizeEvent(Event):
4912     """
4913     A size event holds information about size change events.  The EVT_SIZE
4914     handler function will be called when the window it is bound to has
4915     been resized.
4916
4917     Note that the size passed is of the whole window: call
4918     `wx.Window.GetClientSize` for the area which may be used by the
4919     application.
4920
4921     When a window is resized, usually only a small part of the window is
4922     damaged and and that area is all that is in the update region for the
4923     next paint event. However, if your drawing depends on the size of the
4924     window, you may need to clear the DC explicitly and repaint the whole
4925     window. In which case, you may need to call `wx.Window.Refresh` to
4926     invalidate the entire window.
4927
4928     """
4929     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4930     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4931     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4932         """
4933         __init__(self, Size sz=DefaultSize, int winid=0) -> SizeEvent
4934
4935         Construct a new ``wx.SizeEvent``.
4936         """
4937         _core_.SizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4938     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
4939         """
4940         GetSize(self) -> Size
4941
4942         Returns the entire size of the window generating the size change
4943         event.
4944         """
4945         return _core_.SizeEvent_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
4946
4947     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
4948         """GetRect(self) -> Rect"""
4949         return _core_.SizeEvent_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
4950
4951     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
4952         """SetRect(self, Rect rect)"""
4953         return _core_.SizeEvent_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
4954
4955     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
4956         """SetSize(self, Size size)"""
4957         return _core_.SizeEvent_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
4958
4959     m_size = property(_core_.SizeEvent_m_size_get, _core_.SizeEvent_m_size_set)
4960     m_rect = property(_core_.SizeEvent_m_rect_get, _core_.SizeEvent_m_rect_set)
4961 _core_.SizeEvent_swigregister(SizeEvent)
4962
4963 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4964
4965 class MoveEvent(Event):
4966     """
4967     This event object is sent for EVT_MOVE event bindings when a window is
4968     moved to a new position.
4969     """
4970     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4971     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4972     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4973         """
4974         __init__(self, Point pos=DefaultPosition, int winid=0) -> MoveEvent
4975
4976         Constructor.
4977         """
4978         _core_.MoveEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MoveEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4979     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4980         """
4981         GetPosition(self) -> Point
4982
4983         Returns the position of the window generating the move change event.
4984         """
4985         return _core_.MoveEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4986
4987     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
4988         """GetRect(self) -> Rect"""
4989         return _core_.MoveEvent_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
4990
4991     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
4992         """SetRect(self, Rect rect)"""
4993         return _core_.MoveEvent_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
4994
4995     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4996         """SetPosition(self, Point pos)"""
4997         return _core_.MoveEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4998
4999     m_pos =  property(GetPosition, SetPosition)
5000     m_rect = property(GetRect, SetRect)
5001
5002 _core_.MoveEvent_swigregister(MoveEvent)
5003
5004 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5005
5006 class PaintEvent(Event):
5007     """
5008     A paint event is sent when a window's contents needs to be repainted.
5009     Note that in an EVT_PAINT handler the application must *always* create
5010     a `wx.PaintDC` object, even if you do not use it.  Otherwise MS
5011     Windows assumes that the window has not been painted yet and will send
5012     the event again, causing endless refreshes.
5013
5014     You can optimize painting by retrieving the rectangles that have been
5015     damaged using `wx.Window.GetUpdateRegion` and/or `wx.RegionIterator`,
5016     and only repainting these rectangles. The rectangles are in terms of
5017     the client area, and are unscrolled, so you will need to do some
5018     calculations using the current view position to obtain logical,
5019     scrolled units.
5020
5021     """
5022     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5023     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5024     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5025         """__init__(self, int Id=0) -> PaintEvent"""
5026         _core_.PaintEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PaintEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5027 _core_.PaintEvent_swigregister(PaintEvent)
5028
5029 class NcPaintEvent(Event):
5030     """Proxy of C++ NcPaintEvent class"""
5031     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5032     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5033     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5034         """__init__(self, int winid=0) -> NcPaintEvent"""
5035         _core_.NcPaintEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NcPaintEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5036 _core_.NcPaintEvent_swigregister(NcPaintEvent)
5037
5038 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5039
5040 class EraseEvent(Event):
5041     """
5042     An erase event is sent whenever the background of a window needs to be
5043     repainted.  To intercept this event use the EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event
5044     binder.  On some platforms, such as GTK+, this event is simulated
5045     (simply generated just before the paint event) and may cause flicker.
5046
5047     To paint a custom background use the `GetDC` method and use the returned
5048     device context if it is not ``None``, otherwise create a temporary
5049     `wx.ClientDC` and draw on that.
5050
5051     """
5052     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5053     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5054     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5055         """
5056         __init__(self, int Id=0, DC dc=None) -> EraseEvent
5057
5058         Constructor
5059         """
5060         _core_.EraseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EraseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5061     def GetDC(*args, **kwargs):
5062         """
5063         GetDC(self) -> DC
5064
5065         Returns the device context the event handler should draw upon.  If
5066         ``None`` is returned then create a temporary `wx.ClientDC` and use
5067         that instead.
5068         """
5069         return _core_.EraseEvent_GetDC(*args, **kwargs)
5070
5071 _core_.EraseEvent_swigregister(EraseEvent)
5072
5073 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5074
5075 class FocusEvent(Event):
5076     """
5077     A focus event is sent when a window's focus changes. The window losing
5078     focus receives an EVT_KILL_FOCUS event while the window gaining it
5079     gets an EVT_SET_FOCUS event.
5080
5081     Notice that the set focus event happens both when the user gives focus
5082     to the window (whether using the mouse or keyboard) and when it is
5083     done from the program itself using `wx.Window.SetFocus`.
5084
5085     """
5086     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5087     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5088     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5089         """
5090         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> FocusEvent
5091
5092         Constructor
5093         """
5094         _core_.FocusEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FocusEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5095     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5096         """
5097         GetWindow(self) -> Window
5098
5099         Returns the other window associated with this event, that is the
5100         window which had the focus before for the EVT_SET_FOCUS event and the
5101         window which is going to receive focus for the wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS event.
5102
5103         Warning: the window returned may be None!
5104         """
5105         return _core_.FocusEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5106
5107     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5108         """SetWindow(self, Window win)"""
5109         return _core_.FocusEvent_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5110
5111 _core_.FocusEvent_swigregister(FocusEvent)
5112
5113 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5114
5115 class ChildFocusEvent(CommandEvent):
5116     """
5117     wx.ChildFocusEvent notifies the parent that a child has received the
5118     focus.  Unlike `wx.FocusEvent` it is propagated up the window
5119     heirarchy.
5120     """
5121     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5122     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5123     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5124         """
5125         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> ChildFocusEvent
5126
5127         Constructor
5128         """
5129         _core_.ChildFocusEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ChildFocusEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5130     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5131         """
5132         GetWindow(self) -> Window
5133
5134         The window which has just received the focus.
5135         """
5136         return _core_.ChildFocusEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5137
5138 _core_.ChildFocusEvent_swigregister(ChildFocusEvent)
5139
5140 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5141
5142 class ActivateEvent(Event):
5143     """
5144     An activate event is sent when a top-level window or the entire
5145     application is being activated or deactivated.
5146
5147     A top-level window (a dialog or frame) receives an activate event when
5148     is being activated or deactivated. This is indicated visually by the
5149     title bar changing colour, and a subwindow gaining the keyboard focus.
5150     An application is activated or deactivated when one of its frames
5151     becomes activated, or a frame becomes inactivate resulting in all
5152     application frames being inactive.
5153
5154     Please note that usually you should call event.Skip() in your handlers
5155     for these events so the default handlers will still be called, as not
5156     doing so can result in strange effects.
5157
5158     """
5159     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5160     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5161     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5162         """
5163         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, bool active=True, int Id=0) -> ActivateEvent
5164
5165         Constructor
5166         """
5167         _core_.ActivateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ActivateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5168     def GetActive(*args, **kwargs):
5169         """
5170         GetActive(self) -> bool
5171
5172         Returns true if the application or window is being activated, false
5173         otherwise.
5174         """
5175         return _core_.ActivateEvent_GetActive(*args, **kwargs)
5176
5177 _core_.ActivateEvent_swigregister(ActivateEvent)
5178
5179 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5180
5181 class InitDialogEvent(Event):
5182     """
5183     A wx.InitDialogEvent is sent as a dialog is being initialised, or for
5184     any window when `wx.Window.InitDialog` is called.  Handlers for this
5185     event can transfer data to the window, or anything else that should be
5186     done before the user begins editing the form. The default handler
5187     calls `wx.Window.TransferDataToWindow`.
5188     """
5189     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5190     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5191     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5192         """
5193         __init__(self, int Id=0) -> InitDialogEvent
5194
5195         Constructor
5196         """
5197         _core_.InitDialogEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InitDialogEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5198 _core_.InitDialogEvent_swigregister(InitDialogEvent)
5199
5200 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5201
5202 class MenuEvent(Event):
5203     """
5204     This class is used for a variety of menu-related events.  Note that
5205     these do not include menu command events, which are handled by sending
5206     `wx.CommandEvent` objects.
5207
5208     The default handler for wx.EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT displays menu item help
5209     text in the first field of the status bar.
5210     """
5211     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5212     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5213     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5214         """
5215         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Menu menu=None) -> MenuEvent
5216
5217         Constructor
5218         """
5219         _core_.MenuEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5220     def GetMenuId(*args, **kwargs):
5221         """
5222         GetMenuId(self) -> int
5223
5224         Returns the menu identifier associated with the event. This method
5225         should be only used with the HIGHLIGHT events.
5226         """
5227         return _core_.MenuEvent_GetMenuId(*args, **kwargs)
5228
5229     def IsPopup(*args, **kwargs):
5230         """
5231         IsPopup(self) -> bool
5232
5233         Returns ``True`` if the menu which is being opened or closed is a
5234         popup menu, ``False`` if it is a normal one.  This method should only
5235         be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events.
5236         """
5237         return _core_.MenuEvent_IsPopup(*args, **kwargs)
5238
5239     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
5240         """
5241         GetMenu(self) -> Menu
5242
5243         Returns the menu which is being opened or closed. This method should
5244         only be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events.
5245         """
5246         return _core_.MenuEvent_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
5247
5248 _core_.MenuEvent_swigregister(MenuEvent)
5249
5250 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5251
5252 class CloseEvent(Event):
5253     """
5254     This event class contains information about window and session close
5255     events.
5256
5257     The handler function for EVT_CLOSE is called when the user has tried
5258     to close a a frame or dialog box using the window manager controls or
5259     the system menu. It can also be invoked by the application itself
5260     programmatically, for example by calling the `wx.Window.Close`
5261     function.
5262
5263     You should check whether the application is forcing the deletion of
5264     the window using `CanVeto`. If it returns ``False``, you must destroy
5265     the window using `wx.Window.Destroy`. If the return value is ``True``,
5266     it is up to you whether you respond by destroying the window or not.
5267     For example you may wish to display a message dialog prompting to save
5268     files or to cancel the close.
5269
5270     If you don't destroy the window, you should call `Veto` to let the
5271     calling code know that you did not destroy the window. This allows the
5272     `wx.Window.Close` function to return ``True`` or ``False`` depending
5273     on whether the close instruction was honored or not.
5274     """
5275     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5276     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5277     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5278         """
5279         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CloseEvent
5280
5281         Constructor.
5282         """
5283         _core_.CloseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CloseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5284     def SetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs):
5285         """
5286         SetLoggingOff(self, bool logOff)
5287
5288         Sets the 'logging off' flag.
5289         """
5290         return _core_.CloseEvent_SetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs)
5291
5292     def GetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs):
5293         """
5294         GetLoggingOff(self) -> bool
5295
5296         Returns ``True`` if the user is logging off or ``False`` if the
5297         system is shutting down. This method can only be called for end
5298         session and query end session events, it doesn't make sense for close
5299         window event.
5300         """
5301         return _core_.CloseEvent_GetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs)
5302
5303     def Veto(*args, **kwargs):
5304         """
5305         Veto(self, bool veto=True)
5306
5307         Call this from your event handler to veto a system shutdown or to
5308         signal to the calling application that a window close did not happen.
5309
5310         You can only veto a shutdown or close if `CanVeto` returns true.
5311         """
5312         return _core_.CloseEvent_Veto(*args, **kwargs)
5313
5314     def GetVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5315         """GetVeto(self) -> bool"""
5316         return _core_.CloseEvent_GetVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5317
5318     def SetCanVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5319         """
5320         SetCanVeto(self, bool canVeto)
5321
5322         Sets the 'can veto' flag.
5323         """
5324         return _core_.CloseEvent_SetCanVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5325
5326     def CanVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5327         """
5328         CanVeto(self) -> bool
5329
5330         Returns true if you can veto a system shutdown or a window close
5331         event. Vetoing a window close event is not possible if the calling
5332         code wishes to force the application to exit, and so this function
5333         must be called to check this.
5334         """
5335         return _core_.CloseEvent_CanVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5336
5337 _core_.CloseEvent_swigregister(CloseEvent)
5338
5339 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5340
5341 class ShowEvent(Event):
5342     """An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden."""
5343     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5344     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5345     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5346         """
5347         __init__(self, int winid=0, bool show=False) -> ShowEvent
5348
5349         An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden.
5350         """
5351         _core_.ShowEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ShowEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5352     def SetShow(*args, **kwargs):
5353         """SetShow(self, bool show)"""
5354         return _core_.ShowEvent_SetShow(*args, **kwargs)
5355
5356     def GetShow(*args, **kwargs):
5357         """GetShow(self) -> bool"""
5358         return _core_.ShowEvent_GetShow(*args, **kwargs)
5359
5360 _core_.ShowEvent_swigregister(ShowEvent)
5361
5362 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5363
5364 class IconizeEvent(Event):
5365     """
5366     An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or
5367     restored.
5368     """
5369     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5370     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5371     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5372         """
5373         __init__(self, int id=0, bool iconized=True) -> IconizeEvent
5374
5375         An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or
5376         restored.
5377         """
5378         _core_.IconizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_IconizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5379     def Iconized(*args, **kwargs):
5380         """
5381         Iconized(self) -> bool
5382
5383         Returns ``True`` if the frame has been iconized, ``False`` if it has
5384         been restored.
5385         """
5386         return _core_.IconizeEvent_Iconized(*args, **kwargs)
5387
5388 _core_.IconizeEvent_swigregister(IconizeEvent)
5389
5390 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5391
5392 class MaximizeEvent(Event):
5393     """An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored."""
5394     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5395     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5396     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5397         """
5398         __init__(self, int id=0) -> MaximizeEvent
5399
5400         An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored.
5401         """
5402         _core_.MaximizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MaximizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5403 _core_.MaximizeEvent_swigregister(MaximizeEvent)
5404
5405 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5406
5407 class DropFilesEvent(Event):
5408     """
5409     This class is used for drop files events, that is, when files have
5410     been dropped onto the window. This functionality is only available
5411     under Windows. The window must have previously been enabled for
5412     dropping by calling `wx.Window.DragAcceptFiles`.
5413
5414     Important note: this is a separate implementation to the more general
5415     drag and drop implementation using `wx.FileDropTarget`, and etc. This
5416     implementation uses the older, Windows message-based approach of
5417     dropping files.
5418
5419     Use wx.EVT_DROP_FILES to bind an event handler to receive file drop
5420     events.
5421
5422     """
5423     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5424     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
5425     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5426     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5427         """
5428         GetPosition(self) -> Point
5429
5430         Returns the position at which the files were dropped.
5431         """
5432         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5433
5434     def GetNumberOfFiles(*args, **kwargs):
5435         """
5436         GetNumberOfFiles(self) -> int
5437
5438         Returns the number of files dropped.
5439         """
5440         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetNumberOfFiles(*args, **kwargs)
5441
5442     def GetFiles(*args, **kwargs):
5443         """
5444         GetFiles(self) -> PyObject
5445
5446         Returns a list of the filenames that were dropped.
5447         """
5448         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetFiles(*args, **kwargs)
5449
5450 _core_.DropFilesEvent_swigregister(DropFilesEvent)
5451
5452 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5453
5454 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL = _core_.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL
5455 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED = _core_.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
5456 class UpdateUIEvent(CommandEvent):
5457     """
5458     This class is used for EVT_UPDATE_UI pseudo-events which are sent by
5459     wxWidgets to give an application the chance to update various user
5460     interface elements.
5461
5462     Without update UI events, an application has to work hard to
5463     check/uncheck, enable/disable, and set the text for elements such as
5464     menu items and toolbar buttons. The code for doing this has to be
5465     mixed up with the code that is invoked when an action is invoked for a
5466     menu item or button.
5467
5468     With update UI events, you define an event handler to look at the
5469     state of the application and change UI elements accordingly. wxWidgets
5470     will call your handler functions in idle time, so you don't have to
5471     worry where to call this code. In addition to being a clearer and more
5472     declarative method, it also means you don't have to worry whether
5473     you're updating a toolbar or menubar identifier. The same handler can
5474     update a menu item and toolbar button, if the ID values are the same.
5475
5476     Instead of directly manipulating the menu or button, you call
5477     functions in the event object, such as `Check`. wxWidgets will
5478     determine whether such a call has been made, and which UI element to
5479     update.
5480
5481     These events will work for popup menus as well as menubars. Just
5482     before a menu is popped up, `wx.Menu.UpdateUI` is called to process
5483     any UI events for the window that owns the menu.
5484
5485     If you find that the overhead of UI update processing is affecting
5486     your application, you can do one or both of the following:
5487
5488        1. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` with a value of
5489           wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and set the extra style
5490           wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS for every window that should
5491           receive update events. No other windows will receive update
5492           events.
5493
5494        2. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` with a millisecond
5495           value to set the delay between updates. You may need to call
5496           `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI` at critical points, for example when
5497           a dialog is about to be shown, in case the user sees a slight
5498           delay before windows are updated.
5499
5500     Note that although events are sent in idle time, defining a EVT_IDLE
5501     handler for a window does not affect this because the events are sent
5502     from an internal idle handler.
5503
5504     wxWidgets tries to optimize update events on some platforms. On
5505     Windows and GTK+, events for menubar items are only sent when the menu
5506     is about to be shown, and not in idle time.
5507
5508     """
5509     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5510     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5511     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5512         """
5513         __init__(self, int commandId=0) -> UpdateUIEvent
5514
5515         Constructor
5516         """
5517         _core_.UpdateUIEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_UpdateUIEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5518     def GetChecked(*args, **kwargs):
5519         """
5520         GetChecked(self) -> bool
5521
5522         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be checked.
5523         """
5524         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetChecked(*args, **kwargs)
5525
5526     def GetEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
5527         """
5528         GetEnabled(self) -> bool
5529
5530         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be enabled.
5531         """
5532         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
5533
5534     def GetShown(*args, **kwargs):
5535         """
5536         GetShown(self) -> bool
5537
5538         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be shown.
5539         """
5540         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetShown(*args, **kwargs)
5541
5542     def GetText(*args, **kwargs):
5543         """
5544         GetText(self) -> String
5545
5546         Returns the text that should be set for the UI element.
5547         """
5548         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetText(*args, **kwargs)
5549
5550     def GetSetText(*args, **kwargs):
5551         """
5552         GetSetText(self) -> bool
5553
5554         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `SetText`. For
5555         wxWidgets internal use only.
5556         """
5557         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetText(*args, **kwargs)
5558
5559     def GetSetChecked(*args, **kwargs):
5560         """
5561         GetSetChecked(self) -> bool
5562
5563         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Check`. For wxWidgets
5564         internal use only.
5565         """
5566         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetChecked(*args, **kwargs)
5567
5568     def GetSetEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
5569         """
5570         GetSetEnabled(self) -> bool
5571
5572         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Enable`. For wxWidgets
5573         internal use only.
5574         """
5575         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
5576
5577     def GetSetShown(*args, **kwargs):
5578         """
5579         GetSetShown(self) -> bool
5580
5581         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Show`. For wxWidgets
5582         internal use only.
5583         """
5584         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetShown(*args, **kwargs)
5585
5586     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
5587         """
5588         Check(self, bool check)
5589
5590         Check or uncheck the UI element.
5591         """
5592         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Check(*args, **kwargs)
5593
5594     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
5595         """
5596         Enable(self, bool enable)
5597
5598         Enable or disable the UI element.
5599         """
5600         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
5601
5602     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
5603         """
5604         Show(self, bool show)
5605
5606         Show or hide the UI element.
5607         """
5608         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Show(*args, **kwargs)
5609
5610     def SetText(*args, **kwargs):
5611         """
5612         SetText(self, String text)
5613
5614         Sets the text for this UI element.
5615         """
5616         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetText(*args, **kwargs)
5617
5618     def SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
5619         """
5620         SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval)
5621
5622         Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to
5623         disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The
5624         default is 0.
5625
5626         Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your
5627         application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or
5628         greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI`
5629         at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is
5630         about to be shown.
5631         """
5632         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
5633
5634     SetUpdateInterval = staticmethod(SetUpdateInterval)
5635     def GetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
5636         """
5637         GetUpdateInterval() -> long
5638
5639         Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1
5640         disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible.
5641         """
5642         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
5643
5644     GetUpdateInterval = staticmethod(GetUpdateInterval)
5645     def CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs):
5646         """
5647         CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool
5648
5649         Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events
5650         to) this window.
5651
5652         This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`),
5653         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update
5654         events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to
5655         determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default
5656         this will always return true because the update mode is initially
5657         wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update
5658         events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency
5659         that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update
5660         interval.
5661
5662         """
5663         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs)
5664
5665     CanUpdate = staticmethod(CanUpdate)
5666     def ResetUpdateTime(*args, **kwargs):
5667         """
5668         ResetUpdateTime()
5669
5670         Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It
5671         is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this
5672         is called at the end of idle processing.
5673         """
5674         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args, **kwargs)
5675
5676     ResetUpdateTime = staticmethod(ResetUpdateTime)
5677     def SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
5678         """
5679         SetMode(int mode)
5680
5681         Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only
5682         to those which specify that they will process the events.
5683
5684         The mode may be one of the following values:
5685
5686             =============================   ==========================================
5687             wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL         Send UI update events to all windows.  This
5688                                             is the default setting.
5689             wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send UI update events only to windows that
5690                                             have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra
5691                                             style set.
5692             =============================   ==========================================
5693
5694         """
5695         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
5696
5697     SetMode = staticmethod(SetMode)
5698     def GetMode(*args, **kwargs):
5699         """
5700         GetMode() -> int
5701
5702         Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to
5703         all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
5704         events.
5705         """
5706         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args, **kwargs)
5707
5708     GetMode = staticmethod(GetMode)
5709 _core_.UpdateUIEvent_swigregister(UpdateUIEvent)
5710
5711 def UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
5712   """
5713     UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval)
5714
5715     Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to
5716     disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The
5717     default is 0.
5718
5719     Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your
5720     application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or
5721     greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI`
5722     at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is
5723     about to be shown.
5724     """
5725   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
5726
5727 def UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args):
5728   """
5729     UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval() -> long
5730
5731     Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1
5732     disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible.
5733     """
5734   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args)
5735
5736 def UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs):
5737   """
5738     UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool
5739
5740     Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events
5741     to) this window.
5742
5743     This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`),
5744     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update
5745     events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to
5746     determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default
5747     this will always return true because the update mode is initially
5748     wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update
5749     events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency
5750     that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update
5751     interval.
5752
5753     """
5754   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs)
5755
5756 def UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args):
5757   """
5758     UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime()
5759
5760     Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It
5761     is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this
5762     is called at the end of idle processing.
5763     """
5764   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args)
5765
5766 def UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
5767   """
5768     UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(int mode)
5769
5770     Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only
5771     to those which specify that they will process the events.
5772
5773     The mode may be one of the following values:
5774
5775         =============================   ==========================================
5776         wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL         Send UI update events to all windows.  This
5777                                         is the default setting.
5778         wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send UI update events only to windows that
5779                                         have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra
5780                                         style set.
5781         =============================   ==========================================
5782
5783     """
5784   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
5785
5786 def UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args):
5787   """
5788     UpdateUIEvent_GetMode() -> int
5789
5790     Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to
5791     all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
5792     events.
5793     """
5794   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args)
5795
5796 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5797
5798 class SysColourChangedEvent(Event):
5799     """
5800     This class is used for EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED, which are generated
5801     when the user changes the colour settings using the control
5802     panel. This is only applicable under Windows.
5803
5804     The default event handler for this event propagates the event to child
5805     windows, since Windows only sends the events to top-level windows. If
5806     intercepting this event for a top-level window, remember to call
5807     `Skip` so the the base class handler will still be executed, or to
5808     pass the event on to the window's children explicitly.
5809
5810     """
5811     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5812     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5813     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5814         """
5815         __init__(self) -> SysColourChangedEvent
5816
5817         Constructor
5818         """
5819         _core_.SysColourChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SysColourChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5820 _core_.SysColourChangedEvent_swigregister(SysColourChangedEvent)
5821
5822 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5823
5824 class MouseCaptureChangedEvent(Event):
5825     """
5826     An mouse capture changed event (EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED) is sent to
5827     a window that loses its mouse capture. This is called even if
5828     `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` was called by the application code. Handling
5829     this event allows an application to cater for unexpected capture
5830     releases which might otherwise confuse mouse handling code.
5831
5832     This event is implemented under Windows only.
5833     """
5834     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5835     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5836     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5837         """
5838         __init__(self, int winid=0, Window gainedCapture=None) -> MouseCaptureChangedEvent
5839
5840         Constructor
5841         """
5842         _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseCaptureChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5843     def GetCapturedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5844         """
5845         GetCapturedWindow(self) -> Window
5846
5847         Returns the window that gained the capture, or ``None`` if it was a
5848         non-wxWidgets window.
5849         """
5850         return _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_GetCapturedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5851
5852 _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swigregister(MouseCaptureChangedEvent)
5853
5854 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5855
5856 class DisplayChangedEvent(Event):
5857     """
5858     An EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED event is sent to all windows when the display
5859     resolution has changed.
5860
5861     This event is implemented under Windows only.
5862     """
5863     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5864     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5865     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5866         """__init__(self) -> DisplayChangedEvent"""
5867         _core_.DisplayChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_DisplayChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5868 _core_.DisplayChangedEvent_swigregister(DisplayChangedEvent)
5869
5870 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5871
5872 class PaletteChangedEvent(Event):
5873     """
5874     An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has
5875     changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to
5876     match.
5877
5878     This event is implemented under Windows only.
5879     """
5880     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5881     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5882     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5883         """
5884         __init__(self, int id=0) -> PaletteChangedEvent
5885
5886         An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has
5887         changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to
5888         match.
5889
5890         This event is implemented under Windows only.
5891         """
5892         _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PaletteChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5893     def SetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5894         """SetChangedWindow(self, Window win)"""
5895         return _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_SetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5896
5897     def GetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5898         """GetChangedWindow(self) -> Window"""
5899         return _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_GetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5900
5901 _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_swigregister(PaletteChangedEvent)
5902
5903 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5904
5905 class QueryNewPaletteEvent(Event):
5906     """
5907     An EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETE event indicates the window is getting keyboard
5908     focus and should re-do its palette.
5909
5910     This event is implemented under Windows only.
5911     """
5912     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5913     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5914     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5915         """
5916         __init__(self, int winid=0) -> QueryNewPaletteEvent
5917
5918         Constructor.
5919         """
5920         _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_QueryNewPaletteEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5921     def SetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs):
5922         """
5923         SetPaletteRealized(self, bool realized)
5924
5925         App should set this if it changes the palette.
5926         """
5927         return _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_SetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs)
5928
5929     def GetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs):
5930         """GetPaletteRealized(self) -> bool"""
5931         return _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_GetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs)
5932
5933 _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_swigregister(QueryNewPaletteEvent)
5934
5935 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5936
5937 class NavigationKeyEvent(Event):
5938     """
5939     EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY events are used to control moving the focus between
5940     widgets, otherwise known as tab-traversal.  You woudl normally not
5941     catch navigation events in applications as there are already
5942     appropriate handlers in `wx.Dialog` and `wx.Panel`, but you may find
5943     it useful to send navigation events in certain situations to change
5944     the focus in certain ways, although it's probably easier to just call
5945     `wx.Window.Navigate`.
5946     """
5947     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5948     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5949     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5950         """__init__(self) -> NavigationKeyEvent"""
5951         _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NavigationKeyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5952     def GetDirection(*args, **kwargs):
5953         """
5954         GetDirection(self) -> bool
5955
5956         Returns ``True`` if the direction is forward, ``False`` otherwise.
5957         """
5958         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_GetDirection(*args, **kwargs)
5959
5960     def SetDirection(*args, **kwargs):
5961         """
5962         SetDirection(self, bool forward)
5963
5964         Specify the direction that the navigation should take.  Usually the
5965         difference between using Tab and Shift-Tab.
5966         """
5967         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetDirection(*args, **kwargs)
5968
5969     def IsWindowChange(*args, **kwargs):
5970         """
5971         IsWindowChange(self) -> bool
5972
5973         Returns ``True`` if window change is allowed.
5974         """
5975         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsWindowChange(*args, **kwargs)
5976
5977     def SetWindowChange(*args, **kwargs):
5978         """
5979         SetWindowChange(self, bool ischange)
5980
5981         Specify if the navigation should be able to change parent windows.
5982         For example, changing notebook pages, etc. This is usually implemented
5983         by using Control-Tab.
5984         """
5985         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetWindowChange(*args, **kwargs)
5986
5987     def IsFromTab(*args, **kwargs):
5988         """
5989         IsFromTab(self) -> bool
5990
5991         Returns ``True`` if the navigation event is originated from the Tab
5992         key.
5993         """
5994         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsFromTab(*args, **kwargs)
5995
5996     def SetFromTab(*args, **kwargs):
5997         """
5998         SetFromTab(self, bool bIs)
5999
6000         Set to true under MSW if the event was generated using the tab key.
6001         This is required for proper navogation over radio buttons.
6002         """
6003         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFromTab(*args, **kwargs)
6004
6005     def SetFlags(*args, **kwargs):
6006         """
6007         SetFlags(self, long flags)
6008
6009         Set the navigation flags to a combination of the following:
6010
6011             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsBackward
6012             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward
6013             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.WinChange
6014             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.FromTab
6015
6016         """
6017         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFlags(*args, **kwargs)
6018
6019     def GetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs):
6020         """
6021         GetCurrentFocus(self) -> Window
6022
6023         Returns the child window which currenty has the focus.  May be
6024         ``None``.
6025         """
6026         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_GetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs)
6027
6028     def SetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs):
6029         """
6030         SetCurrentFocus(self, Window win)
6031
6032         Set the window that has the focus.
6033         """
6034         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs)
6035
6036     IsBackward = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsBackward
6037     IsForward = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsForward
6038     WinChange = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_WinChange
6039     FromTab = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_FromTab
6040 _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_swigregister(NavigationKeyEvent)
6041
6042 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6043
6044 class WindowCreateEvent(CommandEvent):
6045     """
6046     The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the
6047     underlying GUI object) exists.
6048     """
6049     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6050     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6051     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6052         """
6053         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowCreateEvent
6054
6055         The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the
6056         underlying GUI object) exists.
6057         """
6058         _core_.WindowCreateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_WindowCreateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6059     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6060         """
6061         GetWindow(self) -> Window
6062
6063         Returns the window that this event refers to.
6064         """
6065         return _core_.WindowCreateEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6066
6067 _core_.WindowCreateEvent_swigregister(WindowCreateEvent)
6068
6069 class WindowDestroyEvent(CommandEvent):
6070     """
6071     The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent from the `wx.Window` destructor
6072     when the GUI window is destroyed.
6073
6074     When a class derived from `wx.Window` is destroyed its destructor will
6075     have already run by the time this event is sent. Therefore this event
6076     will not usually be received at all by the window itself.  Since it is
6077     received after the destructor has run, an object should not try to
6078     handle its own wx.WindowDestroyEvent, but it can be used to get
6079     notification of the destruction of another window.
6080     """
6081     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6082     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6083     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6084         """
6085         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowDestroyEvent
6086
6087         The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent from the `wx.Window` destructor
6088         when the GUI window is destroyed.
6089
6090         When a class derived from `wx.Window` is destroyed its destructor will
6091         have already run by the time this event is sent. Therefore this event
6092         will not usually be received at all by the window itself.  Since it is
6093         received after the destructor has run, an object should not try to
6094         handle its own wx.WindowDestroyEvent, but it can be used to get
6095         notification of the destruction of another window.
6096         """
6097         _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_WindowDestroyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6098     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6099         """
6100         GetWindow(self) -> Window
6101
6102         Returns the window that this event refers to.
6103         """
6104         return _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6105
6106 _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_swigregister(WindowDestroyEvent)
6107
6108 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6109
6110 class ContextMenuEvent(CommandEvent):
6111     """
6112     This class is used for context menu events (EVT_CONTECT_MENU,) sent to
6113     give the application a chance to show a context (popup) menu.
6114     """
6115     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6116     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6117     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6118         """
6119         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Point pt=DefaultPosition) -> ContextMenuEvent
6120
6121         Constructor.
6122         """
6123         _core_.ContextMenuEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ContextMenuEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6124     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
6125         """
6126         GetPosition(self) -> Point
6127
6128         Returns the position (in screen coordinants) at which the menu should
6129         be shown.
6130         """
6131         return _core_.ContextMenuEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
6132
6133     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
6134         """
6135         SetPosition(self, Point pos)
6136
6137         Sets the position at which the menu should be shown.
6138         """
6139         return _core_.ContextMenuEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
6140
6141 _core_.ContextMenuEvent_swigregister(ContextMenuEvent)
6142
6143 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6144
6145 IDLE_PROCESS_ALL = _core_.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL
6146 IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED = _core_.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
6147 class IdleEvent(Event):
6148     """
6149     This class is used for EVT_IDLE events, which are generated and sent
6150     when the application *becomes* idle.  In other words, the when the
6151     event queue becomes empty then idle events are sent to all windows (by
6152     default) and as long as none of them call `RequestMore` then there are
6153     no more idle events until after the system event queue has some normal
6154     events and then becomes empty again.
6155
6156     By default, idle events are sent to all windows. If this is causing a
6157     significant overhead in your application, you can call
6158     `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode` with the value wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and
6159     set the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style for every window
6160     which should receive idle events.  Then idle events will only be sent
6161     to those windows and not to any others.
6162     """
6163     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6164     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6165     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6166         """
6167         __init__(self) -> IdleEvent
6168
6169         Constructor
6170         """
6171         _core_.IdleEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_IdleEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6172     def RequestMore(*args, **kwargs):
6173         """
6174         RequestMore(self, bool needMore=True)
6175
6176         Tells wxWidgets that more processing is required. This function can be
6177         called by an EVT_IDLE handler for a window to indicate that the
6178         application should forward the EVT_IDLE event once more to the
6179         application windows. If no window calls this function during its
6180         EVT_IDLE handler, then the application will remain in a passive event
6181         loop until a new event is posted to the application by the windowing
6182         system.
6183         """
6184         return _core_.IdleEvent_RequestMore(*args, **kwargs)
6185
6186     def MoreRequested(*args, **kwargs):
6187         """
6188         MoreRequested(self) -> bool
6189
6190         Returns ``True`` if the OnIdle function processing this event
6191         requested more processing time.
6192         """
6193         return _core_.IdleEvent_MoreRequested(*args, **kwargs)
6194
6195     def SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6196         """
6197         SetMode(int mode)
6198
6199         Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to
6200         all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6201         events.
6202
6203         The mode can be one of the following values:
6204
6205             =========================   ========================================
6206             wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL         Send idle events to all windows
6207             wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send idle events only to windows that have
6208                                         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style
6209                                         flag set.
6210             =========================   ========================================
6211
6212         """
6213         return _core_.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6214
6215     SetMode = staticmethod(SetMode)
6216     def GetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6217         """
6218         GetMode() -> int
6219
6220         Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send
6221         idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they
6222         will process the events.
6223         """
6224         return _core_.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6225
6226     GetMode = staticmethod(GetMode)
6227     def CanSend(*args, **kwargs):
6228         """
6229         CanSend(Window win) -> bool
6230
6231         Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this
6232         window.
6233
6234         This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and
6235         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle
6236         events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always
6237         return ``True`` because the update mode is initially
6238         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events
6239         to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set.
6240         """
6241         return _core_.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs)
6242
6243     CanSend = staticmethod(CanSend)
6244 _core_.IdleEvent_swigregister(IdleEvent)
6245
6246 def IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6247   """
6248     IdleEvent_SetMode(int mode)
6249
6250     Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to
6251     all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6252     events.
6253
6254     The mode can be one of the following values:
6255
6256         =========================   ========================================
6257         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL         Send idle events to all windows
6258         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send idle events only to windows that have
6259                                     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style
6260                                     flag set.
6261         =========================   ========================================
6262
6263     """
6264   return _core_.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6265
6266 def IdleEvent_GetMode(*args):
6267   """
6268     IdleEvent_GetMode() -> int
6269
6270     Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send
6271     idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they
6272     will process the events.
6273     """
6274   return _core_.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args)
6275
6276 def IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs):
6277   """
6278     IdleEvent_CanSend(Window win) -> bool
6279
6280     Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this
6281     window.
6282
6283     This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and
6284     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle
6285     events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always
6286     return ``True`` because the update mode is initially
6287     wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events
6288     to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set.
6289     """
6290   return _core_.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs)
6291
6292 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6293
6294 class ClipboardTextEvent(CommandEvent):
6295     """
6296     A Clipboard Text event is sent when a window intercepts a text
6297     copy/cut/paste message, i.e. the user has cut/copied/pasted data
6298     from/into a text control via ctrl-C/X/V, ctrl/shift-del/insert, a
6299     popup menu command, etc.  NOTE : under windows these events are *NOT*
6300     generated automatically for a Rich Edit text control.
6301     """
6302     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6303     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6304     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6305         """
6306         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> ClipboardTextEvent
6307
6308         A Clipboard Text event is sent when a window intercepts a text
6309         copy/cut/paste message, i.e. the user has cut/copied/pasted data
6310         from/into a text control via ctrl-C/X/V, ctrl/shift-del/insert, a
6311         popup menu command, etc.  NOTE : under windows these events are *NOT*
6312         generated automatically for a Rich Edit text control.
6313         """
6314         _core_.ClipboardTextEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ClipboardTextEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6315 _core_.ClipboardTextEvent_swigregister(ClipboardTextEvent)
6316
6317 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6318
6319 class PyEvent(Event):
6320     """
6321     wx.PyEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom event
6322     types in Python.  You should derived from this class instead of
6323     `wx.Event` because this class is Python-aware and is able to transport
6324     its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event system and have
6325     them still be there when the event handler is invoked.
6326
6327     :see: `wx.PyCommandEvent`
6328
6329     """
6330     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6331     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6332     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6333         """__init__(self, int winid=0, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> PyEvent"""
6334         _core_.PyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6335         self._SetSelf(self)
6336
6337     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyEvent
6338     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6339     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6340         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
6341         return _core_.PyEvent__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6342
6343     def _GetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6344         """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject"""
6345         return _core_.PyEvent__GetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6346
6347 _core_.PyEvent_swigregister(PyEvent)
6348
6349 class PyCommandEvent(CommandEvent):
6350     """
6351     wx.PyCommandEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom
6352     event types in Python, where the event shoudl travel up to parent
6353     windows looking for a handler.  You should derived from this class
6354     instead of `wx.CommandEvent` because this class is Python-aware and is
6355     able to transport its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event
6356     system and have them still be there when the event handler is invoked.
6357
6358     :see: `wx.PyEvent`
6359
6360     """
6361     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6362     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6363     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6364         """__init__(self, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL, int id=0) -> PyCommandEvent"""
6365         _core_.PyCommandEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6366         self._SetSelf(self)
6367
6368     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyCommandEvent
6369     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6370     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6371         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
6372         return _core_.PyCommandEvent__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6373
6374     def _GetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6375         """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject"""
6376         return _core_.PyCommandEvent__GetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6377
6378 _core_.PyCommandEvent_swigregister(PyCommandEvent)
6379
6380 class DateEvent(CommandEvent):
6381     """
6382     This event class holds information about a date change event and is
6383     used together with `wx.DatePickerCtrl`. It also serves as a base class
6384     for `wx.calendar.CalendarEvent`.  Bind these event types with
6385     EVT_DATE_CHANGED.
6386     """
6387     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6388     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6389     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6390         """__init__(self, Window win, DateTime dt, EventType type) -> DateEvent"""
6391         _core_.DateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_DateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6392     def GetDate(*args, **kwargs):
6393         """
6394         GetDate(self) -> DateTime
6395
6396         Returns the date.
6397         """
6398         return _core_.DateEvent_GetDate(*args, **kwargs)
6399
6400     def SetDate(*args, **kwargs):
6401         """
6402         SetDate(self, DateTime date)
6403
6404         Sets the date carried by the event, normally only used by the library
6405         internally.
6406         """
6407         return _core_.DateEvent_SetDate(*args, **kwargs)
6408
6409 _core_.DateEvent_swigregister(DateEvent)
6410
6411 wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED
6412 EVT_DATE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED, 1 )
6413
6414 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6415
6416 PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS
6417 PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION
6418 PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG
6419 PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG
6420 PRINT_WINDOWS = _core_.PRINT_WINDOWS
6421 PRINT_POSTSCRIPT = _core_.PRINT_POSTSCRIPT
6422 class PyApp(EvtHandler):
6423     """
6424     The ``wx.PyApp`` class is an *implementation detail*, please use the
6425     `wx.App` class (or some other derived class) instead.
6426     """
6427     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6428     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6429     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6430         """
6431         __init__(self) -> PyApp
6432
6433         Create a new application object, starting the bootstrap process.
6434         """
6435         _core_.PyApp_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyApp(*args, **kwargs))
6436         self._setCallbackInfo(self, PyApp, False)
6437         self._setOORInfo(self, False)
6438
6439     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyApp
6440     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6441     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
6442         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, bool incref)"""
6443         return _core_.PyApp__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
6444
6445     def GetAppName(*args, **kwargs):
6446         """
6447         GetAppName(self) -> String
6448
6449         Get the application name.
6450         """
6451         return _core_.PyApp_GetAppName(*args, **kwargs)
6452
6453     def SetAppName(*args, **kwargs):
6454         """
6455         SetAppName(self, String name)
6456
6457         Set the application name. This value may be used automatically by
6458         `wx.Config` and such.
6459         """
6460         return _core_.PyApp_SetAppName(*args, **kwargs)
6461
6462     def GetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
6463         """
6464         GetClassName(self) -> String
6465
6466         Get the application's class name.
6467         """
6468         return _core_.PyApp_GetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
6469
6470     def SetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
6471         """
6472         SetClassName(self, String name)
6473
6474         Set the application's class name. This value may be used for
6475         X-resources if applicable for the platform
6476         """
6477         return _core_.PyApp_SetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
6478
6479     def GetVendorName(*args, **kwargs):
6480         """
6481         GetVendorName(self) -> String
6482
6483         Get the application's vendor name.
6484         """
6485         return _core_.PyApp_GetVendorName(*args, **kwargs)
6486
6487     def SetVendorName(*args, **kwargs):
6488         """
6489         SetVendorName(self, String name)
6490
6491         Set the application's vendor name. This value may be used
6492         automatically by `wx.Config` and such.
6493         """
6494         return _core_.PyApp_SetVendorName(*args, **kwargs)
6495
6496     def GetTraits(*args, **kwargs):
6497         """
6498         GetTraits(self) -> wxAppTraits
6499
6500         Return (and create if necessary) the app traits object to which we
6501         delegate for everything which either should be configurable by the
6502         user (then he can change the default behaviour simply by overriding
6503         CreateTraits() and returning his own traits object) or which is
6504         GUI/console dependent as then wx.AppTraits allows us to abstract the
6505         differences behind the common facade.
6506
6507         :todo: Add support for overriding CreateAppTraits in wxPython.
6508         """
6509         return _core_.PyApp_GetTraits(*args, **kwargs)
6510
6511     def ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs):
6512         """
6513         ProcessPendingEvents(self)
6514
6515         Process all events in the Pending Events list -- it is necessary to
6516         call this function to process posted events. This normally happens
6517         during each event loop iteration.
6518         """
6519         return _core_.PyApp_ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs)
6520
6521     def Yield(*args, **kwargs):
6522         """
6523         Yield(self, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool
6524
6525         Process all currently pending events right now, instead of waiting
6526         until return to the event loop.  It is an error to call ``Yield``
6527         recursively unless the value of ``onlyIfNeeded`` is True.
6528
6529         :warning: This function is dangerous as it can lead to unexpected
6530               reentrancies (i.e. when called from an event handler it may
6531               result in calling the same event handler again), use with
6532               extreme care or, better, don't use at all!
6533
6534         :see: `wx.Yield`, `wx.YieldIfNeeded`, `wx.SafeYield`
6535
6536         """
6537         return _core_.PyApp_Yield(*args, **kwargs)
6538
6539     def WakeUpIdle(*args, **kwargs):
6540         """
6541         WakeUpIdle(self)
6542
6543         Make sure that idle events are sent again.
6544         :see: `wx.WakeUpIdle`
6545         """
6546         return _core_.PyApp_WakeUpIdle(*args, **kwargs)
6547
6548     def IsMainLoopRunning(*args, **kwargs):
6549         """
6550         IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool
6551
6552         Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can
6553         currently be dispatched.
6554         """
6555         return _core_.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args, **kwargs)
6556
6557     IsMainLoopRunning = staticmethod(IsMainLoopRunning)
6558     def MainLoop(*args, **kwargs):
6559         """
6560         MainLoop(self) -> int
6561
6562         Execute the main GUI loop, the function doesn't normally return until
6563         all top level windows have been closed and destroyed.
6564         """
6565         return _core_.PyApp_MainLoop(*args, **kwargs)
6566
6567     def Exit(*args, **kwargs):
6568         """
6569         Exit(self)
6570
6571         Exit the main loop thus terminating the application.
6572         :see: `wx.Exit`
6573         """
6574         return _core_.PyApp_Exit(*args, **kwargs)
6575
6576     def ExitMainLoop(*args, **kwargs):
6577         """
6578         ExitMainLoop(self)
6579
6580         Exit the main GUI loop during the next iteration of the main
6581         loop, (i.e. it does not stop the program immediately!)
6582         """
6583         return _core_.PyApp_ExitMainLoop(*args, **kwargs)
6584
6585     def Pending(*args, **kwargs):
6586         """
6587         Pending(self) -> bool
6588
6589         Returns True if there are unprocessed events in the event queue.
6590         """
6591         return _core_.PyApp_Pending(*args, **kwargs)
6592
6593     def Dispatch(*args, **kwargs):
6594         """
6595         Dispatch(self) -> bool
6596
6597         Process the first event in the event queue (blocks until an event
6598         appears if there are none currently)
6599         """
6600         return _core_.PyApp_Dispatch(*args, **kwargs)
6601
6602     def ProcessIdle(*args, **kwargs):
6603         """
6604         ProcessIdle(self) -> bool
6605
6606         Called from the MainLoop when the application becomes idle (there are
6607         no pending events) and sends a `wx.IdleEvent` to all interested
6608         parties.  Returns True if more idle events are needed, False if not.
6609         """
6610         return _core_.PyApp_ProcessIdle(*args, **kwargs)
6611
6612     def SendIdleEvents(*args, **kwargs):
6613         """
6614         SendIdleEvents(self, Window win, IdleEvent event) -> bool
6615
6616         Send idle event to window and all subwindows.  Returns True if more
6617         idle time is requested.
6618         """
6619         return _core_.PyApp_SendIdleEvents(*args, **kwargs)
6620
6621     def IsActive(*args, **kwargs):
6622         """
6623         IsActive(self) -> bool
6624
6625         Return True if our app has focus.
6626         """
6627         return _core_.PyApp_IsActive(*args, **kwargs)
6628
6629     def SetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6630         """
6631         SetTopWindow(self, Window win)
6632
6633         Set the *main* top level window
6634         """
6635         return _core_.PyApp_SetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6636
6637     def GetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6638         """
6639         GetTopWindow(self) -> Window
6640
6641         Return the *main* top level window (if it hadn't been set previously
6642         with SetTopWindow(), will return just some top level window and, if
6643         there not any, will return None)
6644         """
6645         return _core_.PyApp_GetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6646
6647     def SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs):
6648         """
6649         SetExitOnFrameDelete(self, bool flag)
6650
6651         Control the exit behaviour: by default, the program will exit the main
6652         loop (and so, usually, terminate) when the last top-level program
6653         window is deleted.  Beware that if you disable this behaviour (with
6654         SetExitOnFrameDelete(False)), you'll have to call ExitMainLoop()
6655         explicitly from somewhere.
6656         """
6657         return _core_.PyApp_SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs)
6658
6659     def GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs):
6660         """
6661         GetExitOnFrameDelete(self) -> bool
6662
6663         Get the current exit behaviour setting.
6664         """
6665         return _core_.PyApp_GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs)
6666
6667     def SetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs):
6668         """
6669         SetUseBestVisual(self, bool flag)
6670
6671         Set whether the app should try to use the best available visual on
6672         systems where more than one is available, (Sun, SGI, XFree86 4, etc.)
6673         """
6674         return _core_.PyApp_SetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs)
6675
6676     def GetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs):
6677         """
6678         GetUseBestVisual(self) -> bool
6679
6680         Get current UseBestVisual setting.
6681         """
6682         return _core_.PyApp_GetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs)
6683
6684     def SetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs):
6685         """SetPrintMode(self, int mode)"""
6686         return _core_.PyApp_SetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs)
6687
6688     def GetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs):
6689         """GetPrintMode(self) -> int"""
6690         return _core_.PyApp_GetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs)
6691
6692     def SetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs):
6693         """
6694         SetAssertMode(self, int mode)
6695
6696         Set the OnAssert behaviour for debug and hybrid builds.
6697         """
6698         return _core_.PyApp_SetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs)
6699
6700     def GetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs):
6701         """
6702         GetAssertMode(self) -> int
6703
6704         Get the current OnAssert behaviour setting.
6705         """
6706         return _core_.PyApp_GetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs)
6707
6708     def GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
6709         """GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool"""
6710         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
6711
6712     GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = staticmethod(GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts)
6713     def GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6714         """GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long"""
6715         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6716
6717     GetMacAboutMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacAboutMenuItemId)
6718     def GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6719         """GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long"""
6720         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6721
6722     GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId)
6723     def GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6724         """GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long"""
6725         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6726
6727     GetMacExitMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacExitMenuItemId)
6728     def GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
6729         """GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String"""
6730         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
6731
6732     GetMacHelpMenuTitleName = staticmethod(GetMacHelpMenuTitleName)
6733     def SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
6734         """SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)"""
6735         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
6736
6737     SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = staticmethod(SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts)
6738     def SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6739         """SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)"""
6740         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6741
6742     SetMacAboutMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacAboutMenuItemId)
6743     def SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6744         """SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)"""
6745         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6746
6747     SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId)
6748     def SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6749         """SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)"""
6750         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6751
6752     SetMacExitMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacExitMenuItemId)
6753     def SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
6754         """SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)"""
6755         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
6756
6757     SetMacHelpMenuTitleName = staticmethod(SetMacHelpMenuTitleName)
6758     def _BootstrapApp(*args, **kwargs):
6759         """
6760         _BootstrapApp(self)
6761
6762         For internal use only
6763         """
6764         return _core_.PyApp__BootstrapApp(*args, **kwargs)
6765
6766     def GetComCtl32Version(*args, **kwargs):
6767         """
6768         GetComCtl32Version() -> int
6769
6770         Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if
6771         it wasn't found at all.  Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms.
6772         """
6773         return _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args, **kwargs)
6774
6775     GetComCtl32Version = staticmethod(GetComCtl32Version)
6776 _core_.PyApp_swigregister(PyApp)
6777
6778 def PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args):
6779   """
6780     PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool
6781
6782     Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can
6783     currently be dispatched.
6784     """
6785   return _core_.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args)
6786
6787 def PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args):
6788   """PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool"""
6789   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args)
6790
6791 def PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args):
6792   """PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long"""
6793   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args)
6794
6795 def PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args):
6796   """PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long"""
6797   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args)
6798
6799 def PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args):
6800   """PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long"""
6801   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args)
6802
6803 def PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args):
6804   """PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String"""
6805   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args)
6806
6807 def PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
6808   """PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)"""
6809   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
6810
6811 def PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6812   """PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)"""
6813   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6814
6815 def PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6816   """PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)"""
6817   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6818
6819 def PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6820   """PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)"""
6821   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6822
6823 def PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
6824   """PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)"""
6825   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
6826
6827 def PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args):
6828   """
6829     PyApp_GetComCtl32Version() -> int
6830
6831     Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if
6832     it wasn't found at all.  Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms.
6833     """
6834   return _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args)
6835
6836 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6837
6838
6839 def Exit(*args):
6840   """
6841     Exit()
6842
6843     Force an exit of the application.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Exit()
6844     """
6845   return _core_.Exit(*args)
6846
6847 def Yield(*args):
6848   """
6849     Yield() -> bool
6850
6851     Yield to other apps/messages.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield()
6852     """
6853   return _core_.Yield(*args)
6854
6855 def YieldIfNeeded(*args):
6856   """
6857     YieldIfNeeded() -> bool
6858
6859     Yield to other apps/messages.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield(True)
6860     """
6861   return _core_.YieldIfNeeded(*args)
6862
6863 def SafeYield(*args, **kwargs):
6864   """
6865     SafeYield(Window win=None, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool
6866
6867     This function is similar to `wx.Yield`, except that it disables the
6868     user input to all program windows before calling `wx.Yield` and
6869     re-enables it again afterwards. If ``win`` is not None, this window
6870     will remain enabled, allowing the implementation of some limited user
6871     interaction.
6872
6873     :Returns: the result of the call to `wx.Yield`.
6874     """
6875   return _core_.SafeYield(*args, **kwargs)
6876
6877 def WakeUpIdle(*args):
6878   """
6879     WakeUpIdle()
6880
6881     Cause the message queue to become empty again, so idle events will be
6882     sent.
6883     """
6884   return _core_.WakeUpIdle(*args)
6885
6886 def PostEvent(*args, **kwargs):
6887   """
6888     PostEvent(EvtHandler dest, Event event)
6889
6890     Send an event to a window or other wx.EvtHandler to be processed
6891     later.
6892     """
6893   return _core_.PostEvent(*args, **kwargs)
6894
6895 def App_CleanUp(*args):
6896   """
6897     App_CleanUp()
6898
6899     For internal use only, it is used to cleanup after wxWidgets when
6900     Python shuts down.
6901     """
6902   return _core_.App_CleanUp(*args)
6903
6904 def GetApp(*args):
6905   """
6906     GetApp() -> PyApp
6907
6908     Return a reference to the current wx.App object.
6909     """
6910   return _core_.GetApp(*args)
6911
6912 def SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args, **kwargs):
6913   """
6914     SetDefaultPyEncoding(string encoding)
6915
6916     Sets the encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to convert a
6917     Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString.
6918
6919     The default encoding is the value of ``locale.getdefaultlocale()[1]``
6920     but please be aware that the default encoding within the same locale
6921     may be slightly different on different platforms.  For example, please
6922     see http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences
6923     between the common latin/roman encodings.
6924     """
6925   return _core_.SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args, **kwargs)
6926
6927 def GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args):
6928   """
6929     GetDefaultPyEncoding() -> string
6930
6931     Gets the current encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to
6932     convert a Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString.
6933     """
6934   return _core_.GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args)
6935 #----------------------------------------------------------------------
6936
6937 class PyOnDemandOutputWindow:
6938     """
6939     A class that can be used for redirecting Python's stdout and
6940     stderr streams.  It will do nothing until something is wrriten to
6941     the stream at which point it will create a Frame with a text area
6942     and write the text there.
6943     """
6944     def __init__(self, title = "wxPython: stdout/stderr"):
6945         self.frame  = None
6946         self.title  = title
6947         self.pos    = wx.DefaultPosition
6948         self.size   = (450, 300)
6949         self.parent = None
6950
6951     def SetParent(self, parent):
6952         """Set the window to be used as the popup Frame's parent."""
6953         self.parent = parent
6954
6955
6956     def CreateOutputWindow(self, st):
6957         self.frame = wx.Frame(self.parent, -1, self.title, self.pos, self.size,
6958                               style=wx.DEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE)
6959         self.text  = wx.TextCtrl(self.frame, -1, "",
6960                                  style=wx.TE_MULTILINE|wx.TE_READONLY)
6961         self.text.AppendText(st)
6962         self.frame.Show(True)
6963         self.frame.Bind(wx.EVT_CLOSE, self.OnCloseWindow)
6964
6965
6966     def OnCloseWindow(self, event):
6967         if self.frame is not None:
6968             self.frame.Destroy()
6969         self.frame = None
6970         self.text  = None
6971
6972
6973     # These methods provide the file-like output behaviour.
6974     def write(self, text):
6975         """
6976         Create the output window if needed and write the string to it.
6977         If not called in the context of the gui thread then uses
6978         CallAfter to do the work there.
6979         """
6980         if self.frame is None:
6981             if not wx.Thread_IsMain():
6982                 wx.CallAfter(self.CreateOutputWindow, text)
6983             else:
6984                 self.CreateOutputWindow(text)
6985         else:
6986             if not wx.Thread_IsMain():
6987                 wx.CallAfter(self.text.AppendText, text)
6988             else:
6989                 self.text.AppendText(text)
6990
6991
6992     def close(self):
6993         if self.frame is not None:
6994             wx.CallAfter(self.frame.Close)
6995
6996
6997     def flush(self):
6998         pass
6999
7000
7001
7002 #----------------------------------------------------------------------
7003
7004 _defRedirect = (wx.Platform == '__WXMSW__' or wx.Platform == '__WXMAC__')
7005
7006 class App(wx.PyApp):
7007     """
7008     The ``wx.App`` class represents the application and is used to:
7009
7010       * bootstrap the wxPython system and initialize the underlying
7011         gui toolkit
7012       * set and get application-wide properties
7013       * implement the windowing system main message or event loop,
7014         and to dispatch events to window instances
7015       * etc.
7016
7017     Every application must have a ``wx.App`` instance, and all
7018     creation of UI objects should be delayed until after the
7019     ``wx.App`` object has been created in order to ensure that the gui
7020     platform and wxWidgets have been fully initialized.
7021
7022     Normally you would derive from this class and implement an
7023     ``OnInit`` method that creates a frame and then calls
7024     ``self.SetTopWindow(frame)``.
7025
7026     :see: `wx.PySimpleApp` for a simpler app class that can be used
7027            directly.
7028     """
7029
7030     outputWindowClass = PyOnDemandOutputWindow
7031
7032     def __init__(self, redirect=_defRedirect, filename=None,
7033                  useBestVisual=False, clearSigInt=True):
7034         """
7035         Construct a ``wx.App`` object.
7036
7037         :param redirect: Should ``sys.stdout`` and ``sys.stderr`` be
7038             redirected?  Defaults to True on Windows and Mac, False
7039             otherwise.  If `filename` is None then output will be
7040             redirected to a window that pops up as needed.  (You can
7041             control what kind of window is created for the output by
7042             resetting the class variable ``outputWindowClass`` to a
7043             class of your choosing.)
7044
7045         :param filename: The name of a file to redirect output to, if
7046             redirect is True.
7047
7048         :param useBestVisual: Should the app try to use the best
7049             available visual provided by the system (only relevant on
7050             systems that have more than one visual.)  This parameter
7051             must be used instead of calling `SetUseBestVisual` later
7052             on because it must be set before the underlying GUI
7053             toolkit is initialized.
7054
7055         :param clearSigInt: Should SIGINT be cleared?  This allows the
7056             app to terminate upon a Ctrl-C in the console like other
7057             GUI apps will.
7058
7059         :note: You should override OnInit to do applicaition
7060             initialization to ensure that the system, toolkit and
7061             wxWidgets are fully initialized.
7062         """
7063         wx.PyApp.__init__(self)
7064
7065         if wx.Platform == "__WXMAC__":
7066             try:
7067                 import MacOS
7068                 if not MacOS.WMAvailable():
7069                     print """\
7070 This program needs access to the screen. Please run with 'pythonw',
7071 not 'python', and only when you are logged in on the main display of
7072 your Mac."""
7073                     _sys.exit(1)
7074             except SystemExit:
7075                 raise
7076             except:
7077                 pass
7078
7079         # This has to be done before OnInit
7080         self.SetUseBestVisual(useBestVisual)
7081
7082         # Set the default handler for SIGINT.  This fixes a problem
7083         # where if Ctrl-C is pressed in the console that started this
7084         # app then it will not appear to do anything, (not even send
7085         # KeyboardInterrupt???)  but will later segfault on exit.  By
7086         # setting the default handler then the app will exit, as
7087         # expected (depending on platform.)
7088         if clearSigInt:
7089             try:
7090                 import signal
7091                 signal.signal(signal.SIGINT, signal.SIG_DFL)
7092             except:
7093                 pass
7094
7095         # Save and redirect the stdio to a window?
7096         self.stdioWin = None
7097         self.saveStdio = (_sys.stdout, _sys.stderr)
7098         if redirect:
7099             self.RedirectStdio(filename)
7100
7101         # Use Python's install prefix as the default
7102         wx.StandardPaths.Get().SetInstallPrefix(_sys.prefix)
7103
7104         # This finishes the initialization of wxWindows and then calls
7105         # the OnInit that should be present in the derived class
7106         self._BootstrapApp()
7107
7108
7109     def OnPreInit(self):
7110         """
7111         Things that must be done after _BootstrapApp has done its
7112         thing, but would be nice if they were already done by the time
7113         that OnInit is called.
7114         """
7115         wx.StockGDI._initStockObjects()
7116
7117
7118     def __del__(self, destroy=wx.PyApp.__del__):
7119         self.RestoreStdio()  # Just in case the MainLoop was overridden
7120         destroy(self)
7121
7122     def Destroy(self):
7123         wx.PyApp.Destroy(self)
7124         self.thisown = 0
7125
7126     def SetTopWindow(self, frame):
7127         """Set the \"main\" top level window"""
7128         if self.stdioWin:
7129             self.stdioWin.SetParent(frame)
7130         wx.PyApp.SetTopWindow(self, frame)
7131
7132
7133     def MainLoop(self):
7134         """Execute the main GUI event loop"""
7135         wx.PyApp.MainLoop(self)
7136         self.RestoreStdio()
7137
7138
7139     def RedirectStdio(self, filename=None):
7140         """Redirect sys.stdout and sys.stderr to a file or a popup window."""
7141         if filename:
7142             _sys.stdout = _sys.stderr = open(filename, 'a')
7143         else:
7144             self.stdioWin = self.outputWindowClass()
7145             _sys.stdout = _sys.stderr = self.stdioWin
7146
7147
7148     def RestoreStdio(self):
7149         try:
7150             _sys.stdout, _sys.stderr = self.saveStdio
7151         except:
7152             pass
7153
7154
7155     def SetOutputWindowAttributes(self, title=None, pos=None, size=None):
7156         """
7157         Set the title, position and/or size of the output window if
7158         the stdio has been redirected.  This should be called before
7159         any output would cause the output window to be created.
7160         """
7161         if self.stdioWin:
7162             if title is not None:
7163                 self.stdioWin.title = title
7164             if pos is not None:
7165                 self.stdioWin.pos = pos
7166             if size is not None:
7167                 self.stdioWin.size = size
7168
7169
7170
7171
7172 # change from wx.PyApp_XX to wx.App_XX
7173 App_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
7174 App_GetMacAboutMenuItemId        = _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId
7175 App_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId  = _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
7176 App_GetMacExitMenuItemId         = _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId
7177 App_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName      = _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName
7178 App_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
7179 App_SetMacAboutMenuItemId        = _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId
7180 App_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId  = _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
7181 App_SetMacExitMenuItemId         = _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId
7182 App_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName      = _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName
7183 App_GetComCtl32Version           = _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version
7184
7185 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7186
7187 class PySimpleApp(wx.App):
7188     """
7189     A simple application class.  You can just create one of these and
7190     then then make your top level windows later, and not have to worry
7191     about OnInit.  For example::
7192
7193         app = wx.PySimpleApp()
7194         frame = wx.Frame(None, title='Hello World')
7195         frame.Show()
7196         app.MainLoop()
7197
7198     :see: `wx.App`
7199     """
7200
7201     def __init__(self, redirect=False, filename=None,
7202                  useBestVisual=False, clearSigInt=True):
7203         """
7204         :see: `wx.App.__init__`
7205         """
7206         wx.App.__init__(self, redirect, filename, useBestVisual, clearSigInt)
7207
7208     def OnInit(self):
7209         return True
7210
7211
7212
7213 # Is anybody using this one?
7214 class PyWidgetTester(wx.App):
7215     def __init__(self, size = (250, 100)):
7216         self.size = size
7217         wx.App.__init__(self, 0)
7218
7219     def OnInit(self):
7220         self.frame = wx.Frame(None, -1, "Widget Tester", pos=(0,0), size=self.size)
7221         self.SetTopWindow(self.frame)
7222         return True
7223
7224     def SetWidget(self, widgetClass, *args, **kwargs):
7225         w = widgetClass(self.frame, *args, **kwargs)
7226         self.frame.Show(True)
7227
7228 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7229 # DO NOT hold any other references to this object.  This is how we
7230 # know when to cleanup system resources that wxWidgets is holding.  When
7231 # the sys module is unloaded, the refcount on sys.__wxPythonCleanup
7232 # goes to zero and it calls the wx.App_CleanUp function.
7233
7234 class __wxPyCleanup:
7235     def __init__(self):
7236         self.cleanup = _core_.App_CleanUp
7237     def __del__(self):
7238         self.cleanup()
7239
7240 _sys.__wxPythonCleanup = __wxPyCleanup()
7241
7242 ## # another possible solution, but it gets called too early...
7243 ## import atexit
7244 ## atexit.register(_core_.wxApp_CleanUp)
7245
7246
7247 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7248
7249 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7250
7251 class EventLoop(object):
7252     """Proxy of C++ EventLoop class"""
7253     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7254     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7255     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7256         """__init__(self) -> EventLoop"""
7257         _core_.EventLoop_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EventLoop(*args, **kwargs))
7258     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_EventLoop
7259     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7260     def Run(*args, **kwargs):
7261         """Run(self) -> int"""
7262         return _core_.EventLoop_Run(*args, **kwargs)
7263
7264     def Exit(*args, **kwargs):
7265         """Exit(self, int rc=0)"""
7266         return _core_.EventLoop_Exit(*args, **kwargs)
7267
7268     def Pending(*args, **kwargs):
7269         """Pending(self) -> bool"""
7270         return _core_.EventLoop_Pending(*args, **kwargs)
7271
7272     def Dispatch(*args, **kwargs):
7273         """Dispatch(self) -> bool"""
7274         return _core_.EventLoop_Dispatch(*args, **kwargs)
7275
7276     def IsRunning(*args, **kwargs):
7277         """IsRunning(self) -> bool"""
7278         return _core_.EventLoop_IsRunning(*args, **kwargs)
7279
7280     def GetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7281         """GetActive() -> EventLoop"""
7282         return _core_.EventLoop_GetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7283
7284     GetActive = staticmethod(GetActive)
7285     def SetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7286         """SetActive(EventLoop loop)"""
7287         return _core_.EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7288
7289     SetActive = staticmethod(SetActive)
7290 _core_.EventLoop_swigregister(EventLoop)
7291
7292 def EventLoop_GetActive(*args):
7293   """EventLoop_GetActive() -> EventLoop"""
7294   return _core_.EventLoop_GetActive(*args)
7295
7296 def EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7297   """EventLoop_SetActive(EventLoop loop)"""
7298   return _core_.EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7299
7300 class EventLoopActivator(object):
7301     """Proxy of C++ EventLoopActivator class"""
7302     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7303     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7304     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7305         """__init__(self, EventLoop evtLoop) -> EventLoopActivator"""
7306         _core_.EventLoopActivator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EventLoopActivator(*args, **kwargs))
7307     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_EventLoopActivator
7308     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7309 _core_.EventLoopActivator_swigregister(EventLoopActivator)
7310
7311 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7312
7313 class AcceleratorEntry(object):
7314     """
7315     A class used to define items in an `wx.AcceleratorTable`.  wxPython
7316     programs can choose to use wx.AcceleratorEntry objects, but using a
7317     list of 3-tuple of integers (flags, keyCode, cmdID) usually works just
7318     as well.  See `__init__` for  of the tuple values.
7319
7320     :see: `wx.AcceleratorTable`
7321     """
7322     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7323     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7324     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7325         """
7326         __init__(self, int flags=0, int keyCode=0, int cmdID=0) -> AcceleratorEntry
7327
7328         Construct a wx.AcceleratorEntry.
7329         """
7330         _core_.AcceleratorEntry_swiginit(self,_core_.new_AcceleratorEntry(*args, **kwargs))
7331     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_AcceleratorEntry
7332     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7333     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
7334         """
7335         Set(self, int flags, int keyCode, int cmd)
7336
7337         (Re)set the attributes of a wx.AcceleratorEntry.
7338         :see `__init__`
7339         """
7340         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_Set(*args, **kwargs)
7341
7342     def GetFlags(*args, **kwargs):
7343         """
7344         GetFlags(self) -> int
7345
7346         Get the AcceleratorEntry's flags.
7347         """
7348         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetFlags(*args, **kwargs)
7349
7350     def GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
7351         """
7352         GetKeyCode(self) -> int
7353
7354         Get the AcceleratorEntry's keycode.
7355         """
7356         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
7357
7358     def GetCommand(*args, **kwargs):
7359         """
7360         GetCommand(self) -> int
7361
7362         Get the AcceleratorEntry's command ID.
7363         """
7364         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetCommand(*args, **kwargs)
7365
7366 _core_.AcceleratorEntry_swigregister(AcceleratorEntry)
7367
7368 class AcceleratorTable(Object):
7369     """
7370     An accelerator table allows the application to specify a table of
7371     keyboard shortcuts for menus or other commands. On Windows, menu or
7372     button commands are supported; on GTK, only menu commands are
7373     supported.
7374     """
7375     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7376     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7377     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7378         """
7379         __init__(entries) -> AcceleratorTable
7380
7381         Construct an AcceleratorTable from a list of `wx.AcceleratorEntry`
7382         items or or of 3-tuples (flags, keyCode, cmdID)
7383
7384         :see: `wx.AcceleratorEntry`
7385         """
7386         _core_.AcceleratorTable_swiginit(self,_core_.new_AcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs))
7387     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_AcceleratorTable
7388     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7389     def Ok(*args, **kwargs):
7390         """Ok(self) -> bool"""
7391         return _core_.AcceleratorTable_Ok(*args, **kwargs)
7392
7393 _core_.AcceleratorTable_swigregister(AcceleratorTable)
7394
7395
7396 def GetAccelFromString(*args, **kwargs):
7397   """GetAccelFromString(String label) -> AcceleratorEntry"""
7398   return _core_.GetAccelFromString(*args, **kwargs)
7399 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7400
7401 class VisualAttributes(object):
7402     """struct containing all the visual attributes of a control"""
7403     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7404     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7405     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7406         """
7407         __init__(self) -> VisualAttributes
7408
7409         struct containing all the visual attributes of a control
7410         """
7411         _core_.VisualAttributes_swiginit(self,_core_.new_VisualAttributes(*args, **kwargs))
7412     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_VisualAttributes
7413     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7414     font = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_font_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_font_set)
7415     colFg = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_colFg_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_colFg_set)
7416     colBg = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_colBg_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_colBg_set)
7417 _core_.VisualAttributes_swigregister(VisualAttributes)
7418 NullAcceleratorTable = cvar.NullAcceleratorTable
7419 PanelNameStr = cvar.PanelNameStr
7420
7421 WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL
7422 WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL
7423 WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI
7424 WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE
7425 WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX
7426 class Window(EvtHandler):
7427     """
7428     wx.Window is the base class for all windows and represents any visible
7429     object on the screen. All controls, top level windows and so on are
7430     wx.Windows. Sizers and device contexts are not however, as they don't
7431     appear on screen themselves.
7432
7433     """
7434     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7435     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7436     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7437         """
7438         __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
7439             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> Window
7440
7441         Construct and show a generic Window.
7442         """
7443         _core_.Window_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Window(*args, **kwargs))
7444         self._setOORInfo(self)
7445
7446     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
7447         """
7448         Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
7449             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> bool
7450
7451         Create the GUI part of the Window for 2-phase creation mode.
7452         """
7453         return _core_.Window_Create(*args, **kwargs)
7454
7455     def Close(*args, **kwargs):
7456         """
7457         Close(self, bool force=False) -> bool
7458
7459         This function simply generates a EVT_CLOSE event whose handler usually
7460         tries to close the window. It doesn't close the window itself,
7461         however.  If force is False (the default) then the window's close
7462         handler will be allowed to veto the destruction of the window.
7463         """
7464         return _core_.Window_Close(*args, **kwargs)
7465
7466     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
7467         """
7468         Destroy(self) -> bool
7469
7470         Destroys the window safely.  Frames and dialogs are not destroyed
7471         immediately when this function is called -- they are added to a list
7472         of windows to be deleted on idle time, when all the window's events
7473         have been processed. This prevents problems with events being sent to
7474         non-existent windows.
7475
7476         Returns True if the window has either been successfully deleted, or it
7477         has been added to the list of windows pending real deletion.
7478         """
7479         val = _core_.Window_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
7480         args[0].thisown = 0
7481         return val
7482
7483     def DestroyChildren(*args, **kwargs):
7484         """
7485         DestroyChildren(self) -> bool
7486
7487         Destroys all children of a window. Called automatically by the
7488         destructor.
7489         """
7490         return _core_.Window_DestroyChildren(*args, **kwargs)
7491
7492     def IsBeingDeleted(*args, **kwargs):
7493         """
7494         IsBeingDeleted(self) -> bool
7495
7496         Is the window in the process of being deleted?
7497         """
7498         return _core_.Window_IsBeingDeleted(*args, **kwargs)
7499
7500     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
7501         """
7502         SetLabel(self, String label)
7503
7504         Set the text which the window shows in its label if applicable.
7505         """
7506         return _core_.Window_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
7507
7508     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
7509         """
7510         GetLabel(self) -> String
7511
7512         Generic way of getting a label from any window, for identification
7513         purposes.  The interpretation of this function differs from class to
7514         class. For frames and dialogs, the value returned is the title. For
7515         buttons or static text controls, it is the button text. This function
7516         can be useful for meta-programs such as testing tools or special-needs
7517         access programs)which need to identify windows by name.
7518         """
7519         return _core_.Window_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
7520
7521     def SetName(*args, **kwargs):
7522         """
7523         SetName(self, String name)
7524
7525         Sets the window's name.  The window name is used for ressource setting
7526         in X, it is not the same as the window title/label
7527         """
7528         return _core_.Window_SetName(*args, **kwargs)
7529
7530     def GetName(*args, **kwargs):
7531         """
7532         GetName(self) -> String
7533
7534         Returns the windows name.  This name is not guaranteed to be unique;
7535         it is up to the programmer to supply an appropriate name in the window
7536         constructor or via wx.Window.SetName.
7537         """
7538         return _core_.Window_GetName(*args, **kwargs)
7539
7540     def SetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs):
7541         """
7542         SetWindowVariant(self, int variant)
7543
7544         Sets the variant of the window/font size to use for this window, if
7545         the platform supports variants, for example, wxMac.
7546         """
7547         return _core_.Window_SetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs)
7548
7549     def GetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs):
7550         """GetWindowVariant(self) -> int"""
7551         return _core_.Window_GetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs)
7552
7553     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
7554         """
7555         SetId(self, int winid)
7556
7557         Sets the identifier of the window.  Each window has an integer
7558         identifier. If the application has not provided one, an identifier
7559         will be generated. Normally, the identifier should be provided on
7560         creation and should not be modified subsequently.
7561         """
7562         return _core_.Window_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
7563
7564     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
7565         """
7566         GetId(self) -> int
7567
7568         Returns the identifier of the window.  Each window has an integer
7569         identifier. If the application has not provided one (or the default Id
7570         -1 is used) then an unique identifier with a negative value will be
7571         generated.
7572         """
7573         return _core_.Window_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
7574
7575     def NewControlId(*args, **kwargs):
7576         """
7577         NewControlId() -> int
7578
7579         Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.
7580         """
7581         return _core_.Window_NewControlId(*args, **kwargs)
7582
7583     NewControlId = staticmethod(NewControlId)
7584     def NextControlId(*args, **kwargs):
7585         """
7586         NextControlId(int winid) -> int
7587
7588         Get the id of the control following the one with the given
7589         autogenerated) id
7590         """
7591         return _core_.Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs)
7592
7593     NextControlId = staticmethod(NextControlId)
7594     def PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs):
7595         """
7596         PrevControlId(int winid) -> int
7597
7598         Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given
7599         autogenerated) id
7600         """
7601         return _core_.Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs)
7602
7603     PrevControlId = staticmethod(PrevControlId)
7604     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
7605         """
7606         SetSize(self, Size size)
7607
7608         Sets the size of the window in pixels.
7609         """
7610         return _core_.Window_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
7611
7612     def SetDimensions(*args, **kwargs):
7613         """
7614         SetDimensions(self, int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)
7615
7616         Sets the position and size of the window in pixels.  The sizeFlags
7617         parameter indicates the interpretation of the other params if they are
7618         equal to -1.
7619
7620             ========================  ======================================
7621             wx.SIZE_AUTO              A -1 indicates that a class-specific
7622                                       default should be used.
7623             wx.SIZE_USE_EXISTING      Axisting dimensions should be used if
7624                                       -1 values are supplied.
7625             wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE    Allow dimensions of -1 and less to be
7626                                       interpreted as real dimensions, not
7627                                       default values.
7628             ========================  ======================================
7629
7630         """
7631         return _core_.Window_SetDimensions(*args, **kwargs)
7632
7633     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
7634         """
7635         SetRect(self, Rect rect, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)
7636
7637         Sets the position and size of the window in pixels using a wx.Rect.
7638         """
7639         return _core_.Window_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
7640
7641     def SetSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
7642         """
7643         SetSizeWH(self, int width, int height)
7644
7645         Sets the size of the window in pixels.
7646         """
7647         return _core_.Window_SetSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
7648
7649     def Move(*args, **kwargs):
7650         """
7651         Move(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)
7652
7653         Moves the window to the given position.
7654         """
7655         return _core_.Window_Move(*args, **kwargs)
7656
7657     SetPosition = Move
7658     def MoveXY(*args, **kwargs):
7659         """
7660         MoveXY(self, int x, int y, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)
7661
7662         Moves the window to the given position.
7663         """
7664         return _core_.Window_MoveXY(*args, **kwargs)
7665
7666     def SetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs):
7667         """
7668         SetBestFittingSize(self, Size size=DefaultSize)
7669
7670         A 'Smart' SetSize that will fill in default size components with the
7671         window's *best size* values.  Also set's the minsize for use with sizers.
7672         """
7673         return _core_.Window_SetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs)
7674
7675     def Raise(*args, **kwargs):
7676         """
7677         Raise(self)
7678
7679         Raises the window to the top of the window hierarchy.  In current
7680         version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows.
7681         """
7682         return _core_.Window_Raise(*args, **kwargs)
7683
7684     def Lower(*args, **kwargs):
7685         """
7686         Lower(self)
7687
7688         Lowers the window to the bottom of the window hierarchy.  In current
7689         version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows.
7690         """
7691         return _core_.Window_Lower(*args, **kwargs)
7692
7693     def SetClientSize(*args, **kwargs):
7694         """
7695         SetClientSize(self, Size size)
7696
7697         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
7698         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
7699         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
7700         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
7701         around panel items, for example.
7702         """
7703         return _core_.Window_SetClientSize(*args, **kwargs)
7704
7705     def SetClientSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
7706         """
7707         SetClientSizeWH(self, int width, int height)
7708
7709         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
7710         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
7711         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
7712         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
7713         around panel items, for example.
7714         """
7715         return _core_.Window_SetClientSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
7716
7717     def SetClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
7718         """
7719         SetClientRect(self, Rect rect)
7720
7721         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
7722         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
7723         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
7724         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
7725         around panel items, for example.
7726         """
7727         return _core_.Window_SetClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
7728
7729     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
7730         """
7731         GetPosition(self) -> Point
7732
7733         Get the window's position.  Notice that the position is in client
7734         coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level
7735         ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all
7736         kinds of windows.
7737         """
7738         return _core_.Window_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
7739
7740     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7741         """
7742         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
7743
7744         Get the window's position.  Notice that the position is in client
7745         coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level
7746         ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all
7747         kinds of windows.
7748         """
7749         return _core_.Window_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7750
7751     def GetScreenPosition(*args, **kwargs):
7752         """
7753         GetScreenPosition(self) -> Point
7754
7755         Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.
7756         """
7757         return _core_.Window_GetScreenPosition(*args, **kwargs)
7758
7759     def GetScreenPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7760         """
7761         GetScreenPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
7762
7763         Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.
7764         """
7765         return _core_.Window_GetScreenPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7766
7767     def GetScreenRect(*args, **kwargs):
7768         """
7769         GetScreenRect(self) -> Rect
7770
7771         Returns the size and position of the window in screen coordinantes as
7772         a `wx.Rect` object.
7773         """
7774         return _core_.Window_GetScreenRect(*args, **kwargs)
7775
7776     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
7777         """
7778         GetSize(self) -> Size
7779
7780         Get the window size.
7781         """
7782         return _core_.Window_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
7783
7784     def GetSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7785         """
7786         GetSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
7787
7788         Get the window size.
7789         """
7790         return _core_.Window_GetSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7791
7792     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
7793         """
7794         GetRect(self) -> Rect
7795
7796         Returns the size and position of the window as a `wx.Rect` object.
7797         """
7798         return _core_.Window_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
7799
7800     def GetClientSize(*args, **kwargs):
7801         """
7802         GetClientSize(self) -> Size
7803
7804         This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client
7805         area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding
7806         title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.
7807         """
7808         return _core_.Window_GetClientSize(*args, **kwargs)
7809
7810     def GetClientSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7811         """
7812         GetClientSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
7813
7814         This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client
7815         area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding
7816         title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.
7817         """
7818         return _core_.Window_GetClientSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7819
7820     def GetClientAreaOrigin(*args, **kwargs):
7821         """
7822         GetClientAreaOrigin(self) -> Point
7823
7824         Get the origin of the client area of the window relative to the
7825         window's top left corner (the client area may be shifted because of
7826         the borders, scrollbars, other decorations...)
7827         """
7828         return _core_.Window_GetClientAreaOrigin(*args, **kwargs)
7829
7830     def GetClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
7831         """
7832         GetClientRect(self) -> Rect
7833
7834         Get the client area position and size as a `wx.Rect` object.
7835         """
7836         return _core_.Window_GetClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
7837
7838     def GetBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
7839         """
7840         GetBestSize(self) -> Size
7841
7842         This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the
7843         window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will
7844         be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For
7845         windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by
7846         this function will be the same as the size the window would have had
7847         after calling Fit.
7848         """
7849         return _core_.Window_GetBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
7850
7851     def GetBestSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7852         """
7853         GetBestSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
7854
7855         This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the
7856         window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will
7857         be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For
7858         windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by
7859         this function will be the same as the size the window would have had
7860         after calling Fit.
7861         """
7862         return _core_.Window_GetBestSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7863
7864     def InvalidateBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
7865         """
7866         InvalidateBestSize(self)
7867
7868         Reset the cached best size value so it will be recalculated the next
7869         time it is needed.
7870         """
7871         return _core_.Window_InvalidateBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
7872
7873     def CacheBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
7874         """
7875         CacheBestSize(self, Size size)
7876
7877         Cache the best size so it doesn't need to be calculated again, (at least until
7878         some properties of the window change.)
7879         """
7880         return _core_.Window_CacheBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
7881
7882     def GetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs):
7883         """
7884         GetBestFittingSize(self) -> Size
7885
7886         This function will merge the window's best size into the window's
7887         minimum size, giving priority to the min size components, and returns
7888         the results.
7889
7890         """
7891         return _core_.Window_GetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs)
7892
7893     def GetAdjustedBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
7894         """
7895         GetAdjustedBestSize(self) -> Size
7896
7897         This method is similar to GetBestSize, except in one
7898         thing. GetBestSize should return the minimum untruncated size of the
7899         window, while this method will return the largest of BestSize and any
7900         user specified minimum size. ie. it is the minimum size the window
7901         should currently be drawn at, not the minimal size it can possibly
7902         tolerate.
7903         """
7904         return _core_.Window_GetAdjustedBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
7905
7906     def Center(*args, **kwargs):
7907         """
7908         Center(self, int direction=BOTH)
7909
7910         Centers the window.  The parameter specifies the direction for
7911         cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may
7912         also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window
7913         on the entire screen and not on its parent window.  If it is a
7914         top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered
7915         relative to the screen.
7916         """
7917         return _core_.Window_Center(*args, **kwargs)
7918
7919     Centre = Center
7920     def CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs):
7921         """
7922         CenterOnParent(self, int dir=BOTH)
7923
7924         Center with respect to the the parent window
7925         """
7926         return _core_.Window_CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs)
7927
7928     CentreOnParent = CenterOnParent
7929     def Fit(*args, **kwargs):
7930         """
7931         Fit(self)
7932
7933         Sizes the window so that it fits around its subwindows. This function
7934         won't do anything if there are no subwindows and will only really work
7935         correctly if sizers are used for the subwindows layout. Also, if the
7936         window has exactly one subwindow it is better (faster and the result
7937         is more precise as Fit adds some margin to account for fuzziness of
7938         its calculations) to call window.SetClientSize(child.GetSize())
7939         instead of calling Fit.
7940         """
7941         return _core_.Window_Fit(*args, **kwargs)
7942
7943     def FitInside(*args, **kwargs):
7944         """
7945         FitInside(self)
7946
7947         Similar to Fit, but sizes the interior (virtual) size of a
7948         window. Mainly useful with scrolled windows to reset scrollbars after
7949         sizing changes that do not trigger a size event, and/or scrolled
7950         windows without an interior sizer. This function similarly won't do
7951         anything if there are no subwindows.
7952         """
7953         return _core_.Window_FitInside(*args, **kwargs)
7954
7955     def SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
7956         """
7957         SetSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1, int incW=-1,
7958             int incH=-1)
7959
7960         Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window
7961         size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the
7962         default values will be used.  If this function is called, the user
7963         will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is
7964         a top-level window.)  Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size
7965         and will use that value if set when calculating layout.
7966
7967         The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.
7968         """
7969         return _core_.Window_SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
7970
7971     def SetSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs):
7972         """
7973         SetSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize, Size incSize=DefaultSize)
7974
7975         Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window
7976         size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the
7977         default values will be used.  If this function is called, the user
7978         will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is
7979         a top-level window.)  Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size
7980         and will use that value if set when calculating layout.
7981
7982         The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.
7983         """
7984         return _core_.Window_SetSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs)
7985
7986     def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
7987         """
7988         SetVirtualSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1)
7989
7990         Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a
7991         pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be
7992         used.  If this function is called, the user will not be able to size
7993         the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.
7994         """
7995         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
7996
7997     def SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs):
7998         """
7999         SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize)
8000
8001         Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a
8002         pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be
8003         used.  If this function is called, the user will not be able to size
8004         the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.
8005         """
8006         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs)
8007
8008     def GetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs):
8009         """GetMaxSize(self) -> Size"""
8010         return _core_.Window_GetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs)
8011
8012     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
8013         """GetMinSize(self) -> Size"""
8014         return _core_.Window_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
8015
8016     def SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
8017         """
8018         SetMinSize(self, Size minSize)
8019
8020         A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the
8021         min size.
8022         """
8023         return _core_.Window_SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
8024
8025     def SetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs):
8026         """
8027         SetMaxSize(self, Size maxSize)
8028
8029         A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the
8030         max size.
8031         """
8032         return _core_.Window_SetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs)
8033
8034     def GetMinWidth(*args, **kwargs):
8035         """GetMinWidth(self) -> int"""
8036         return _core_.Window_GetMinWidth(*args, **kwargs)
8037
8038     def GetMinHeight(*args, **kwargs):
8039         """GetMinHeight(self) -> int"""
8040         return _core_.Window_GetMinHeight(*args, **kwargs)
8041
8042     def GetMaxWidth(*args, **kwargs):
8043         """GetMaxWidth(self) -> int"""
8044         return _core_.Window_GetMaxWidth(*args, **kwargs)
8045
8046     def GetMaxHeight(*args, **kwargs):
8047         """GetMaxHeight(self) -> int"""
8048         return _core_.Window_GetMaxHeight(*args, **kwargs)
8049
8050     def SetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8051         """
8052         SetVirtualSize(self, Size size)
8053
8054         Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels.  For most windows this
8055         is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8056         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8057         """
8058         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8059
8060     def SetVirtualSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
8061         """
8062         SetVirtualSizeWH(self, int w, int h)
8063
8064         Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels.  For most windows this
8065         is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8066         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8067         """
8068         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
8069
8070     def GetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8071         """
8072         GetVirtualSize(self) -> Size
8073
8074         Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels.  For most windows
8075         this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8076         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8077         """
8078         return _core_.Window_GetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8079
8080     def GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8081         """
8082         GetVirtualSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8083
8084         Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels.  For most windows
8085         this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8086         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8087         """
8088         return _core_.Window_GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8089
8090     def GetBestVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8091         """
8092         GetBestVirtualSize(self) -> Size
8093
8094         Return the largest of ClientSize and BestSize (as determined by a
8095         sizer, interior children, or other means)
8096         """
8097         return _core_.Window_GetBestVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8098
8099     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
8100         """
8101         Show(self, bool show=True) -> bool
8102
8103         Shows or hides the window. You may need to call Raise for a top level
8104         window if you want to bring it to top, although this is not needed if
8105         Show is called immediately after the frame creation.  Returns True if
8106         the window has been shown or hidden or False if nothing was done
8107         because it already was in the requested state.
8108         """
8109         return _core_.Window_Show(*args, **kwargs)
8110
8111     def Hide(*args, **kwargs):
8112         """
8113         Hide(self) -> bool
8114
8115         Equivalent to calling Show(False).
8116         """
8117         return _core_.Window_Hide(*args, **kwargs)
8118
8119     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
8120         """
8121         Enable(self, bool enable=True) -> bool
8122
8123         Enable or disable the window for user input. Note that when a parent
8124         window is disabled, all of its children are disabled as well and they
8125         are reenabled again when the parent is.  Returns true if the window
8126         has been enabled or disabled, false if nothing was done, i.e. if the
8127         window had already been in the specified state.
8128         """
8129         return _core_.Window_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
8130
8131     def Disable(*args, **kwargs):
8132         """
8133         Disable(self) -> bool
8134
8135         Disables the window, same as Enable(false).
8136         """
8137         return _core_.Window_Disable(*args, **kwargs)
8138
8139     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
8140         """
8141         IsShown(self) -> bool
8142
8143         Returns true if the window is shown, false if it has been hidden.
8144         """
8145         return _core_.Window_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
8146
8147     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8148         """
8149         IsEnabled(self) -> bool
8150
8151         Returns true if the window is enabled for input, false otherwise.
8152         """
8153         return _core_.Window_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8154
8155     def SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8156         """
8157         SetWindowStyleFlag(self, long style)
8158
8159         Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be
8160         changed after the window creation and that Refresh() might need to be
8161         called after changing the others for the change to take place
8162         immediately.
8163         """
8164         return _core_.Window_SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8165
8166     def GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8167         """
8168         GetWindowStyleFlag(self) -> long
8169
8170         Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create
8171         method.
8172         """
8173         return _core_.Window_GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8174
8175     SetWindowStyle = SetWindowStyleFlag; GetWindowStyle = GetWindowStyleFlag
8176     def HasFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8177         """
8178         HasFlag(self, int flag) -> bool
8179
8180         Test if the given style is set for this window.
8181         """
8182         return _core_.Window_HasFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8183
8184     def IsRetained(*args, **kwargs):
8185         """
8186         IsRetained(self) -> bool
8187
8188         Returns true if the window is retained, false otherwise.  Retained
8189         windows are only available on X platforms.
8190         """
8191         return _core_.Window_IsRetained(*args, **kwargs)
8192
8193     def SetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8194         """
8195         SetExtraStyle(self, long exStyle)
8196
8197         Sets the extra style bits for the window.  Extra styles are the less
8198         often used style bits which can't be set with the constructor or with
8199         SetWindowStyleFlag()
8200         """
8201         return _core_.Window_SetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8202
8203     def GetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8204         """
8205         GetExtraStyle(self) -> long
8206
8207         Returns the extra style bits for the window.
8208         """
8209         return _core_.Window_GetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8210
8211     def MakeModal(*args, **kwargs):
8212         """
8213         MakeModal(self, bool modal=True)
8214
8215         Disables all other windows in the application so that the user can
8216         only interact with this window.  Passing False will reverse this
8217         effect.
8218         """
8219         return _core_.Window_MakeModal(*args, **kwargs)
8220
8221     def SetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8222         """
8223         SetThemeEnabled(self, bool enableTheme)
8224
8225         This function tells a window if it should use the system's "theme"
8226          code to draw the windows' background instead if its own background
8227          drawing code. This will only have an effect on platforms that support
8228          the notion of themes in user defined windows. One such platform is
8229          GTK+ where windows can have (very colourful) backgrounds defined by a
8230          user's selected theme.
8231
8232         Dialogs, notebook pages and the status bar have this flag set to true
8233         by default so that the default look and feel is simulated best.
8234         """
8235         return _core_.Window_SetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8236
8237     def GetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8238         """
8239         GetThemeEnabled(self) -> bool
8240
8241         Return the themeEnabled flag.
8242         """
8243         return _core_.Window_GetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8244
8245     def SetFocus(*args, **kwargs):
8246         """
8247         SetFocus(self)
8248
8249         Set's the focus to this window, allowing it to receive keyboard input.
8250         """
8251         return _core_.Window_SetFocus(*args, **kwargs)
8252
8253     def SetFocusFromKbd(*args, **kwargs):
8254         """
8255         SetFocusFromKbd(self)
8256
8257         Set focus to this window as the result of a keyboard action.  Normally
8258         only called internally.
8259         """
8260         return _core_.Window_SetFocusFromKbd(*args, **kwargs)
8261
8262     def FindFocus(*args, **kwargs):
8263         """
8264         FindFocus() -> Window
8265
8266         Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,
8267         or None.
8268         """
8269         return _core_.Window_FindFocus(*args, **kwargs)
8270
8271     FindFocus = staticmethod(FindFocus)
8272     def AcceptsFocus(*args, **kwargs):
8273         """
8274         AcceptsFocus(self) -> bool
8275
8276         Can this window have focus?
8277         """
8278         return _core_.Window_AcceptsFocus(*args, **kwargs)
8279
8280     def AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args, **kwargs):
8281         """
8282         AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(self) -> bool
8283
8284         Can this window be given focus by keyboard navigation? if not, the
8285         only way to give it focus (provided it accepts it at all) is to click
8286         it.
8287         """
8288         return _core_.Window_AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args, **kwargs)
8289
8290     def Navigate(*args, **kwargs):
8291         """
8292         Navigate(self, int flags=NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward) -> bool
8293
8294         Does keyboard navigation from this window to another, by sending a
8295         `wx.NavigationKeyEvent`.
8296         """
8297         return _core_.Window_Navigate(*args, **kwargs)
8298
8299     def MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs):
8300         """
8301         MoveAfterInTabOrder(self, Window win)
8302
8303         Moves this window in the tab navigation order after the specified
8304         sibling window.  This means that when the user presses the TAB key on
8305         that other window, the focus switches to this window.
8306
8307         The default tab order is the same as creation order.  This function
8308         and `MoveBeforeInTabOrder` allow to change it after creating all the
8309         windows.
8310
8311         """
8312         return _core_.Window_MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs)
8313
8314     def MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs):
8315         """
8316         MoveBeforeInTabOrder(self, Window win)
8317
8318         Same as `MoveAfterInTabOrder` except that it inserts this window just
8319         before win instead of putting it right after it.
8320         """
8321         return _core_.Window_MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs)
8322
8323     def GetChildren(*args, **kwargs):
8324         """
8325         GetChildren(self) -> PyObject
8326
8327         Returns a list of the window's children.  NOTE: Currently this is a
8328         copy of the child window list maintained by the window, so the return
8329         value of this function is only valid as long as the window's children
8330         do not change.
8331         """
8332         return _core_.Window_GetChildren(*args, **kwargs)
8333
8334     def GetParent(*args, **kwargs):
8335         """
8336         GetParent(self) -> Window
8337
8338         Returns the parent window of this window, or None if there isn't one.
8339         """
8340         return _core_.Window_GetParent(*args, **kwargs)
8341
8342     def GetGrandParent(*args, **kwargs):
8343         """
8344         GetGrandParent(self) -> Window
8345
8346         Returns the parent of the parent of this window, or None if there
8347         isn't one.
8348         """
8349         return _core_.Window_GetGrandParent(*args, **kwargs)
8350
8351     def IsTopLevel(*args, **kwargs):
8352         """
8353         IsTopLevel(self) -> bool
8354
8355         Returns true if the given window is a top-level one. Currently all
8356         frames and dialogs are always considered to be top-level windows (even
8357         if they have a parent window).
8358         """
8359         return _core_.Window_IsTopLevel(*args, **kwargs)
8360
8361     def Reparent(*args, **kwargs):
8362         """
8363         Reparent(self, Window newParent) -> bool
8364
8365         Reparents the window, i.e the window will be removed from its current
8366         parent window (e.g. a non-standard toolbar in a wxFrame) and then
8367         re-inserted into another. Available on Windows and GTK.  Returns True
8368         if the parent was changed, False otherwise (error or newParent ==
8369         oldParent)
8370         """
8371         return _core_.Window_Reparent(*args, **kwargs)
8372
8373     def AddChild(*args, **kwargs):
8374         """
8375         AddChild(self, Window child)
8376
8377         Adds a child window. This is called automatically by window creation
8378         functions so should not be required by the application programmer.
8379         """
8380         return _core_.Window_AddChild(*args, **kwargs)
8381
8382     def RemoveChild(*args, **kwargs):
8383         """
8384         RemoveChild(self, Window child)
8385
8386         Removes a child window. This is called automatically by window
8387         deletion functions so should not be required by the application
8388         programmer.
8389         """
8390         return _core_.Window_RemoveChild(*args, **kwargs)
8391
8392     def SetDoubleBuffered(*args, **kwargs):
8393         """
8394         SetDoubleBuffered(self, bool on)
8395
8396         Currently wxGTK2 only.
8397         """
8398         return _core_.Window_SetDoubleBuffered(*args, **kwargs)
8399
8400     def FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs):
8401         """
8402         FindWindowById(self, long winid) -> Window
8403
8404         Find a chld of this window by window ID
8405         """
8406         return _core_.Window_FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs)
8407
8408     def FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs):
8409         """
8410         FindWindowByName(self, String name) -> Window
8411
8412         Find a child of this window by name
8413         """
8414         return _core_.Window_FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs)
8415
8416     def GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8417         """
8418         GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler
8419
8420         Returns the event handler for this window. By default, the window is
8421         its own event handler.
8422         """
8423         return _core_.Window_GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8424
8425     def SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8426         """
8427         SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)
8428
8429         Sets the event handler for this window.  An event handler is an object
8430         that is capable of processing the events sent to a window. By default,
8431         the window is its own event handler, but an application may wish to
8432         substitute another, for example to allow central implementation of
8433         event-handling for a variety of different window classes.
8434
8435         It is usually better to use `wx.Window.PushEventHandler` since this sets
8436         up a chain of event handlers, where an event not handled by one event
8437         handler is handed to the next one in the chain.
8438         """
8439         return _core_.Window_SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8440
8441     def PushEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8442         """
8443         PushEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)
8444
8445         Pushes this event handler onto the event handler stack for the window.
8446         An event handler is an object that is capable of processing the events
8447         sent to a window. By default, the window is its own event handler, but
8448         an application may wish to substitute another, for example to allow
8449         central implementation of event-handling for a variety of different
8450         window classes.
8451
8452         wx.Window.PushEventHandler allows an application to set up a chain of
8453         event handlers, where an event not handled by one event handler is
8454         handed to the next one in the chain. Use `wx.Window.PopEventHandler` to
8455         remove the event handler.
8456         """
8457         return _core_.Window_PushEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8458
8459     def PopEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8460         """
8461         PopEventHandler(self, bool deleteHandler=False) -> EvtHandler
8462
8463         Removes and returns the top-most event handler on the event handler
8464         stack.  If deleteHandler is True then the wx.EvtHandler object will be
8465         destroyed after it is popped.
8466         """
8467         return _core_.Window_PopEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8468
8469     def RemoveEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8470         """
8471         RemoveEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler) -> bool
8472
8473         Find the given handler in the event handler chain and remove (but not
8474         delete) it from the event handler chain, return True if it was found
8475         and False otherwise (this also results in an assert failure so this
8476         function should only be called when the handler is supposed to be
8477         there.)
8478         """
8479         return _core_.Window_RemoveEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8480
8481     def SetValidator(*args, **kwargs):
8482         """
8483         SetValidator(self, Validator validator)
8484
8485         Deletes the current validator (if any) and sets the window validator,
8486         having called wx.Validator.Clone to create a new validator of this
8487         type.
8488         """
8489         return _core_.Window_SetValidator(*args, **kwargs)
8490
8491     def GetValidator(*args, **kwargs):
8492         """
8493         GetValidator(self) -> Validator
8494
8495         Returns a pointer to the current validator for the window, or None if
8496         there is none.
8497         """
8498         return _core_.Window_GetValidator(*args, **kwargs)
8499
8500     def Validate(*args, **kwargs):
8501         """
8502         Validate(self) -> bool
8503
8504         Validates the current values of the child controls using their
8505         validators.  If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra
8506         style flag set, the method will also call Validate() of all child
8507         windows.  Returns false if any of the validations failed.
8508         """
8509         return _core_.Window_Validate(*args, **kwargs)
8510
8511     def TransferDataToWindow(*args, **kwargs):
8512         """
8513         TransferDataToWindow(self) -> bool
8514
8515         Transfers values to child controls from data areas specified by their
8516         validators.  If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra
8517         style flag set, the method will also call TransferDataToWindow() of
8518         all child windows.
8519         """
8520         return _core_.Window_TransferDataToWindow(*args, **kwargs)
8521
8522     def TransferDataFromWindow(*args, **kwargs):
8523         """
8524         TransferDataFromWindow(self) -> bool
8525
8526         Transfers values from child controls to data areas specified by their
8527         validators. Returns false if a transfer failed.  If the window has
8528         wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra style flag set, the method will
8529         also call TransferDataFromWindow() of all child windows.
8530         """
8531         return _core_.Window_TransferDataFromWindow(*args, **kwargs)
8532
8533     def InitDialog(*args, **kwargs):
8534         """
8535         InitDialog(self)
8536
8537         Sends an EVT_INIT_DIALOG event, whose handler usually transfers data
8538         to the dialog via validators.
8539         """
8540         return _core_.Window_InitDialog(*args, **kwargs)
8541
8542     def SetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs):
8543         """
8544         SetAcceleratorTable(self, AcceleratorTable accel)
8545
8546         Sets the accelerator table for this window.
8547         """
8548         return _core_.Window_SetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs)
8549
8550     def GetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs):
8551         """
8552         GetAcceleratorTable(self) -> AcceleratorTable
8553
8554         Gets the accelerator table for this window.
8555         """
8556         return _core_.Window_GetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs)
8557
8558     def RegisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs):
8559         """
8560         RegisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode) -> bool
8561
8562         Registers a system wide hotkey. Every time the user presses the hotkey
8563         registered here, this window will receive a hotkey event. It will
8564         receive the event even if the application is in the background and
8565         does not have the input focus because the user is working with some
8566         other application.  To bind an event handler function to this hotkey
8567         use EVT_HOTKEY with an id equal to hotkeyId.  Returns True if the
8568         hotkey was registered successfully.
8569         """
8570         return _core_.Window_RegisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs)
8571
8572     def UnregisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs):
8573         """
8574         UnregisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId) -> bool
8575
8576         Unregisters a system wide hotkey.
8577         """
8578         return _core_.Window_UnregisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs)
8579
8580     def ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args, **kwargs):
8581         """
8582         ConvertDialogPointToPixels(self, Point pt) -> Point
8583
8584         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8585         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8586         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8587         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8588         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8589         then divided by 8.
8590         """
8591         return _core_.Window_ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args, **kwargs)
8592
8593     def ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args, **kwargs):
8594         """
8595         ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(self, Size sz) -> Size
8596
8597         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8598         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8599         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8600         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8601         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8602         then divided by 8.
8603         """
8604         return _core_.Window_ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args, **kwargs)
8605
8606     def DLG_PNT(*args, **kwargs):
8607         """
8608         DLG_PNT(self, Point pt) -> Point
8609
8610         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8611         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8612         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8613         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8614         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8615         then divided by 8.
8616         """
8617         return _core_.Window_DLG_PNT(*args, **kwargs)
8618
8619     def DLG_SZE(*args, **kwargs):
8620         """
8621         DLG_SZE(self, Size sz) -> Size
8622
8623         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8624         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8625         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8626         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8627         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8628         then divided by 8.
8629         """
8630         return _core_.Window_DLG_SZE(*args, **kwargs)
8631
8632     def ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args, **kwargs):
8633         """ConvertPixelPointToDialog(self, Point pt) -> Point"""
8634         return _core_.Window_ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args, **kwargs)
8635
8636     def ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args, **kwargs):
8637         """ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(self, Size sz) -> Size"""
8638         return _core_.Window_ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args, **kwargs)
8639
8640     def WarpPointer(*args, **kwargs):
8641         """
8642         WarpPointer(self, int x, int y)
8643
8644         Moves the pointer to the given position on the window.
8645
8646         NOTE: This function is not supported under Mac because Apple Human
8647         Interface Guidelines forbid moving the mouse cursor programmatically.
8648         """
8649         return _core_.Window_WarpPointer(*args, **kwargs)
8650
8651     def CaptureMouse(*args, **kwargs):
8652         """
8653         CaptureMouse(self)
8654
8655         Directs all mouse input to this window. Call wx.Window.ReleaseMouse to
8656         release the capture.
8657
8658         Note that wxWindows maintains the stack of windows having captured the
8659         mouse and when the mouse is released the capture returns to the window
8660         which had had captured it previously and it is only really released if
8661         there were no previous window. In particular, this means that you must
8662         release the mouse as many times as you capture it.
8663         """
8664         return _core_.Window_CaptureMouse(*args, **kwargs)
8665
8666     def ReleaseMouse(*args, **kwargs):
8667         """
8668         ReleaseMouse(self)
8669
8670         Releases mouse input captured with wx.Window.CaptureMouse.
8671         """
8672         return _core_.Window_ReleaseMouse(*args, **kwargs)
8673
8674     def GetCapture(*args, **kwargs):
8675         """
8676         GetCapture() -> Window
8677
8678         Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None
8679         """
8680         return _core_.Window_GetCapture(*args, **kwargs)
8681
8682     GetCapture = staticmethod(GetCapture)
8683     def HasCapture(*args, **kwargs):
8684         """
8685         HasCapture(self) -> bool
8686
8687         Returns true if this window has the current mouse capture.
8688         """
8689         return _core_.Window_HasCapture(*args, **kwargs)
8690
8691     def Refresh(*args, **kwargs):
8692         """
8693         Refresh(self, bool eraseBackground=True, Rect rect=None)
8694
8695         Mark the specified rectangle (or the whole window) as "dirty" so it
8696         will be repainted.  Causes an EVT_PAINT event to be generated and sent
8697         to the window.
8698         """
8699         return _core_.Window_Refresh(*args, **kwargs)
8700
8701     def RefreshRect(*args, **kwargs):
8702         """
8703         RefreshRect(self, Rect rect, bool eraseBackground=True)
8704
8705         Redraws the contents of the given rectangle: the area inside it will
8706         be repainted.  This is the same as Refresh but has a nicer syntax.
8707         """
8708         return _core_.Window_RefreshRect(*args, **kwargs)
8709
8710     def Update(*args, **kwargs):
8711         """
8712         Update(self)
8713
8714         Calling this method immediately repaints the invalidated area of the
8715         window instead of waiting for the EVT_PAINT event to happen, (normally
8716         this would usually only happen when the flow of control returns to the
8717         event loop.)  Notice that this function doesn't refresh the window and
8718         does nothing if the window has been already repainted.  Use Refresh
8719         first if you want to immediately redraw the window (or some portion of
8720         it) unconditionally.
8721         """
8722         return _core_.Window_Update(*args, **kwargs)
8723
8724     def ClearBackground(*args, **kwargs):
8725         """
8726         ClearBackground(self)
8727
8728         Clears the window by filling it with the current background
8729         colour. Does not cause an erase background event to be generated.
8730         """
8731         return _core_.Window_ClearBackground(*args, **kwargs)
8732
8733     def Freeze(*args, **kwargs):
8734         """
8735         Freeze(self)
8736
8737         Freezes the window or, in other words, prevents any updates from
8738         taking place on screen, the window is not redrawn at all. Thaw must be
8739         called to reenable window redrawing.  Calls to Freeze/Thaw may be
8740         nested, with the actual Thaw being delayed until all the nesting has
8741         been undone.
8742
8743         This method is useful for visual appearance optimization (for example,
8744         it is a good idea to use it before inserting large amount of text into
8745         a wxTextCtrl under wxGTK) but is not implemented on all platforms nor
8746         for all controls so it is mostly just a hint to wxWindows and not a
8747         mandatory directive.
8748         """
8749         return _core_.Window_Freeze(*args, **kwargs)
8750
8751     def Thaw(*args, **kwargs):
8752         """
8753         Thaw(self)
8754
8755         Reenables window updating after a previous call to Freeze.  Calls to
8756         Freeze/Thaw may be nested, so Thaw must be called the same number of
8757         times that Freeze was before the window will be updated.
8758         """
8759         return _core_.Window_Thaw(*args, **kwargs)
8760
8761     def PrepareDC(*args, **kwargs):
8762         """
8763         PrepareDC(self, DC dc)
8764
8765         Call this function to prepare the device context for drawing a
8766         scrolled image. It sets the device origin according to the current
8767         scroll position.
8768         """
8769         return _core_.Window_PrepareDC(*args, **kwargs)
8770
8771     def GetUpdateRegion(*args, **kwargs):
8772         """
8773         GetUpdateRegion(self) -> Region
8774
8775         Returns the region specifying which parts of the window have been
8776         damaged. Should only be called within an EVT_PAINT handler.
8777         """
8778         return _core_.Window_GetUpdateRegion(*args, **kwargs)
8779
8780     def GetUpdateClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
8781         """
8782         GetUpdateClientRect(self) -> Rect
8783
8784         Get the update rectangle region bounding box in client coords.
8785         """
8786         return _core_.Window_GetUpdateClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
8787
8788     def IsExposed(*args, **kwargs):
8789         """
8790         IsExposed(self, int x, int y, int w=1, int h=1) -> bool
8791
8792         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
8793         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
8794         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
8795         exposed.
8796         """
8797         return _core_.Window_IsExposed(*args, **kwargs)
8798
8799     def IsExposedPoint(*args, **kwargs):
8800         """
8801         IsExposedPoint(self, Point pt) -> bool
8802
8803         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
8804         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
8805         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
8806         exposed.
8807         """
8808         return _core_.Window_IsExposedPoint(*args, **kwargs)
8809
8810     def IsExposedRect(*args, **kwargs):
8811         """
8812         IsExposedRect(self, Rect rect) -> bool
8813
8814         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
8815         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
8816         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
8817         exposed.
8818         """
8819         return _core_.Window_IsExposedRect(*args, **kwargs)
8820
8821     def GetDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
8822         """
8823         GetDefaultAttributes(self) -> VisualAttributes
8824
8825         Get the default attributes for an instance of this class.  This is
8826         useful if you want to use the same font or colour in your own control
8827         as in a standard control -- which is a much better idea than hard
8828         coding specific colours or fonts which might look completely out of
8829         place on the user's system, especially if it uses themes.
8830         """
8831         return _core_.Window_GetDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
8832
8833     def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
8834         """
8835         GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
8836
8837         Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
8838         to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
8839         control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
8840         colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
8841         user's system, especially if it uses themes.
8842
8843         The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
8844         ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
8845         the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
8846         this.
8847         """
8848         return _core_.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
8849
8850     GetClassDefaultAttributes = staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes)
8851     def SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8852         """
8853         SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool
8854
8855         Sets the background colour of the window.  Returns True if the colour
8856         was changed.  The background colour is usually painted by the default
8857         EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event handler function under Windows and
8858         automatically under GTK.  Using `wx.NullColour` will reset the window
8859         to the default background colour.
8860
8861         Note that setting the background colour may not cause an immediate
8862         refresh, so you may wish to call `ClearBackground` or `Refresh` after
8863         calling this function.
8864
8865         Using this function will disable attempts to use themes for this
8866         window, if the system supports them.  Use with care since usually the
8867         themes represent the appearance chosen by the user to be used for all
8868         applications on the system.
8869         """
8870         return _core_.Window_SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8871
8872     def SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8873         """SetOwnBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour)"""
8874         return _core_.Window_SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8875
8876     def SetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8877         """
8878         SetForegroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool
8879
8880         Sets the foreground colour of the window.  Returns True is the colour
8881         was changed.  The interpretation of foreground colour is dependent on
8882         the window class; it may be the text colour or other colour, or it may
8883         not be used at all.
8884         """
8885         return _core_.Window_SetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8886
8887     def SetOwnForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8888         """SetOwnForegroundColour(self, Colour colour)"""
8889         return _core_.Window_SetOwnForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8890
8891     def GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8892         """
8893         GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour
8894
8895         Returns the background colour of the window.
8896         """
8897         return _core_.Window_GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8898
8899     def GetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8900         """
8901         GetForegroundColour(self) -> Colour
8902
8903         Returns the foreground colour of the window.  The interpretation of
8904         foreground colour is dependent on the window class; it may be the text
8905         colour or other colour, or it may not be used at all.
8906         """
8907         return _core_.Window_GetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8908
8909     def InheritsBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8910         """InheritsBackgroundColour(self) -> bool"""
8911         return _core_.Window_InheritsBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8912
8913     def UseBgCol(*args, **kwargs):
8914         """UseBgCol(self) -> bool"""
8915         return _core_.Window_UseBgCol(*args, **kwargs)
8916
8917     def SetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8918         """
8919         SetBackgroundStyle(self, int style) -> bool
8920
8921         Returns the background style of the window. The background style
8922         indicates how the background of the window is drawn.
8923
8924             ======================  ========================================
8925             wx.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM      The background colour or pattern should
8926                                     be determined by the system
8927             wx.BG_STYLE_COLOUR      The background should be a solid colour
8928             wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM      The background will be implemented by the
8929                                     application.
8930             ======================  ========================================
8931
8932         On GTK+, use of wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM allows the flicker-free drawing of
8933         a custom background, such as a tiled bitmap. Currently the style has
8934         no effect on other platforms.
8935
8936         :see: `GetBackgroundStyle`, `SetBackgroundColour`
8937         """
8938         return _core_.Window_SetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8939
8940     def GetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8941         """
8942         GetBackgroundStyle(self) -> int
8943
8944         Returns the background style of the window.
8945
8946         :see: `SetBackgroundStyle`
8947         """
8948         return _core_.Window_GetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8949
8950     def HasTransparentBackground(*args, **kwargs):
8951         """
8952         HasTransparentBackground(self) -> bool
8953
8954         Returns True if this window's background is transparent (as, for
8955         example, for `wx.StaticText`) and should show the parent window's
8956         background.
8957
8958         This method is mostly used internally by the library itself and you
8959         normally shouldn't have to call it. You may, however, have to override
8960         it in your custom control classes to ensure that background is painted
8961         correctly.
8962         """
8963         return _core_.Window_HasTransparentBackground(*args, **kwargs)
8964
8965     def SetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
8966         """
8967         SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor) -> bool
8968
8969         Sets the window's cursor. Notice that the window cursor also sets it
8970         for the children of the window implicitly.
8971
8972         The cursor may be wx.NullCursor in which case the window cursor will
8973         be reset back to default.
8974         """
8975         return _core_.Window_SetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
8976
8977     def GetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
8978         """
8979         GetCursor(self) -> Cursor
8980
8981         Return the cursor associated with this window.
8982         """
8983         return _core_.Window_GetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
8984
8985     def SetFont(*args, **kwargs):
8986         """
8987         SetFont(self, Font font) -> bool
8988
8989         Sets the font for this window.
8990         """
8991         return _core_.Window_SetFont(*args, **kwargs)
8992
8993     def SetOwnFont(*args, **kwargs):
8994         """SetOwnFont(self, Font font)"""
8995         return _core_.Window_SetOwnFont(*args, **kwargs)
8996
8997     def GetFont(*args, **kwargs):
8998         """
8999         GetFont(self) -> Font
9000
9001         Returns the default font used for this window.
9002         """
9003         return _core_.Window_GetFont(*args, **kwargs)
9004
9005     def SetCaret(*args, **kwargs):
9006         """
9007         SetCaret(self, Caret caret)
9008
9009         Sets the caret associated with the window.
9010         """
9011         return _core_.Window_SetCaret(*args, **kwargs)
9012
9013     def GetCaret(*args, **kwargs):
9014         """
9015         GetCaret(self) -> Caret
9016
9017         Returns the caret associated with the window.
9018         """
9019         return _core_.Window_GetCaret(*args, **kwargs)
9020
9021     def GetCharHeight(*args, **kwargs):
9022         """
9023         GetCharHeight(self) -> int
9024
9025         Get the (average) character size for the current font.
9026         """
9027         return _core_.Window_GetCharHeight(*args, **kwargs)
9028
9029     def GetCharWidth(*args, **kwargs):
9030         """
9031         GetCharWidth(self) -> int
9032
9033         Get the (average) character size for the current font.
9034         """
9035         return _core_.Window_GetCharWidth(*args, **kwargs)
9036
9037     def GetTextExtent(*args, **kwargs):
9038         """
9039         GetTextExtent(String string) -> (width, height)
9040
9041         Get the width and height of the text using the current font.
9042         """
9043         return _core_.Window_GetTextExtent(*args, **kwargs)
9044
9045     def GetFullTextExtent(*args, **kwargs):
9046         """
9047         GetFullTextExtent(String string, Font font=None) ->
9048            (width, height, descent, externalLeading)
9049
9050         Get the width, height, decent and leading of the text using the
9051         current or specified font.
9052         """
9053         return _core_.Window_GetFullTextExtent(*args, **kwargs)
9054
9055     def ClientToScreenXY(*args, **kwargs):
9056         """
9057         ClientToScreenXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y)
9058
9059         Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.
9060         """
9061         return _core_.Window_ClientToScreenXY(*args, **kwargs)
9062
9063     def ScreenToClientXY(*args, **kwargs):
9064         """
9065         ScreenToClientXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y)
9066
9067         Converts from screen to client window coordinates.
9068         """
9069         return _core_.Window_ScreenToClientXY(*args, **kwargs)
9070
9071     def ClientToScreen(*args, **kwargs):
9072         """
9073         ClientToScreen(self, Point pt) -> Point
9074
9075         Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.
9076         """
9077         return _core_.Window_ClientToScreen(*args, **kwargs)
9078
9079     def ScreenToClient(*args, **kwargs):
9080         """
9081         ScreenToClient(self, Point pt) -> Point
9082
9083         Converts from screen to client window coordinates.
9084         """
9085         return _core_.Window_ScreenToClient(*args, **kwargs)
9086
9087     def HitTestXY(*args, **kwargs):
9088         """
9089         HitTestXY(self, int x, int y) -> int
9090
9091         Test where the given (in client coords) point lies
9092         """
9093         return _core_.Window_HitTestXY(*args, **kwargs)
9094
9095     def HitTest(*args, **kwargs):
9096         """
9097         HitTest(self, Point pt) -> int
9098
9099         Test where the given (in client coords) point lies
9100         """
9101         return _core_.Window_HitTest(*args, **kwargs)
9102
9103     def GetBorder(*args):
9104         """
9105         GetBorder(self, long flags) -> int
9106         GetBorder(self) -> int
9107
9108         Get border for the flags of this window
9109         """
9110         return _core_.Window_GetBorder(*args)
9111
9112     def UpdateWindowUI(*args, **kwargs):
9113         """
9114         UpdateWindowUI(self, long flags=UPDATE_UI_NONE)
9115
9116         This function sends EVT_UPDATE_UI events to the window. The particular
9117         implementation depends on the window; for example a wx.ToolBar will
9118         send an update UI event for each toolbar button, and a wx.Frame will
9119         send an update UI event for each menubar menu item. You can call this
9120         function from your application to ensure that your UI is up-to-date at
9121         a particular point in time (as far as your EVT_UPDATE_UI handlers are
9122         concerned). This may be necessary if you have called
9123         `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` or `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` to
9124         limit the overhead that wxWindows incurs by sending update UI events
9125         in idle time.
9126         """
9127         return _core_.Window_UpdateWindowUI(*args, **kwargs)
9128
9129     def PopupMenuXY(*args, **kwargs):
9130         """
9131         PopupMenuXY(self, Menu menu, int x=-1, int y=-1) -> bool
9132
9133         Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,
9134         and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is
9135         selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as
9136         usual.  If the default position is given then the current position of the
9137         mouse cursor will be used.
9138         """
9139         return _core_.Window_PopupMenuXY(*args, **kwargs)
9140
9141     def PopupMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9142         """
9143         PopupMenu(self, Menu menu, Point pos=DefaultPosition) -> bool
9144
9145         Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,
9146         and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is
9147         selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as
9148         usual.  If the default position is given then the current position of the
9149         mouse cursor will be used.
9150         """
9151         return _core_.Window_PopupMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9152
9153     def HasMultiplePages(*args, **kwargs):
9154         """HasMultiplePages(self) -> bool"""
9155         return _core_.Window_HasMultiplePages(*args, **kwargs)
9156
9157     def GetHandle(*args, **kwargs):
9158         """
9159         GetHandle(self) -> long
9160
9161         Returns the platform-specific handle (as a long integer) of the
9162         physical window.  Currently on wxMac it returns the handle of the
9163         toplevel parent of the window.
9164         """
9165         return _core_.Window_GetHandle(*args, **kwargs)
9166
9167     def AssociateHandle(*args, **kwargs):
9168         """
9169         AssociateHandle(self, long handle)
9170
9171         Associate the window with a new native handle
9172         """
9173         return _core_.Window_AssociateHandle(*args, **kwargs)
9174
9175     def DissociateHandle(*args, **kwargs):
9176         """
9177         DissociateHandle(self)
9178
9179         Dissociate the current native handle from the window
9180         """
9181         return _core_.Window_DissociateHandle(*args, **kwargs)
9182
9183     def HasScrollbar(*args, **kwargs):
9184         """
9185         HasScrollbar(self, int orient) -> bool
9186
9187         Does the window have the scrollbar for this orientation?
9188         """
9189         return _core_.Window_HasScrollbar(*args, **kwargs)
9190
9191     def SetScrollbar(*args, **kwargs):
9192         """
9193         SetScrollbar(self, int orientation, int position, int thumbSize, int range,
9194             bool refresh=True)
9195
9196         Sets the scrollbar properties of a built-in scrollbar.
9197         """
9198         return _core_.Window_SetScrollbar(*args, **kwargs)
9199
9200     def SetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs):
9201         """
9202         SetScrollPos(self, int orientation, int pos, bool refresh=True)
9203
9204         Sets the position of one of the built-in scrollbars.
9205         """
9206         return _core_.Window_SetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs)
9207
9208     def GetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs):
9209         """
9210         GetScrollPos(self, int orientation) -> int
9211
9212         Returns the built-in scrollbar position.
9213         """
9214         return _core_.Window_GetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs)
9215
9216     def GetScrollThumb(*args, **kwargs):
9217         """
9218         GetScrollThumb(self, int orientation) -> int
9219
9220         Returns the built-in scrollbar thumb size.
9221         """
9222         return _core_.Window_GetScrollThumb(*args, **kwargs)
9223
9224     def GetScrollRange(*args, **kwargs):
9225         """
9226         GetScrollRange(self, int orientation) -> int
9227
9228         Returns the built-in scrollbar range.
9229         """
9230         return _core_.Window_GetScrollRange(*args, **kwargs)
9231
9232     def ScrollWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9233         """
9234         ScrollWindow(self, int dx, int dy, Rect rect=None)
9235
9236         Physically scrolls the pixels in the window and move child windows
9237         accordingly.  Use this function to optimise your scrolling
9238         implementations, to minimise the area that must be redrawn. Note that
9239         it is rarely required to call this function from a user program.
9240         """
9241         return _core_.Window_ScrollWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9242
9243     def ScrollLines(*args, **kwargs):
9244         """
9245         ScrollLines(self, int lines) -> bool
9246
9247         If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by
9248         the given number of lines down, if lines is positive, or up if lines
9249         is negative.  Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was
9250         already on top/bottom and nothing was done.
9251         """
9252         return _core_.Window_ScrollLines(*args, **kwargs)
9253
9254     def ScrollPages(*args, **kwargs):
9255         """
9256         ScrollPages(self, int pages) -> bool
9257
9258         If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by
9259         the given number of pages down, if pages is positive, or up if pages
9260         is negative.  Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was
9261         already on top/bottom and nothing was done.
9262         """
9263         return _core_.Window_ScrollPages(*args, **kwargs)
9264
9265     def LineUp(*args, **kwargs):
9266         """
9267         LineUp(self) -> bool
9268
9269         This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(-1).
9270         """
9271         return _core_.Window_LineUp(*args, **kwargs)
9272
9273     def LineDown(*args, **kwargs):
9274         """
9275         LineDown(self) -> bool
9276
9277         This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(1).
9278         """
9279         return _core_.Window_LineDown(*args, **kwargs)
9280
9281     def PageUp(*args, **kwargs):
9282         """
9283         PageUp(self) -> bool
9284
9285         This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(-1).
9286         """
9287         return _core_.Window_PageUp(*args, **kwargs)
9288
9289     def PageDown(*args, **kwargs):
9290         """
9291         PageDown(self) -> bool
9292
9293         This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(1).
9294         """
9295         return _core_.Window_PageDown(*args, **kwargs)
9296
9297     def SetHelpText(*args, **kwargs):
9298         """
9299         SetHelpText(self, String text)
9300
9301         Sets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this
9302         window.  Note that the text is actually stored by the current
9303         `wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.
9304         """
9305         return _core_.Window_SetHelpText(*args, **kwargs)
9306
9307     def SetHelpTextForId(*args, **kwargs):
9308         """
9309         SetHelpTextForId(self, String text)
9310
9311         Associate this help text with all windows with the same id as this
9312         one.
9313         """
9314         return _core_.Window_SetHelpTextForId(*args, **kwargs)
9315
9316     def GetHelpTextAtPoint(*args, **kwargs):
9317         """
9318         GetHelpTextAtPoint(self, Point pt, wxHelpEvent::Origin origin) -> String
9319
9320         Get the help string associated with the given position in this window.
9321
9322         Notice that pt may be invalid if event origin is keyboard or unknown
9323         and this method should return the global window help text then
9324
9325         """
9326         return _core_.Window_GetHelpTextAtPoint(*args, **kwargs)
9327
9328     def GetHelpText(*args, **kwargs):
9329         """
9330         GetHelpText(self) -> String
9331
9332         Gets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this
9333         window.  Note that the text is actually stored by the current
9334         `wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.
9335         """
9336         return _core_.Window_GetHelpText(*args, **kwargs)
9337
9338     def SetToolTipString(*args, **kwargs):
9339         """
9340         SetToolTipString(self, String tip)
9341
9342         Attach a tooltip to the window.
9343         """
9344         return _core_.Window_SetToolTipString(*args, **kwargs)
9345
9346     def SetToolTip(*args, **kwargs):
9347         """
9348         SetToolTip(self, ToolTip tip)
9349
9350         Attach a tooltip to the window.
9351         """
9352         return _core_.Window_SetToolTip(*args, **kwargs)
9353
9354     def GetToolTip(*args, **kwargs):
9355         """
9356         GetToolTip(self) -> ToolTip
9357
9358         get the associated tooltip or None if none
9359         """
9360         return _core_.Window_GetToolTip(*args, **kwargs)
9361
9362     def SetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs):
9363         """
9364         SetDropTarget(self, DropTarget dropTarget)
9365
9366         Associates a drop target with this window.  If the window already has
9367         a drop target, it is deleted.
9368         """
9369         return _core_.Window_SetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs)
9370
9371     def GetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs):
9372         """
9373         GetDropTarget(self) -> DropTarget
9374
9375         Returns the associated drop target, which may be None.
9376         """
9377         return _core_.Window_GetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs)
9378
9379     def DragAcceptFiles(*args, **kwargs):
9380         """
9381         DragAcceptFiles(self, bool accept)
9382
9383         Enables or disables eligibility for drop file events, EVT_DROP_FILES.
9384         Only functional on Windows.
9385         """
9386         return _core_.Window_DragAcceptFiles(*args, **kwargs)
9387
9388     def SetConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
9389         """
9390         SetConstraints(self, LayoutConstraints constraints)
9391
9392         Sets the window to have the given layout constraints. If an existing
9393         layout constraints object is already owned by the window, it will be
9394         deleted.  Pass None to disassociate and delete the window's current
9395         constraints.
9396
9397         You must call SetAutoLayout to tell a window to use the constraints
9398         automatically in its default EVT_SIZE handler; otherwise, you must
9399         handle EVT_SIZE yourself and call Layout() explicitly. When setting
9400         both a wx.LayoutConstraints and a wx.Sizer, only the sizer will have
9401         effect.
9402         """
9403         return _core_.Window_SetConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
9404
9405     def GetConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
9406         """
9407         GetConstraints(self) -> LayoutConstraints
9408
9409         Returns a pointer to the window's layout constraints, or None if there
9410         are none.
9411         """
9412         return _core_.Window_GetConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
9413
9414     def SetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs):
9415         """
9416         SetAutoLayout(self, bool autoLayout)
9417
9418         Determines whether the Layout function will be called automatically
9419         when the window is resized.  lease note that this only happens for the
9420         windows usually used to contain children, namely `wx.Panel` and
9421         `wx.TopLevelWindow` (and the classes deriving from them).
9422
9423         This method is called implicitly by `SetSizer` but if you use
9424         `SetConstraints` you should call it manually or otherwise the window
9425         layout won't be correctly updated when its size changes.
9426         """
9427         return _core_.Window_SetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs)
9428
9429     def GetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs):
9430         """
9431         GetAutoLayout(self) -> bool
9432
9433         Returns the current autoLayout setting
9434         """
9435         return _core_.Window_GetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs)
9436
9437     def Layout(*args, **kwargs):
9438         """
9439         Layout(self) -> bool
9440
9441         Invokes the constraint-based layout algorithm or the sizer-based
9442         algorithm for this window.  See SetAutoLayout: when auto layout is on,
9443         this function gets called automatically by the default EVT_SIZE
9444         handler when the window is resized.
9445         """
9446         return _core_.Window_Layout(*args, **kwargs)
9447
9448     def SetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9449         """
9450         SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)
9451
9452         Sets the window to have the given layout sizer. The window will then
9453         own the object, and will take care of its deletion. If an existing
9454         layout sizer object is already owned by the window, it will be deleted
9455         if the deleteOld parameter is true. Note that this function will also
9456         call SetAutoLayout implicitly with a True parameter if the sizer is
9457         non-None, and False otherwise.
9458         """
9459         return _core_.Window_SetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9460
9461     def SetSizerAndFit(*args, **kwargs):
9462         """
9463         SetSizerAndFit(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)
9464
9465         The same as SetSizer, except it also sets the size hints for the
9466         window based on the sizer's minimum size.
9467         """
9468         return _core_.Window_SetSizerAndFit(*args, **kwargs)
9469
9470     def GetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9471         """
9472         GetSizer(self) -> Sizer
9473
9474         Return the sizer associated with the window by a previous call to
9475         SetSizer or None if there isn't one.
9476         """
9477         return _core_.Window_GetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9478
9479     def SetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9480         """
9481         SetContainingSizer(self, Sizer sizer)
9482
9483         This normally does not need to be called by application code. It is
9484         called internally when a window is added to a sizer, and is used so
9485         the window can remove itself from the sizer when it is destroyed.
9486         """
9487         return _core_.Window_SetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9488
9489     def GetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9490         """
9491         GetContainingSizer(self) -> Sizer
9492
9493         Return the sizer that this window is a member of, if any, otherwise None.
9494         """
9495         return _core_.Window_GetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9496
9497     def InheritAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
9498         """
9499         InheritAttributes(self)
9500
9501         This function is (or should be, in case of custom controls) called
9502         during window creation to intelligently set up the window visual
9503         attributes, that is the font and the foreground and background
9504         colours.
9505
9506         By 'intelligently' the following is meant: by default, all windows use
9507         their own default attributes. However if some of the parent's
9508         attributes are explicitly changed (that is, using SetFont and not
9509         SetOwnFont) and if the corresponding attribute hadn't been
9510         explicitly set for this window itself, then this window takes the same
9511         value as used by the parent. In addition, if the window overrides
9512         ShouldInheritColours to return false, the colours will not be changed
9513         no matter what and only the font might.
9514
9515         This rather complicated logic is necessary in order to accommodate the
9516         different usage scenarios. The most common one is when all default
9517         attributes are used and in this case, nothing should be inherited as
9518         in modern GUIs different controls use different fonts (and colours)
9519         than their siblings so they can't inherit the same value from the
9520         parent. However it was also deemed desirable to allow to simply change
9521         the attributes of all children at once by just changing the font or
9522         colour of their common parent, hence in this case we do inherit the
9523         parents attributes.
9524
9525         """
9526         return _core_.Window_InheritAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
9527
9528     def ShouldInheritColours(*args, **kwargs):
9529         """
9530         ShouldInheritColours(self) -> bool
9531
9532         Return true from here to allow the colours of this window to be
9533         changed by InheritAttributes, returning false forbids inheriting them
9534         from the parent window.
9535
9536         The base class version returns false, but this method is overridden in
9537         wxControl where it returns true.
9538         """
9539         return _core_.Window_ShouldInheritColours(*args, **kwargs)
9540
9541     def PostCreate(self, pre):
9542         """
9543         Phase 3 of the 2-phase create <wink!>
9544         Call this method after precreating the window with the 2-phase create method.
9545         """
9546         self.this = pre.this
9547         self.thisown = pre.thisown
9548         pre.thisown = 0
9549         if hasattr(self, '_setOORInfo'):
9550             self._setOORInfo(self)
9551         if hasattr(self, '_setCallbackInfo'):
9552             self._setCallbackInfo(self, self.__class__)
9553
9554     def SendSizeEvent(self):
9555         self.GetEventHandler().ProcessEvent(wx.SizeEvent((-1,-1)))
9556
9557 _core_.Window_swigregister(Window)
9558
9559 def PreWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9560     """
9561     PreWindow() -> Window
9562
9563     Precreate a Window for 2-phase creation.
9564     """
9565     val = _core_.new_PreWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9566     return val
9567
9568 def Window_NewControlId(*args):
9569   """
9570     Window_NewControlId() -> int
9571
9572     Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.
9573     """
9574   return _core_.Window_NewControlId(*args)
9575
9576 def Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs):
9577   """
9578     Window_NextControlId(int winid) -> int
9579
9580     Get the id of the control following the one with the given
9581     autogenerated) id
9582     """
9583   return _core_.Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs)
9584
9585 def Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs):
9586   """
9587     Window_PrevControlId(int winid) -> int
9588
9589     Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given
9590     autogenerated) id
9591     """
9592   return _core_.Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs)
9593
9594 def Window_FindFocus(*args):
9595   """
9596     Window_FindFocus() -> Window
9597
9598     Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,
9599     or None.
9600     """
9601   return _core_.Window_FindFocus(*args)
9602
9603 def Window_GetCapture(*args):
9604   """
9605     Window_GetCapture() -> Window
9606
9607     Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None
9608     """
9609   return _core_.Window_GetCapture(*args)
9610
9611 def Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
9612   """
9613     Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
9614
9615     Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
9616     to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
9617     control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
9618     colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
9619     user's system, especially if it uses themes.
9620
9621     The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
9622     ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
9623     the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
9624     this.
9625     """
9626   return _core_.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
9627
9628 def DLG_PNT(win, point_or_x, y=None):
9629     """
9630     Convenience function for converting a Point or (x,y) in
9631     dialog units to pixel units.
9632     """
9633     if y is None:
9634         return win.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(point_or_x)
9635     else:
9636         return win.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(wx.Point(point_or_x, y))
9637
9638 def DLG_SZE(win, size_width, height=None):
9639     """
9640     Convenience function for converting a Size or (w,h) in
9641     dialog units to pixel units.
9642     """
9643     if height is None:
9644         return win.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(size_width)
9645     else:
9646         return win.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(wx.Size(size_width, height))
9647
9648
9649 def FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs):
9650   """
9651     FindWindowById(long id, Window parent=None) -> Window
9652
9653     Find the first window in the application with the given id. If parent
9654     is None, the search will start from all top-level frames and dialog
9655     boxes; if non-None, the search will be limited to the given window
9656     hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases.
9657     """
9658   return _core_.FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs)
9659
9660 def FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs):
9661   """
9662     FindWindowByName(String name, Window parent=None) -> Window
9663
9664     Find a window by its name (as given in a window constructor or Create
9665     function call). If parent is None, the search will start from all
9666     top-level frames and dialog boxes; if non-None, the search will be
9667     limited to the given window hierarchy. The search is recursive in both
9668     cases.
9669
9670     If no window with such name is found, wx.FindWindowByLabel is called.
9671     """
9672   return _core_.FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs)
9673
9674 def FindWindowByLabel(*args, **kwargs):
9675   """
9676     FindWindowByLabel(String label, Window parent=None) -> Window
9677
9678     Find a window by its label. Depending on the type of window, the label
9679     may be a window title or panel item label. If parent is None, the
9680     search will start from all top-level frames and dialog boxes; if
9681     non-None, the search will be limited to the given window
9682     hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases.
9683     """
9684   return _core_.FindWindowByLabel(*args, **kwargs)
9685
9686 def Window_FromHWND(*args, **kwargs):
9687   """Window_FromHWND(Window parent, unsigned long _hWnd) -> Window"""
9688   return _core_.Window_FromHWND(*args, **kwargs)
9689
9690 def GetTopLevelWindows(*args):
9691   """
9692     GetTopLevelWindows() -> PyObject
9693
9694     Returns a list of the the application's top-level windows, (frames,
9695     dialogs, etc.)  NOTE: Currently this is a copy of the list maintained
9696     by wxWidgets, and so it is only valid as long as no top-level windows
9697     are closed or new top-level windows are created.
9698
9699     """
9700   return _core_.GetTopLevelWindows(*args)
9701 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
9702
9703 class Validator(EvtHandler):
9704     """Proxy of C++ Validator class"""
9705     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
9706     __repr__ = _swig_repr
9707     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
9708         """__init__(self) -> Validator"""
9709         _core_.Validator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Validator(*args, **kwargs))
9710         self._setOORInfo(self)
9711
9712     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
9713         """Clone(self) -> Validator"""
9714         return _core_.Validator_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
9715
9716     def Validate(*args, **kwargs):
9717         """Validate(self, Window parent) -> bool"""
9718         return _core_.Validator_Validate(*args, **kwargs)
9719
9720     def TransferToWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9721         """TransferToWindow(self) -> bool"""
9722         return _core_.Validator_TransferToWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9723
9724     def TransferFromWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9725         """TransferFromWindow(self) -> bool"""
9726         return _core_.Validator_TransferFromWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9727
9728     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9729         """GetWindow(self) -> Window"""
9730         return _core_.Validator_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9731
9732     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9733         """SetWindow(self, Window window)"""
9734         return _core_.Validator_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9735
9736     def IsSilent(*args, **kwargs):
9737         """IsSilent() -> bool"""
9738         return _core_.Validator_IsSilent(*args, **kwargs)
9739
9740     IsSilent = staticmethod(IsSilent)
9741     def SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs):
9742         """SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)"""
9743         return _core_.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs)
9744
9745     SetBellOnError = staticmethod(SetBellOnError)
9746 _core_.Validator_swigregister(Validator)
9747
9748 def Validator_IsSilent(*args):
9749   """Validator_IsSilent() -> bool"""
9750   return _core_.Validator_IsSilent(*args)
9751
9752 def Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs):
9753   """Validator_SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)"""
9754   return _core_.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs)
9755
9756 class PyValidator(Validator):
9757     """Proxy of C++ PyValidator class"""
9758     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
9759     __repr__ = _swig_repr
9760     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
9761         """__init__(self) -> PyValidator"""
9762         _core_.PyValidator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyValidator(*args, **kwargs))
9763
9764         self._setCallbackInfo(self, PyValidator, 1)
9765         self._setOORInfo(self)
9766
9767     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
9768         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, int incref=True)"""
9769         return _core_.PyValidator__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
9770
9771 _core_.PyValidator_swigregister(PyValidator)
9772
9773 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
9774
9775 class Menu(EvtHandler):
9776     """Proxy of C++ Menu class"""
9777     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
9778     __repr__ = _swig_repr
9779     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
9780         """__init__(self, String title=EmptyString, long style=0) -> Menu"""
9781         _core_.Menu_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Menu(*args, **kwargs))
9782         self._setOORInfo(self)
9783
9784     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
9785         """Append(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem"""
9786         return _core_.Menu_Append(*args, **kwargs)
9787
9788     def AppendSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
9789         """AppendSeparator(self) -> MenuItem"""
9790         return _core_.Menu_AppendSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
9791
9792     def AppendCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
9793         """AppendCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9794         return _core_.Menu_AppendCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
9795
9796     def AppendRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
9797         """AppendRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9798         return _core_.Menu_AppendRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
9799
9800     def AppendMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9801         """AppendMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9802         return _core_.Menu_AppendMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9803
9804     def AppendSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9805         """AppendSubMenu(self, Menu submenu, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9806         return _core_.Menu_AppendSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9807
9808     def AppendItem(*args, **kwargs):
9809         """AppendItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
9810         return _core_.Menu_AppendItem(*args, **kwargs)
9811
9812     def InsertItem(*args, **kwargs):
9813         """InsertItem(self, size_t pos, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
9814         return _core_.Menu_InsertItem(*args, **kwargs)
9815
9816     def PrependItem(*args, **kwargs):
9817         """PrependItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
9818         return _core_.Menu_PrependItem(*args, **kwargs)
9819
9820     def Break(*args, **kwargs):
9821         """Break(self)"""
9822         return _core_.Menu_Break(*args, **kwargs)
9823
9824     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
9825         """
9826         Insert(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString,
9827             int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem
9828         """
9829         return _core_.Menu_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
9830
9831     def InsertSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
9832         """InsertSeparator(self, size_t pos) -> MenuItem"""
9833         return _core_.Menu_InsertSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
9834
9835     def InsertCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
9836         """InsertCheckItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9837         return _core_.Menu_InsertCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
9838
9839     def InsertRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
9840         """InsertRadioItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9841         return _core_.Menu_InsertRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
9842
9843     def InsertMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9844         """InsertMenu(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9845         return _core_.Menu_InsertMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9846
9847     def Prepend(*args, **kwargs):
9848         """Prepend(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem"""
9849         return _core_.Menu_Prepend(*args, **kwargs)
9850
9851     def PrependSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
9852         """PrependSeparator(self) -> MenuItem"""
9853         return _core_.Menu_PrependSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
9854
9855     def PrependCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
9856         """PrependCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9857         return _core_.Menu_PrependCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
9858
9859     def PrependRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
9860         """PrependRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9861         return _core_.Menu_PrependRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
9862
9863     def PrependMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9864         """PrependMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9865         return _core_.Menu_PrependMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9866
9867     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
9868         """Remove(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
9869         return _core_.Menu_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
9870
9871     def RemoveItem(*args, **kwargs):
9872         """RemoveItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
9873         return _core_.Menu_RemoveItem(*args, **kwargs)
9874
9875     def Delete(*args, **kwargs):
9876         """Delete(self, int id) -> bool"""
9877         return _core_.Menu_Delete(*args, **kwargs)
9878
9879     def DeleteItem(*args, **kwargs):
9880         """DeleteItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool"""
9881         return _core_.Menu_DeleteItem(*args, **kwargs)
9882
9883     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
9884         """
9885         Destroy(self)
9886
9887         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
9888         """
9889         val = _core_.Menu_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
9890         args[0].thisown = 0
9891         return val
9892
9893     def DestroyId(*args, **kwargs):
9894         """
9895         DestroyId(self, int id) -> bool
9896
9897         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
9898         """
9899         val = _core_.Menu_DestroyId(*args, **kwargs)
9900         args[0].thisown = 0
9901         return val
9902
9903     def DestroyItem(*args, **kwargs):
9904         """
9905         DestroyItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool
9906
9907         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
9908         """
9909         val = _core_.Menu_DestroyItem(*args, **kwargs)
9910         args[0].thisown = 0
9911         return val
9912
9913     def GetMenuItemCount(*args, **kwargs):
9914         """GetMenuItemCount(self) -> size_t"""
9915         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuItemCount(*args, **kwargs)
9916
9917     def GetMenuItems(*args, **kwargs):
9918         """GetMenuItems(self) -> PyObject"""
9919         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuItems(*args, **kwargs)
9920
9921     def FindItem(*args, **kwargs):
9922         """FindItem(self, String item) -> int"""
9923         return _core_.Menu_FindItem(*args, **kwargs)
9924
9925     def FindItemById(*args, **kwargs):
9926         """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
9927         return _core_.Menu_FindItemById(*args, **kwargs)
9928
9929     def FindItemByPosition(*args, **kwargs):
9930         """FindItemByPosition(self, size_t position) -> MenuItem"""
9931         return _core_.Menu_FindItemByPosition(*args, **kwargs)
9932
9933     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
9934         """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)"""
9935         return _core_.Menu_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
9936
9937     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
9938         """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool"""
9939         return _core_.Menu_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
9940
9941     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
9942         """Check(self, int id, bool check)"""
9943         return _core_.Menu_Check(*args, **kwargs)
9944
9945     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
9946         """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool"""
9947         return _core_.Menu_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
9948
9949     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
9950         """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)"""
9951         return _core_.Menu_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
9952
9953     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
9954         """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String"""
9955         return _core_.Menu_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
9956
9957     def SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
9958         """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)"""
9959         return _core_.Menu_SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
9960
9961     def GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
9962         """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String"""
9963         return _core_.Menu_GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
9964
9965     def SetTitle(*args, **kwargs):
9966         """SetTitle(self, String title)"""
9967         return _core_.Menu_SetTitle(*args, **kwargs)
9968
9969     def GetTitle(*args, **kwargs):
9970         """GetTitle(self) -> String"""
9971         return _core_.Menu_GetTitle(*args, **kwargs)
9972
9973     def SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
9974         """SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
9975         return _core_.Menu_SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
9976
9977     def GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
9978         """GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
9979         return _core_.Menu_GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
9980
9981     def SetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9982         """SetInvokingWindow(self, Window win)"""
9983         return _core_.Menu_SetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9984
9985     def GetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9986         """GetInvokingWindow(self) -> Window"""
9987         return _core_.Menu_GetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9988
9989     def GetStyle(*args, **kwargs):
9990         """GetStyle(self) -> long"""
9991         return _core_.Menu_GetStyle(*args, **kwargs)
9992
9993     def UpdateUI(*args, **kwargs):
9994         """UpdateUI(self, EvtHandler source=None)"""
9995         return _core_.Menu_UpdateUI(*args, **kwargs)
9996
9997     def GetMenuBar(*args, **kwargs):
9998         """GetMenuBar(self) -> MenuBar"""
9999         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuBar(*args, **kwargs)
10000
10001     def Attach(*args, **kwargs):
10002         """Attach(self, wxMenuBarBase menubar)"""
10003         return _core_.Menu_Attach(*args, **kwargs)
10004
10005     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
10006         """Detach(self)"""
10007         return _core_.Menu_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
10008
10009     def IsAttached(*args, **kwargs):
10010         """IsAttached(self) -> bool"""
10011         return _core_.Menu_IsAttached(*args, **kwargs)
10012
10013     def SetParent(*args, **kwargs):
10014         """SetParent(self, Menu parent)"""
10015         return _core_.Menu_SetParent(*args, **kwargs)
10016
10017     def GetParent(*args, **kwargs):
10018         """GetParent(self) -> Menu"""
10019         return _core_.Menu_GetParent(*args, **kwargs)
10020
10021 _core_.Menu_swigregister(Menu)
10022 DefaultValidator = cvar.DefaultValidator
10023
10024 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10025
10026 class MenuBar(Window):
10027     """Proxy of C++ MenuBar class"""
10028     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10029     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10030     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10031         """__init__(self, long style=0) -> MenuBar"""
10032         _core_.MenuBar_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuBar(*args, **kwargs))
10033         self._setOORInfo(self)
10034
10035     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
10036         """Append(self, Menu menu, String title) -> bool"""
10037         return _core_.MenuBar_Append(*args, **kwargs)
10038
10039     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
10040         """Insert(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> bool"""
10041         return _core_.MenuBar_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
10042
10043     def GetMenuCount(*args, **kwargs):
10044         """GetMenuCount(self) -> size_t"""
10045         return _core_.MenuBar_GetMenuCount(*args, **kwargs)
10046
10047     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10048         """GetMenu(self, size_t pos) -> Menu"""
10049         return _core_.MenuBar_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10050
10051     def Replace(*args, **kwargs):
10052         """Replace(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> Menu"""
10053         return _core_.MenuBar_Replace(*args, **kwargs)
10054
10055     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
10056         """Remove(self, size_t pos) -> Menu"""
10057         return _core_.MenuBar_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
10058
10059     def EnableTop(*args, **kwargs):
10060         """EnableTop(self, size_t pos, bool enable)"""
10061         return _core_.MenuBar_EnableTop(*args, **kwargs)
10062
10063     def IsEnabledTop(*args, **kwargs):
10064         """IsEnabledTop(self, size_t pos) -> bool"""
10065         return _core_.MenuBar_IsEnabledTop(*args, **kwargs)
10066
10067     def SetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs):
10068         """SetLabelTop(self, size_t pos, String label)"""
10069         return _core_.MenuBar_SetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs)
10070
10071     def GetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs):
10072         """GetLabelTop(self, size_t pos) -> String"""
10073         return _core_.MenuBar_GetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs)
10074
10075     def FindMenuItem(*args, **kwargs):
10076         """FindMenuItem(self, String menu, String item) -> int"""
10077         return _core_.MenuBar_FindMenuItem(*args, **kwargs)
10078
10079     def FindItemById(*args, **kwargs):
10080         """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
10081         return _core_.MenuBar_FindItemById(*args, **kwargs)
10082
10083     def FindMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10084         """FindMenu(self, String title) -> int"""
10085         return _core_.MenuBar_FindMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10086
10087     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
10088         """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)"""
10089         return _core_.MenuBar_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
10090
10091     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
10092         """Check(self, int id, bool check)"""
10093         return _core_.MenuBar_Check(*args, **kwargs)
10094
10095     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
10096         """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool"""
10097         return _core_.MenuBar_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
10098
10099     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
10100         """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool"""
10101         return _core_.MenuBar_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
10102
10103     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10104         """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)"""
10105         return _core_.MenuBar_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10106
10107     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10108         """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String"""
10109         return _core_.MenuBar_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10110
10111     def SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10112         """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)"""
10113         return _core_.MenuBar_SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10114
10115     def GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10116         """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String"""
10117         return _core_.MenuBar_GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10118
10119     def GetFrame(*args, **kwargs):
10120         """GetFrame(self) -> wxFrame"""
10121         return _core_.MenuBar_GetFrame(*args, **kwargs)
10122
10123     def IsAttached(*args, **kwargs):
10124         """IsAttached(self) -> bool"""
10125         return _core_.MenuBar_IsAttached(*args, **kwargs)
10126
10127     def Attach(*args, **kwargs):
10128         """Attach(self, wxFrame frame)"""
10129         return _core_.MenuBar_Attach(*args, **kwargs)
10130
10131     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
10132         """Detach(self)"""
10133         return _core_.MenuBar_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
10134
10135     def SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10136         """SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)"""
10137         return _core_.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10138
10139     SetAutoWindowMenu = staticmethod(SetAutoWindowMenu)
10140     def GetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10141         """GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool"""
10142         return _core_.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10143
10144     GetAutoWindowMenu = staticmethod(GetAutoWindowMenu)
10145 _core_.MenuBar_swigregister(MenuBar)
10146
10147 def MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10148   """MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)"""
10149   return _core_.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10150
10151 def MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args):
10152   """MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool"""
10153   return _core_.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args)
10154
10155 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10156
10157 class MenuItem(Object):
10158     """Proxy of C++ MenuItem class"""
10159     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10160     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10161     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10162         """
10163         __init__(self, Menu parentMenu=None, int id=ID_ANY, String text=EmptyString,
10164             String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL,
10165             Menu subMenu=None) -> MenuItem
10166         """
10167         _core_.MenuItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuItem(*args, **kwargs))
10168     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_MenuItem
10169     __del__ = lambda self : None;
10170     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10171         """GetMenu(self) -> Menu"""
10172         return _core_.MenuItem_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10173
10174     def SetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10175         """SetMenu(self, Menu menu)"""
10176         return _core_.MenuItem_SetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10177
10178     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
10179         """SetId(self, int id)"""
10180         return _core_.MenuItem_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
10181
10182     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
10183         """GetId(self) -> int"""
10184         return _core_.MenuItem_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
10185
10186     def IsSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
10187         """IsSeparator(self) -> bool"""
10188         return _core_.MenuItem_IsSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
10189
10190     def SetText(*args, **kwargs):
10191         """SetText(self, String str)"""
10192         return _core_.MenuItem_SetText(*args, **kwargs)
10193
10194     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10195         """GetLabel(self) -> String"""
10196         return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10197
10198     def GetText(*args, **kwargs):
10199         """GetText(self) -> String"""
10200         return _core_.MenuItem_GetText(*args, **kwargs)
10201
10202     def GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs):
10203         """GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String"""
10204         return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs)
10205
10206     GetLabelFromText = staticmethod(GetLabelFromText)
10207     def GetKind(*args, **kwargs):
10208         """GetKind(self) -> int"""
10209         return _core_.MenuItem_GetKind(*args, **kwargs)
10210
10211     def SetKind(*args, **kwargs):
10212         """SetKind(self, int kind)"""
10213         return _core_.MenuItem_SetKind(*args, **kwargs)
10214
10215     def SetCheckable(*args, **kwargs):
10216         """SetCheckable(self, bool checkable)"""
10217         return _core_.MenuItem_SetCheckable(*args, **kwargs)
10218
10219     def IsCheckable(*args, **kwargs):
10220         """IsCheckable(self) -> bool"""
10221         return _core_.MenuItem_IsCheckable(*args, **kwargs)
10222
10223     def IsSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10224         """IsSubMenu(self) -> bool"""
10225         return _core_.MenuItem_IsSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10226
10227     def SetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10228         """SetSubMenu(self, Menu menu)"""
10229         return _core_.MenuItem_SetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10230
10231     def GetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10232         """GetSubMenu(self) -> Menu"""
10233         return _core_.MenuItem_GetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10234
10235     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
10236         """Enable(self, bool enable=True)"""
10237         return _core_.MenuItem_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
10238
10239     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
10240         """IsEnabled(self) -> bool"""
10241         return _core_.MenuItem_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
10242
10243     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
10244         """Check(self, bool check=True)"""
10245         return _core_.MenuItem_Check(*args, **kwargs)
10246
10247     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
10248         """IsChecked(self) -> bool"""
10249         return _core_.MenuItem_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
10250
10251     def Toggle(*args, **kwargs):
10252         """Toggle(self)"""
10253         return _core_.MenuItem_Toggle(*args, **kwargs)
10254
10255     def SetHelp(*args, **kwargs):
10256         """SetHelp(self, String str)"""
10257         return _core_.MenuItem_SetHelp(*args, **kwargs)
10258
10259     def GetHelp(*args, **kwargs):
10260         """GetHelp(self) -> String"""
10261         return _core_.MenuItem_GetHelp(*args, **kwargs)
10262
10263     def GetAccel(*args, **kwargs):
10264         """GetAccel(self) -> AcceleratorEntry"""
10265         return _core_.MenuItem_GetAccel(*args, **kwargs)
10266
10267     def SetAccel(*args, **kwargs):
10268         """SetAccel(self, AcceleratorEntry accel)"""
10269         return _core_.MenuItem_SetAccel(*args, **kwargs)
10270
10271     def SetBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10272         """SetBitmap(self, Bitmap bitmap)"""
10273         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10274
10275     def GetBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10276         """GetBitmap(self) -> Bitmap"""
10277         return _core_.MenuItem_GetBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10278
10279     def SetFont(*args, **kwargs):
10280         """SetFont(self, Font font)"""
10281         return _core_.MenuItem_SetFont(*args, **kwargs)
10282
10283     def GetFont(*args, **kwargs):
10284         """GetFont(self) -> Font"""
10285         return _core_.MenuItem_GetFont(*args, **kwargs)
10286
10287     def SetTextColour(*args, **kwargs):
10288         """SetTextColour(self, Colour colText)"""
10289         return _core_.MenuItem_SetTextColour(*args, **kwargs)
10290
10291     def GetTextColour(*args, **kwargs):
10292         """GetTextColour(self) -> Colour"""
10293         return _core_.MenuItem_GetTextColour(*args, **kwargs)
10294
10295     def SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
10296         """SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colBack)"""
10297         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
10298
10299     def GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
10300         """GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour"""
10301         return _core_.MenuItem_GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
10302
10303     def SetBitmaps(*args, **kwargs):
10304         """SetBitmaps(self, Bitmap bmpChecked, Bitmap bmpUnchecked=wxNullBitmap)"""
10305         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBitmaps(*args, **kwargs)
10306
10307     def SetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10308         """SetDisabledBitmap(self, Bitmap bmpDisabled)"""
10309         return _core_.MenuItem_SetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10310
10311     def GetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10312         """GetDisabledBitmap(self) -> Bitmap"""
10313         return _core_.MenuItem_GetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10314
10315     def SetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
10316         """SetMarginWidth(self, int nWidth)"""
10317         return _core_.MenuItem_SetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
10318
10319     def GetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
10320         """GetMarginWidth(self) -> int"""
10321         return _core_.MenuItem_GetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
10322
10323     def GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
10324         """GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int"""
10325         return _core_.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
10326
10327     GetDefaultMarginWidth = staticmethod(GetDefaultMarginWidth)
10328     def IsOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
10329         """IsOwnerDrawn(self) -> bool"""
10330         return _core_.MenuItem_IsOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
10331
10332     def SetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
10333         """SetOwnerDrawn(self, bool ownerDrawn=True)"""
10334         return _core_.MenuItem_SetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
10335
10336     def ResetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
10337         """ResetOwnerDrawn(self)"""
10338         return _core_.MenuItem_ResetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
10339
10340 _core_.MenuItem_swigregister(MenuItem)
10341
10342 def MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs):
10343   """MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String"""
10344   return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs)
10345
10346 def MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args):
10347   """MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int"""
10348   return _core_.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args)
10349
10350 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10351
10352 class Control(Window):
10353     """
10354     This is the base class for a control or 'widget'.
10355
10356     A control is generally a small window which processes user input
10357     and/or displays one or more item of data.
10358     """
10359     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10360     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10361     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10362         """
10363         __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
10364             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,
10365             String name=ControlNameStr) -> Control
10366
10367         Create a Control.  Normally you should only call this from a subclass'
10368         __init__ as a plain old wx.Control is not very useful.
10369         """
10370         _core_.Control_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Control(*args, **kwargs))
10371         self._setOORInfo(self)
10372
10373     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
10374         """
10375         Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
10376             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,
10377             String name=ControlNameStr) -> bool
10378
10379         Do the 2nd phase and create the GUI control.
10380         """
10381         return _core_.Control_Create(*args, **kwargs)
10382
10383     def GetAlignment(*args, **kwargs):
10384         """
10385         GetAlignment(self) -> int
10386
10387         Get the control alignment (left/right/centre, top/bottom/centre)
10388         """
10389         return _core_.Control_GetAlignment(*args, **kwargs)
10390
10391     def GetLabelText(*args):
10392         """
10393         GetLabelText(self, String label) -> String
10394         GetLabelText(self) -> String
10395
10396         Get just the text of the label, without mnemonic characters ('&')
10397         """
10398         return _core_.Control_GetLabelText(*args)
10399
10400     def Command(*args, **kwargs):
10401         """
10402         Command(self, CommandEvent event)
10403
10404         Simulates the effect of the user issuing a command to the item.
10405
10406         :see: `wx.CommandEvent`
10407
10408         """
10409         return _core_.Control_Command(*args, **kwargs)
10410
10411     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10412         """
10413         GetLabel(self) -> String
10414
10415         Return a control's text.
10416         """
10417         return _core_.Control_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10418
10419     def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
10420         """
10421         GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
10422
10423         Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
10424         to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
10425         control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
10426         colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
10427         user's system, especially if it uses themes.
10428
10429         The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
10430         ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
10431         the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
10432         this.
10433         """
10434         return _core_.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
10435
10436     GetClassDefaultAttributes = staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes)
10437 _core_.Control_swigregister(Control)
10438 ControlNameStr = cvar.ControlNameStr
10439
10440 def PreControl(*args, **kwargs):
10441     """
10442     PreControl() -> Control
10443
10444     Precreate a Control control for 2-phase creation
10445     """
10446     val = _core_.new_PreControl(*args, **kwargs)
10447     return val
10448
10449 def Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
10450   """
10451     Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
10452
10453     Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
10454     to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
10455     control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
10456     colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
10457     user's system, especially if it uses themes.
10458
10459     The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
10460     ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
10461     the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
10462     this.
10463     """
10464   return _core_.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
10465
10466 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10467
10468 class ItemContainer(object):
10469     """
10470     The wx.ItemContainer class defines an interface which is implemented
10471     by all controls which have string subitems, each of which may be
10472     selected, such as `wx.ListBox`, `wx.CheckListBox`, `wx.Choice` as well
10473     as `wx.ComboBox` which implements an extended interface deriving from
10474     this one.
10475
10476     It defines the methods for accessing the control's items and although
10477     each of the derived classes implements them differently, they still
10478     all conform to the same interface.
10479
10480     The items in a wx.ItemContainer have (non empty) string labels and,
10481     optionally, client data associated with them.
10482
10483     """
10484     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10485     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
10486     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10487     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
10488         """
10489         Append(self, String item, PyObject clientData=None) -> int
10490
10491         Adds the item to the control, associating the given data with the item
10492         if not None.  The return value is the index of the newly added item
10493         which may be different from the last one if the control is sorted (e.g.
10494         has wx.LB_SORT or wx.CB_SORT style).
10495         """
10496         return _core_.ItemContainer_Append(*args, **kwargs)
10497
10498     def AppendItems(*args, **kwargs):
10499         """
10500         AppendItems(self, List strings)
10501
10502         Apend several items at once to the control.  Notice that calling this
10503         method may be much faster than appending the items one by one if you
10504         need to add a lot of items.
10505         """
10506         return _core_.ItemContainer_AppendItems(*args, **kwargs)
10507
10508     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
10509         """
10510         Insert(self, String item, unsigned int pos, PyObject clientData=None) -> int
10511
10512         Insert an item into the control before the item at the ``pos`` index,
10513         optionally associating some data object with the item.
10514         """
10515         return _core_.ItemContainer_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
10516
10517     def Clear(*args, **kwargs):
10518         """
10519         Clear(self)
10520
10521         Removes all items from the control.
10522         """
10523         return _core_.ItemContainer_Clear(*args, **kwargs)
10524
10525     def Delete(*args, **kwargs):
10526         """
10527         Delete(self, unsigned int n)
10528
10529         Deletes the item at the zero-based index 'n' from the control. Note
10530         that it is an error (signalled by a `wx.PyAssertionError` exception if
10531         enabled) to remove an item with the index negative or greater or equal
10532         than the number of items in the control.
10533         """
10534         return _core_.ItemContainer_Delete(*args, **kwargs)
10535
10536     def GetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
10537         """
10538         GetClientData(self, unsigned int n) -> PyObject
10539
10540         Returns the client data associated with the given item, (if any.)
10541         """
10542         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
10543
10544     def SetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
10545         """
10546         SetClientData(self, unsigned int n, PyObject clientData)
10547
10548         Associate the given client data with the item at position n.
10549         """
10550         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
10551
10552     def GetCount(*args, **kwargs):
10553         """
10554         GetCount(self) -> unsigned int
10555
10556         Returns the number of items in the control.
10557         """
10558         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetCount(*args, **kwargs)
10559
10560     def IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs):
10561         """
10562         IsEmpty(self) -> bool
10563
10564         Returns True if the control is empty or False if it has some items.
10565         """
10566         return _core_.ItemContainer_IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs)
10567
10568     def GetString(*args, **kwargs):
10569         """
10570         GetString(self, unsigned int n) -> String
10571
10572         Returns the label of the item with the given index.
10573         """
10574         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetString(*args, **kwargs)
10575
10576     def GetStrings(*args, **kwargs):
10577         """GetStrings(self) -> wxArrayString"""
10578         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetStrings(*args, **kwargs)
10579
10580     def SetString(*args, **kwargs):
10581         """
10582         SetString(self, unsigned int n, String s)
10583
10584         Sets the label for the given item.
10585         """
10586         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetString(*args, **kwargs)
10587
10588     def FindString(*args, **kwargs):
10589         """
10590         FindString(self, String s) -> int
10591
10592         Finds an item whose label matches the given string.  Returns the
10593         zero-based position of the item, or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if the string was not
10594         found.
10595         """
10596         return _core_.ItemContainer_FindString(*args, **kwargs)
10597
10598     def SetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
10599         """
10600         SetSelection(self, int n)
10601
10602         Sets the item at index 'n' to be the selected item.
10603         """
10604         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
10605
10606     def GetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
10607         """
10608         GetSelection(self) -> int
10609
10610         Returns the index of the selected item or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if no item
10611         is selected.
10612         """
10613         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
10614
10615     def SetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs):
10616         """SetStringSelection(self, String s) -> bool"""
10617         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs)
10618
10619     def GetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs):
10620         """
10621         GetStringSelection(self) -> String
10622
10623         Returns the label of the selected item or an empty string if no item
10624         is selected.
10625         """
10626         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs)
10627
10628     def Select(*args, **kwargs):
10629         """
10630         Select(self, int n)
10631
10632         This is the same as `SetSelection` and exists only because it is
10633         slightly more natural for controls which support multiple selection.
10634         """
10635         return _core_.ItemContainer_Select(*args, **kwargs)
10636
10637 _core_.ItemContainer_swigregister(ItemContainer)
10638
10639 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10640
10641 class ControlWithItems(Control,ItemContainer):
10642     """
10643     wx.ControlWithItems combines the ``wx.ItemContainer`` class with the
10644     wx.Control class, and is used for the base class of various controls
10645     that have items.
10646     """
10647     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10648     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
10649     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10650 _core_.ControlWithItems_swigregister(ControlWithItems)
10651
10652 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10653
10654 class SizerItem(Object):
10655     """
10656     The wx.SizerItem class is used to track the position, size and other
10657     attributes of each item managed by a `wx.Sizer`. It is not usually
10658     necessary to use this class because the sizer elements can also be
10659     identified by their positions or window or sizer references but
10660     sometimes it may be more convenient to use wx.SizerItem directly.
10661     Also, custom classes derived from `wx.PySizer` will probably need to
10662     use the collection of wx.SizerItems held by wx.Sizer when calculating
10663     layout.
10664
10665     :see: `wx.Sizer`, `wx.GBSizerItem`
10666     """
10667     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10668     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10669     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10670         """
10671         __init__(self) -> SizerItem
10672
10673         Constructs an empty wx.SizerItem.  Either a window, sizer or spacer
10674         size will need to be set before this item can be used in a Sizer.
10675
10676         You will probably never need to create a wx.SizerItem directly as they
10677         are created automatically when the sizer's Add, Insert or Prepend
10678         methods are called.
10679
10680         :see: `wx.SizerItemSpacer`, `wx.SizerItemWindow`, `wx.SizerItemSizer`
10681         """
10682         _core_.SizerItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SizerItem(*args, **kwargs))
10683     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_SizerItem
10684     __del__ = lambda self : None;
10685     def DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs):
10686         """
10687         DeleteWindows(self)
10688
10689         Destroy the window or the windows in a subsizer, depending on the type
10690         of item.
10691         """
10692         return _core_.SizerItem_DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs)
10693
10694     def DetachSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10695         """
10696         DetachSizer(self)
10697
10698         Enable deleting the SizerItem without destroying the contained sizer.
10699         """
10700         return _core_.SizerItem_DetachSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10701
10702     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
10703         """
10704         GetSize(self) -> Size
10705
10706         Get the current size of the item, as set in the last Layout.
10707         """
10708         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
10709
10710     def CalcMin(*args, **kwargs):
10711         """
10712         CalcMin(self) -> Size
10713
10714         Calculates the minimum desired size for the item, including any space
10715         needed by borders.
10716         """
10717         return _core_.SizerItem_CalcMin(*args, **kwargs)
10718
10719     def SetDimension(*args, **kwargs):
10720         """
10721         SetDimension(self, Point pos, Size size)
10722
10723         Set the position and size of the space allocated for this item by the
10724         sizer, and adjust the position and size of the item (window or
10725         subsizer) to be within that space taking alignment and borders into
10726         account.
10727         """
10728         return _core_.SizerItem_SetDimension(*args, **kwargs)
10729
10730     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
10731         """
10732         GetMinSize(self) -> Size
10733
10734         Get the minimum size needed for the item.
10735         """
10736         return _core_.SizerItem_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
10737
10738     def GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args, **kwargs):
10739         """
10740         GetMinSizeWithBorder(self) -> Size
10741
10742         Get the minimum size needed for the item with space for the borders
10743         added, if needed.
10744         """
10745         return _core_.SizerItem_GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args, **kwargs)
10746
10747     def SetInitSize(*args, **kwargs):
10748         """SetInitSize(self, int x, int y)"""
10749         return _core_.SizerItem_SetInitSize(*args, **kwargs)
10750
10751     def SetRatioWH(*args, **kwargs):
10752         """
10753         SetRatioWH(self, int width, int height)
10754
10755         Set the ratio item attribute.
10756         """
10757         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatioWH(*args, **kwargs)
10758
10759     def SetRatioSize(*args, **kwargs):
10760         """
10761         SetRatioSize(self, Size size)
10762
10763         Set the ratio item attribute.
10764         """
10765         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatioSize(*args, **kwargs)
10766
10767     def SetRatio(*args, **kwargs):
10768         """
10769         SetRatio(self, float ratio)
10770
10771         Set the ratio item attribute.
10772         """
10773         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatio(*args, **kwargs)
10774
10775     def GetRatio(*args, **kwargs):
10776         """
10777         GetRatio(self) -> float
10778
10779         Set the ratio item attribute.
10780         """
10781         return _core_.SizerItem_GetRatio(*args, **kwargs)
10782
10783     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
10784         """
10785         GetRect(self) -> Rect
10786
10787         Returns the rectangle that the sizer item should occupy
10788         """
10789         return _core_.SizerItem_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
10790
10791     def IsWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10792         """
10793         IsWindow(self) -> bool
10794
10795         Is this sizer item a window?
10796         """
10797         return _core_.SizerItem_IsWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10798
10799     def IsSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10800         """
10801         IsSizer(self) -> bool
10802
10803         Is this sizer item a subsizer?
10804         """
10805         return _core_.SizerItem_IsSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10806
10807     def IsSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
10808         """
10809         IsSpacer(self) -> bool
10810
10811         Is this sizer item a spacer?
10812         """
10813         return _core_.SizerItem_IsSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
10814
10815     def SetProportion(*args, **kwargs):
10816         """
10817         SetProportion(self, int proportion)
10818
10819         Set the proportion value for this item.
10820         """
10821         return _core_.SizerItem_SetProportion(*args, **kwargs)
10822
10823     def GetProportion(*args, **kwargs):
10824         """
10825         GetProportion(self) -> int
10826
10827         Get the proportion value for this item.
10828         """
10829         return _core_.SizerItem_GetProportion(*args, **kwargs)
10830
10831     SetOption = wx._deprecated(SetProportion, "Please use `SetProportion` instead.")
10832     GetOption = wx._deprecated(GetProportion, "Please use `GetProportion` instead.")
10833     def SetFlag(*args, **kwargs):
10834         """
10835         SetFlag(self, int flag)
10836
10837         Set the flag value for this item.
10838         """
10839         return _core_.SizerItem_SetFlag(*args, **kwargs)
10840
10841     def GetFlag(*args, **kwargs):
10842         """
10843         GetFlag(self) -> int
10844
10845         Get the flag value for this item.
10846         """
10847         return _core_.SizerItem_GetFlag(*args, **kwargs)
10848
10849     def SetBorder(*args, **kwargs):
10850         """
10851         SetBorder(self, int border)
10852
10853         Set the border value for this item.
10854         """
10855         return _core_.SizerItem_SetBorder(*args, **kwargs)
10856
10857     def GetBorder(*args, **kwargs):
10858         """
10859         GetBorder(self) -> int
10860
10861         Get the border value for this item.
10862         """
10863         return _core_.SizerItem_GetBorder(*args, **kwargs)
10864
10865     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10866         """
10867         GetWindow(self) -> Window
10868
10869         Get the window (if any) that is managed by this sizer item.
10870         """
10871         return _core_.SizerItem_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10872
10873     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10874         """
10875         SetWindow(self, Window window)
10876
10877         Set the window to be managed by this sizer item.
10878         """
10879         return _core_.SizerItem_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10880
10881     def GetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10882         """
10883         GetSizer(self) -> Sizer
10884
10885         Get the subsizer (if any) that is managed by this sizer item.
10886         """
10887         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10888
10889     def SetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10890         """
10891         SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer)
10892
10893         Set the subsizer to be managed by this sizer item.
10894         """
10895         return _core_.SizerItem_SetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10896
10897     def GetSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
10898         """
10899         GetSpacer(self) -> Size
10900
10901         Get the size of the spacer managed by this sizer item.
10902         """
10903         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
10904
10905     def SetSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
10906         """
10907         SetSpacer(self, Size size)
10908
10909         Set the size of the spacer to be managed by this sizer item.
10910         """
10911         return _core_.SizerItem_SetSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
10912
10913     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
10914         """
10915         Show(self, bool show)
10916
10917         Set the show item attribute, which sizers use to determine if the item
10918         is to be made part of the layout or not. If the item is tracking a
10919         window then it is shown or hidden as needed.
10920         """
10921         return _core_.SizerItem_Show(*args, **kwargs)
10922
10923     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
10924         """
10925         IsShown(self) -> bool
10926
10927         Is the item to be shown in the layout?
10928         """
10929         return _core_.SizerItem_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
10930
10931     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
10932         """
10933         GetPosition(self) -> Point
10934
10935         Returns the current position of the item, as set in the last Layout.
10936         """
10937         return _core_.SizerItem_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
10938
10939     def GetUserData(*args, **kwargs):
10940         """
10941         GetUserData(self) -> PyObject
10942
10943         Returns the userData associated with this sizer item, or None if there
10944         isn't any.
10945         """
10946         return _core_.SizerItem_GetUserData(*args, **kwargs)
10947
10948     def SetUserData(*args, **kwargs):
10949         """
10950         SetUserData(self, PyObject userData)
10951
10952         Associate a Python object with this sizer item.
10953         """
10954         return _core_.SizerItem_SetUserData(*args, **kwargs)
10955
10956 _core_.SizerItem_swigregister(SizerItem)
10957
10958 def SizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10959     """
10960     SizerItemWindow(Window window, int proportion, int flag, int border,
10961         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
10962
10963     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a window.
10964     """
10965     val = _core_.new_SizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10966     return val
10967
10968 def SizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
10969     """
10970     SizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, int proportion, int flag, int border,
10971         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
10972
10973     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a spacer.
10974     """
10975     val = _core_.new_SizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
10976     return val
10977
10978 def SizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10979     """
10980     SizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, int proportion, int flag, int border,
10981         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
10982
10983     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a subsizer
10984     """
10985     val = _core_.new_SizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10986     return val
10987
10988 class Sizer(Object):
10989     """
10990     wx.Sizer is the abstract base class used for laying out subwindows in
10991     a window.  You cannot use wx.Sizer directly; instead, you will have to
10992     use one of the sizer classes derived from it such as `wx.BoxSizer`,
10993     `wx.StaticBoxSizer`, `wx.GridSizer`, `wx.FlexGridSizer` and
10994     `wx.GridBagSizer`.
10995
10996     The concept implemented by sizers in wxWidgets is closely related to
10997     layout tools in other GUI toolkits, such as Java's AWT, the GTK
10998     toolkit or the Qt toolkit. It is based upon the idea of the individual
10999     subwindows reporting their minimal required size and their ability to
11000     get stretched if the size of the parent window has changed. This will
11001     most often mean that the programmer does not set the original size of
11002     a dialog in the beginning, rather the dialog will assigned a sizer and
11003     this sizer will be queried about the recommended size. The sizer in
11004     turn will query its children, which can be normal windows or contorls,
11005     empty space or other sizers, so that a hierarchy of sizers can be
11006     constructed. Note that wxSizer does not derive from wxWindow and thus
11007     do not interfere with tab ordering and requires very little resources
11008     compared to a real window on screen.
11009
11010     What makes sizers so well fitted for use in wxWidgets is the fact that
11011     every control reports its own minimal size and the algorithm can
11012     handle differences in font sizes or different window (dialog item)
11013     sizes on different platforms without problems. If for example the
11014     standard font as well as the overall design of Mac widgets requires
11015     more space than on Windows, then the initial size of a dialog using a
11016     sizer will automatically be bigger on Mac than on Windows.
11017     """
11018     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11019     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
11020     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11021     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Sizer
11022     __del__ = lambda self : None;
11023     def _setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs):
11024         """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self)"""
11025         return _core_.Sizer__setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs)
11026
11027     def Add(*args, **kwargs):
11028         """
11029         Add(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11030             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11031
11032         Appends a child item to the sizer.
11033         """
11034         return _core_.Sizer_Add(*args, **kwargs)
11035
11036     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
11037         """
11038         Insert(self, int before, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11039             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11040
11041         Inserts a new item into the list of items managed by this sizer before
11042         the item at index *before*.  See `Add` for a description of the parameters.
11043         """
11044         return _core_.Sizer_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
11045
11046     def Prepend(*args, **kwargs):
11047         """
11048         Prepend(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11049             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11050
11051         Adds a new item to the begining of the list of sizer items managed by
11052         this sizer.  See `Add` for a description of the parameters.
11053         """
11054         return _core_.Sizer_Prepend(*args, **kwargs)
11055
11056     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
11057         """
11058         Remove(self, item) -> bool
11059
11060         Removes an item from the sizer and destroys it.  This method does not
11061         cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to update
11062         the layout on screen after removing a child from the sizer.  The
11063         *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based
11064         index of an item to remove.  Returns True if the child item was found
11065         and removed.
11066         """
11067         return _core_.Sizer_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
11068
11069     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
11070         """
11071         Detach(self, item) -> bool
11072
11073         Detaches an item from the sizer without destroying it.  This method
11074         does not cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to
11075         do so.  The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the
11076         zero-based index of the item to be detached.  Returns True if the child item
11077         was found and detached.
11078         """
11079         return _core_.Sizer_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
11080
11081     def GetItem(*args, **kwargs):
11082         """
11083         GetItem(self, item) -> wx.SizerItem
11084
11085         Returns the `wx.SizerItem` which holds the *item* given.  The *item*
11086         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
11087         the item to be found.
11088         """
11089         return _core_.Sizer_GetItem(*args, **kwargs)
11090
11091     def _SetItemMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11092         """_SetItemMinSize(self, PyObject item, Size size)"""
11093         return _core_.Sizer__SetItemMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11094
11095     def SetItemMinSize(self, item, *args):
11096         """
11097         SetItemMinSize(self, item, Size size)
11098
11099         Sets the minimum size that will be allocated for an item in the sizer.
11100         The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the
11101         zero-based index of the item.  If a window or sizer is given then it
11102         will be searched for recursivly in subsizers if neccessary.
11103         """
11104         if len(args) == 2:
11105             # for backward compatibility accept separate width,height args too
11106             return self._SetItemMinSize(item, args)
11107         else:
11108             return self._SetItemMinSize(item, args[0])
11109
11110     def AddItem(*args, **kwargs):
11111         """
11112         AddItem(self, SizerItem item)
11113
11114         Adds a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer.
11115         """
11116         return _core_.Sizer_AddItem(*args, **kwargs)
11117
11118     def InsertItem(*args, **kwargs):
11119         """
11120         InsertItem(self, int index, SizerItem item)
11121
11122         Inserts a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer at the position given by *index*.
11123         """
11124         return _core_.Sizer_InsertItem(*args, **kwargs)
11125
11126     def PrependItem(*args, **kwargs):
11127         """
11128         PrependItem(self, SizerItem item)
11129
11130         Prepends a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer.
11131         """
11132         return _core_.Sizer_PrependItem(*args, **kwargs)
11133
11134     def AddMany(self, items):
11135         """
11136         AddMany is a convenience method for adding several items
11137         to a sizer at one time.  Simply pass it a list of tuples,
11138         where each tuple consists of the parameters that you
11139         would normally pass to the `Add` method.
11140         """
11141         for item in items:
11142             if type(item) != type(()) or (len(item) == 2 and type(item[0]) == type(1)):
11143                 item = (item, )
11144             self.Add(*item)
11145
11146     # for backwards compatibility only, please do not use in new code
11147     def AddWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11148         """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
11149         return self.Add(*args, **kw)
11150     def AddSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11151         """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
11152         return self.Add(*args, **kw)
11153     def AddSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
11154         """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
11155         return self.Add(*args, **kw)
11156
11157     def PrependWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11158         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
11159         return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
11160     def PrependSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11161         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
11162         return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
11163     def PrependSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
11164         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
11165         return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
11166
11167     def InsertWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11168         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
11169         return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
11170     def InsertSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11171         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
11172         return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
11173     def InsertSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
11174         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
11175         return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
11176
11177     def RemoveWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11178         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11179         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
11180     def RemoveSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11181         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11182         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
11183     def RemovePos(self, *args, **kw):
11184         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11185         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
11186
11187
11188     def SetDimension(*args, **kwargs):
11189         """
11190         SetDimension(self, int x, int y, int width, int height)
11191
11192         Call this to force the sizer to take the given dimension and thus
11193         force the items owned by the sizer to resize themselves according to
11194         the rules defined by the parameter in the `Add`, `Insert` or `Prepend`
11195         methods.
11196         """
11197         return _core_.Sizer_SetDimension(*args, **kwargs)
11198
11199     def SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11200         """
11201         SetMinSize(self, Size size)
11202
11203         Call this to give the sizer a minimal size. Normally, the sizer will
11204         calculate its minimal size based purely on how much space its children
11205         need. After calling this method `GetMinSize` will return either the
11206         minimal size as requested by its children or the minimal size set
11207         here, depending on which is bigger.
11208         """
11209         return _core_.Sizer_SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11210
11211     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
11212         """
11213         GetSize(self) -> Size
11214
11215         Returns the current size of the space managed by the sizer.
11216         """
11217         return _core_.Sizer_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
11218
11219     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
11220         """
11221         GetPosition(self) -> Point
11222
11223         Returns the current position of the sizer's managed space.
11224         """
11225         return _core_.Sizer_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
11226
11227     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11228         """
11229         GetMinSize(self) -> Size
11230
11231         Returns the minimal size of the sizer. This is either the combined
11232         minimal size of all the children and their borders or the minimal size
11233         set by SetMinSize, depending on which is bigger.
11234         """
11235         return _core_.Sizer_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11236
11237     def GetSizeTuple(self):
11238         return self.GetSize().Get()
11239     def GetPositionTuple(self):
11240         return self.GetPosition().Get()
11241     def GetMinSizeTuple(self):
11242         return self.GetMinSize().Get()
11243
11244     def RecalcSizes(*args, **kwargs):
11245         """
11246         RecalcSizes(self)
11247
11248         Using the sizes calculated by `CalcMin` reposition and resize all the
11249         items managed by this sizer.  You should not need to call this directly as
11250         it is called by `Layout`.
11251         """
11252         return _core_.Sizer_RecalcSizes(*args, **kwargs)
11253
11254     def CalcMin(*args, **kwargs):
11255         """
11256         CalcMin(self) -> Size
11257
11258         This method is where the sizer will do the actual calculation of its
11259         children's minimal sizes.  You should not need to call this directly as
11260         it is called by `Layout`.
11261         """
11262         return _core_.Sizer_CalcMin(*args, **kwargs)
11263
11264     def Layout(*args, **kwargs):
11265         """
11266         Layout(self)
11267
11268         This method will force the recalculation and layout of the items
11269         controlled by the sizer using the current space allocated to the
11270         sizer.  Normally this is called automatically from the owning window's
11271         EVT_SIZE handler, but it is also useful to call it from user code when
11272         one of the items in a sizer change size, or items are added or
11273         removed.
11274         """
11275         return _core_.Sizer_Layout(*args, **kwargs)
11276
11277     def Fit(*args, **kwargs):
11278         """
11279         Fit(self, Window window) -> Size
11280
11281         Tell the sizer to resize the *window* to match the sizer's minimal
11282         size. This is commonly done in the constructor of the window itself in
11283         order to set its initial size to match the needs of the children as
11284         determined by the sizer.  Returns the new size.
11285
11286         For a top level window this is the total window size, not the client size.
11287         """
11288         return _core_.Sizer_Fit(*args, **kwargs)
11289
11290     def FitInside(*args, **kwargs):
11291         """
11292         FitInside(self, Window window)
11293
11294         Tell the sizer to resize the *virtual size* of the *window* to match the
11295         sizer's minimal size. This will not alter the on screen size of the
11296         window, but may cause the addition/removal/alteration of scrollbars
11297         required to view the virtual area in windows which manage it.
11298
11299         :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars`, `SetVirtualSizeHints`
11300
11301         """
11302         return _core_.Sizer_FitInside(*args, **kwargs)
11303
11304     def SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
11305         """
11306         SetSizeHints(self, Window window)
11307
11308         Tell the sizer to set (and `Fit`) the minimal size of the *window* to
11309         match the sizer's minimal size. This is commonly done in the
11310         constructor of the window itself if the window is resizable (as are
11311         many dialogs under Unix and frames on probably all platforms) in order
11312         to prevent the window from being sized smaller than the minimal size
11313         required by the sizer.
11314         """
11315         return _core_.Sizer_SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
11316
11317     def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
11318         """
11319         SetVirtualSizeHints(self, Window window)
11320
11321         Tell the sizer to set the minimal size of the window virtual area to
11322         match the sizer's minimal size. For windows with managed scrollbars
11323         this will set them appropriately.
11324
11325         :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars`
11326
11327         """
11328         return _core_.Sizer_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
11329
11330     def Clear(*args, **kwargs):
11331         """
11332         Clear(self, bool deleteWindows=False)
11333
11334         Clear all items from the sizer, optionally destroying the window items
11335         as well.
11336         """
11337         return _core_.Sizer_Clear(*args, **kwargs)
11338
11339     def DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs):
11340         """
11341         DeleteWindows(self)
11342
11343         Destroy all windows managed by the sizer.
11344         """
11345         return _core_.Sizer_DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs)
11346
11347     def GetChildren(*args, **kwargs):
11348         """
11349         GetChildren(self) -> list
11350
11351         Returns a list of all the `wx.SizerItem` objects managed by the sizer.
11352         """
11353         return _core_.Sizer_GetChildren(*args, **kwargs)
11354
11355     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
11356         """
11357         Show(self, item, bool show=True, bool recursive=false) -> bool
11358
11359         Shows or hides an item managed by the sizer.  To make a sizer item
11360         disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`.  The *item*
11361         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
11362         the item.  Use the recursive parameter to show or hide an item in a
11363         subsizer.  Returns True if the item was found.
11364         """
11365         return _core_.Sizer_Show(*args, **kwargs)
11366
11367     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
11368         """
11369         IsShown(self, item)
11370
11371         Determines if the item is currently shown. To make a sizer
11372         item disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`.  The *item*
11373         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
11374         the item.
11375         """
11376         return _core_.Sizer_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
11377
11378     def Hide(self, item, recursive=False):
11379         """
11380         A convenience method for `Show` (item, False, recursive).
11381         """
11382         return self.Show(item, False, recursive)
11383
11384     def ShowItems(*args, **kwargs):
11385         """
11386         ShowItems(self, bool show)
11387
11388         Recursively call `wx.SizerItem.Show` on all sizer items.
11389         """
11390         return _core_.Sizer_ShowItems(*args, **kwargs)
11391
11392 _core_.Sizer_swigregister(Sizer)
11393
11394 class PySizer(Sizer):
11395     """
11396     wx.PySizer is a special version of `wx.Sizer` that has been
11397     instrumented to allow the C++ virtual methods to be overloaded in
11398     Python derived classes.  You would derive from this class if you are
11399     wanting to implement a custom sizer in Python code.  Simply implement
11400     `CalcMin` and `RecalcSizes` in the derived class and you're all set.
11401     For example::
11402
11403         class MySizer(wx.PySizer):
11404              def __init__(self):
11405                  wx.PySizer.__init__(self)
11406
11407              def CalcMin(self):
11408                  for item in self.GetChildren():
11409                       # calculate the total minimum width and height needed
11410                       # by all items in the sizer according to this sizer's
11411                       # layout algorithm.
11412                       ...
11413                  return wx.Size(width, height)
11414
11415               def RecalcSizes(self):
11416                   # find the space allotted to this sizer
11417                   pos = self.GetPosition()
11418                   size = self.GetSize()
11419                   for item in self.GetChildren():
11420                       # Recalculate (if necessary) the position and size of
11421                       # each item and then call item.SetDimension to do the
11422                       # actual positioning and sizing of the items within the
11423                       # space alloted to this sizer.
11424                       ...
11425                       item.SetDimension(itemPos, itemSize)
11426
11427
11428     When `Layout` is called it first calls `CalcMin` followed by
11429     `RecalcSizes` so you can optimize a bit by saving the results of
11430     `CalcMin` and reusing them in `RecalcSizes`.
11431
11432     :see: `wx.SizerItem`, `wx.Sizer.GetChildren`
11433
11434
11435     """
11436     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11437     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11438     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11439         """
11440         __init__(self) -> PySizer
11441
11442         Creates a wx.PySizer.  Must be called from the __init__ in the derived
11443         class.
11444         """
11445         _core_.PySizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PySizer(*args, **kwargs))
11446         self._setCallbackInfo(self, PySizer);self._setOORInfo(self)
11447
11448     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
11449         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)"""
11450         return _core_.PySizer__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
11451
11452 _core_.PySizer_swigregister(PySizer)
11453
11454 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11455
11456 class BoxSizer(Sizer):
11457     """
11458     The basic idea behind a box sizer is that windows will most often be
11459     laid out in rather simple basic geometry, typically in a row or a
11460     column or nested hierarchies of either.  A wx.BoxSizer will lay out
11461     its items in a simple row or column, depending on the orientation
11462     parameter passed to the constructor.
11463     """
11464     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11465     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11466     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11467         """
11468         __init__(self, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> BoxSizer
11469
11470         Constructor for a wx.BoxSizer. *orient* may be one of ``wx.VERTICAL``
11471         or ``wx.HORIZONTAL`` for creating either a column sizer or a row
11472         sizer.
11473         """
11474         _core_.BoxSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_BoxSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11475         self._setOORInfo(self)
11476
11477     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
11478         """
11479         GetOrientation(self) -> int
11480
11481         Returns the current orientation of the sizer.
11482         """
11483         return _core_.BoxSizer_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
11484
11485     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
11486         """
11487         SetOrientation(self, int orient)
11488
11489         Resets the orientation of the sizer.
11490         """
11491         return _core_.BoxSizer_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
11492
11493 _core_.BoxSizer_swigregister(BoxSizer)
11494
11495 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11496
11497 class StaticBoxSizer(BoxSizer):
11498     """
11499     wx.StaticBoxSizer derives from and functions identically to the
11500     `wx.BoxSizer` and adds a `wx.StaticBox` around the items that the sizer
11501     manages.  Note that this static box must be created separately and
11502     passed to the sizer constructor.
11503     """
11504     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11505     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11506     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11507         """
11508         __init__(self, StaticBox box, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> StaticBoxSizer
11509
11510         Constructor. It takes an associated static box and the orientation
11511         *orient* as parameters - orient can be either of ``wx.VERTICAL`` or
11512         ``wx.HORIZONTAL``.
11513         """
11514         _core_.StaticBoxSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_StaticBoxSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11515         self._setOORInfo(self)
11516
11517     def GetStaticBox(*args, **kwargs):
11518         """
11519         GetStaticBox(self) -> StaticBox
11520
11521         Returns the static box associated with this sizer.
11522         """
11523         return _core_.StaticBoxSizer_GetStaticBox(*args, **kwargs)
11524
11525 _core_.StaticBoxSizer_swigregister(StaticBoxSizer)
11526
11527 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11528
11529 class GridSizer(Sizer):
11530     """
11531     A grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a
11532     two-dimensional table with all cells having the same size.  In other
11533     words, the width of each cell within the grid is the width of the
11534     widest item added to the sizer and the height of each grid cell is the
11535     height of the tallest item.  An optional vertical and/or horizontal
11536     gap between items can also be specified (in pixels.)
11537
11538     Items are placed in the cells of the grid in the order they are added,
11539     in row-major order.  In other words, the first row is filled first,
11540     then the second, and so on until all items have been added. (If
11541     neccessary, additional rows will be added as items are added.)  If you
11542     need to have greater control over the cells that items are placed in
11543     then use the `wx.GridBagSizer`.
11544
11545     """
11546     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11547     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11548     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11549         """
11550         __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridSizer
11551
11552         Constructor for a wx.GridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the number
11553         of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters is
11554         zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in
11555         the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap*
11556         define extra space between all children.
11557         """
11558         _core_.GridSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GridSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11559         self._setOORInfo(self)
11560
11561     def SetCols(*args, **kwargs):
11562         """
11563         SetCols(self, int cols)
11564
11565         Sets the number of columns in the sizer.
11566         """
11567         return _core_.GridSizer_SetCols(*args, **kwargs)
11568
11569     def SetRows(*args, **kwargs):
11570         """
11571         SetRows(self, int rows)
11572
11573         Sets the number of rows in the sizer.
11574         """
11575         return _core_.GridSizer_SetRows(*args, **kwargs)
11576
11577     def SetVGap(*args, **kwargs):
11578         """
11579         SetVGap(self, int gap)
11580
11581         Sets the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer.
11582         """
11583         return _core_.GridSizer_SetVGap(*args, **kwargs)
11584
11585     def SetHGap(*args, **kwargs):
11586         """
11587         SetHGap(self, int gap)
11588
11589         Sets the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer
11590         """
11591         return _core_.GridSizer_SetHGap(*args, **kwargs)
11592
11593     def GetCols(*args, **kwargs):
11594         """
11595         GetCols(self) -> int
11596
11597         Returns the number of columns in the sizer.
11598         """
11599         return _core_.GridSizer_GetCols(*args, **kwargs)
11600
11601     def GetRows(*args, **kwargs):
11602         """
11603         GetRows(self) -> int
11604
11605         Returns the number of rows in the sizer.
11606         """
11607         return _core_.GridSizer_GetRows(*args, **kwargs)
11608
11609     def GetVGap(*args, **kwargs):
11610         """
11611         GetVGap(self) -> int
11612
11613         Returns the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer.
11614         """
11615         return _core_.GridSizer_GetVGap(*args, **kwargs)
11616
11617     def GetHGap(*args, **kwargs):
11618         """
11619         GetHGap(self) -> int
11620
11621         Returns the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer.
11622         """
11623         return _core_.GridSizer_GetHGap(*args, **kwargs)
11624
11625     def CalcRowsCols(self):
11626         """
11627         CalcRowsCols() -> (rows, cols)
11628
11629         Calculates how many rows and columns will be in the sizer based
11630         on the current number of items and also the rows, cols specified
11631         in the constructor.
11632         """
11633         nitems = len(self.GetChildren())
11634         rows = self.GetRows()
11635         cols = self.GetCols()
11636         assert rows != 0 or cols != 0, "Grid sizer must have either rows or columns fixed"
11637         if cols != 0:
11638             rows = (nitems + cols - 1) / cols
11639         elif rows != 0:
11640             cols = (nitems + rows - 1) / rows
11641         return (rows, cols)
11642
11643 _core_.GridSizer_swigregister(GridSizer)
11644
11645 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11646
11647 FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE
11648 FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED
11649 FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL
11650 class FlexGridSizer(GridSizer):
11651     """
11652     A flex grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a
11653     two-dimensional table with all table cells in one row having the same
11654     height and all cells in one column having the same width, but all
11655     rows or all columns are not necessarily the same height or width as in
11656     the `wx.GridSizer`.
11657
11658     wx.FlexGridSizer can also size items equally in one direction but
11659     unequally ("flexibly") in the other. If the sizer is only flexible
11660     in one direction (this can be changed using `SetFlexibleDirection`), it
11661     needs to be decided how the sizer should grow in the other ("non
11662     flexible") direction in order to fill the available space. The
11663     `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode` method serves this purpose.
11664
11665
11666     """
11667     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11668     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11669     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11670         """
11671         __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> FlexGridSizer
11672
11673         Constructor for a wx.FlexGridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the
11674         number of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters
11675         is zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in
11676         the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap*
11677         define extra space between all children.
11678         """
11679         _core_.FlexGridSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FlexGridSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11680         self._setOORInfo(self)
11681
11682     def AddGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs):
11683         """
11684         AddGrowableRow(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0)
11685
11686         Specifies that row *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if there
11687         is extra space available to the sizer.
11688
11689         The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor
11690         for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all
11691         columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all).
11692         """
11693         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs)
11694
11695     def RemoveGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs):
11696         """
11697         RemoveGrowableRow(self, size_t idx)
11698
11699         Specifies that row *idx* is no longer growable.
11700         """
11701         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs)
11702
11703     def AddGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs):
11704         """
11705         AddGrowableCol(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0)
11706
11707         Specifies that column *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if
11708         there is extra space available to the sizer.
11709
11710         The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor
11711         for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all
11712         columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all).
11713         """
11714         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs)
11715
11716     def RemoveGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs):
11717         """
11718         RemoveGrowableCol(self, size_t idx)
11719
11720         Specifies that column *idx* is no longer growable.
11721         """
11722         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs)
11723
11724     def SetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs):
11725         """
11726         SetFlexibleDirection(self, int direction)
11727
11728         Specifies whether the sizer should flexibly resize its columns, rows,
11729         or both. Argument *direction* can be one of the following values.  Any
11730         other value is ignored.
11731
11732             ==============    =======================================
11733             wx.VERTICAL       Rows are flexibly sized.
11734             wx.HORIZONTAL     Columns are flexibly sized.
11735             wx.BOTH           Both rows and columns are flexibly sized
11736                               (this is the default value).
11737             ==============    =======================================
11738
11739         Note that this method does not trigger relayout.
11740
11741         """
11742         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_SetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs)
11743
11744     def GetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs):
11745         """
11746         GetFlexibleDirection(self) -> int
11747
11748         Returns a value that specifies whether the sizer
11749         flexibly resizes its columns, rows, or both (default).
11750
11751         :see: `SetFlexibleDirection`
11752         """
11753         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs)
11754
11755     def SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs):
11756         """
11757         SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self, int mode)
11758
11759         Specifies how the sizer should grow in the non-flexible direction if
11760         there is one (so `SetFlexibleDirection` must have been called
11761         previously). Argument *mode* can be one of the following values:
11762
11763             ==========================  =================================================
11764             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE       Sizer doesn't grow in the non flexible direction.
11765             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED  Sizer honors growable columns/rows set with
11766                                         `AddGrowableCol` and `AddGrowableRow`. In this
11767                                         case equal sizing applies to minimum sizes of
11768                                         columns or rows (this is the default value).
11769             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL        Sizer equally stretches all columns or rows in
11770                                         the non flexible direction, whether they are
11771                                         growable or not in the flexbile direction.
11772             ==========================  =================================================
11773
11774         Note that this method does not trigger relayout.
11775
11776
11777         """
11778         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs)
11779
11780     def GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs):
11781         """
11782         GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self) -> int
11783
11784         Returns the value that specifies how the sizer grows in the
11785         non-flexible direction if there is one.
11786
11787         :see: `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode`
11788         """
11789         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs)
11790
11791     def GetRowHeights(*args, **kwargs):
11792         """
11793         GetRowHeights(self) -> list
11794
11795         Returns a list of integers representing the heights of each of the
11796         rows in the sizer.
11797         """
11798         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetRowHeights(*args, **kwargs)
11799
11800     def GetColWidths(*args, **kwargs):
11801         """
11802         GetColWidths(self) -> list
11803
11804         Returns a list of integers representing the widths of each of the
11805         columns in the sizer.
11806         """
11807         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetColWidths(*args, **kwargs)
11808
11809 _core_.FlexGridSizer_swigregister(FlexGridSizer)
11810
11811 class StdDialogButtonSizer(BoxSizer):
11812     """
11813     A special sizer that knows how to order and position standard buttons
11814     in order to conform to the current platform's standards.  You simply
11815     need to add each `wx.Button` to the sizer, and be sure to create the
11816     buttons using the standard ID's.  Then call `Realize` and the sizer
11817     will take care of the rest.
11818
11819     """
11820     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11821     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11822     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11823         """__init__(self) -> StdDialogButtonSizer"""
11824         _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_StdDialogButtonSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11825     def AddButton(*args, **kwargs):
11826         """
11827         AddButton(self, wxButton button)
11828
11829         Use this to add the buttons to this sizer.  Do not use the `Add`
11830         method in the base class.
11831         """
11832         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_AddButton(*args, **kwargs)
11833
11834     def Realize(*args, **kwargs):
11835         """
11836         Realize(self)
11837
11838         This funciton needs to be called after all the buttons have been added
11839         to the sizer.  It will reorder them and position them in a platform
11840         specifc manner.
11841         """
11842         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_Realize(*args, **kwargs)
11843
11844     def SetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
11845         """SetAffirmativeButton(self, wxButton button)"""
11846         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
11847
11848     def SetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
11849         """SetNegativeButton(self, wxButton button)"""
11850         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
11851
11852     def SetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs):
11853         """SetCancelButton(self, wxButton button)"""
11854         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs)
11855
11856     def GetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
11857         """GetAffirmativeButton(self) -> wxButton"""
11858         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
11859
11860     def GetApplyButton(*args, **kwargs):
11861         """GetApplyButton(self) -> wxButton"""
11862         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetApplyButton(*args, **kwargs)
11863
11864     def GetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
11865         """GetNegativeButton(self) -> wxButton"""
11866         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
11867
11868     def GetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs):
11869         """GetCancelButton(self) -> wxButton"""
11870         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs)
11871
11872     def GetHelpButton(*args, **kwargs):
11873         """GetHelpButton(self) -> wxButton"""
11874         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetHelpButton(*args, **kwargs)
11875
11876 _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_swigregister(StdDialogButtonSizer)
11877
11878 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11879
11880 class GBPosition(object):
11881     """
11882     This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of
11883     rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has
11884     typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of
11885     integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic
11886     representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code.
11887     """
11888     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11889     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11890     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11891         """
11892         __init__(self, int row=0, int col=0) -> GBPosition
11893
11894         This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of
11895         rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has
11896         typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of
11897         integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic
11898         representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code.
11899         """
11900         _core_.GBPosition_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBPosition(*args, **kwargs))
11901     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBPosition
11902     __del__ = lambda self : None;
11903     def GetRow(*args, **kwargs):
11904         """GetRow(self) -> int"""
11905         return _core_.GBPosition_GetRow(*args, **kwargs)
11906
11907     def GetCol(*args, **kwargs):
11908         """GetCol(self) -> int"""
11909         return _core_.GBPosition_GetCol(*args, **kwargs)
11910
11911     def SetRow(*args, **kwargs):
11912         """SetRow(self, int row)"""
11913         return _core_.GBPosition_SetRow(*args, **kwargs)
11914
11915     def SetCol(*args, **kwargs):
11916         """SetCol(self, int col)"""
11917         return _core_.GBPosition_SetCol(*args, **kwargs)
11918
11919     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
11920         """
11921         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
11922
11923         Compare GBPosition for equality.
11924         """
11925         return _core_.GBPosition___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
11926
11927     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
11928         """
11929         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
11930
11931         Compare GBPosition for inequality.
11932         """
11933         return _core_.GBPosition___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
11934
11935     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
11936         """Set(self, int row=0, int col=0)"""
11937         return _core_.GBPosition_Set(*args, **kwargs)
11938
11939     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
11940         """Get(self) -> PyObject"""
11941         return _core_.GBPosition_Get(*args, **kwargs)
11942
11943     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
11944     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
11945     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.GBPosition'+str(self.Get())
11946     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
11947     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
11948     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
11949         if index == 0: self.SetRow(val)
11950         elif index == 1: self.SetCol(val)
11951         else: raise IndexError
11952     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
11953     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
11954     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.GBPosition, self.Get())
11955
11956     row = property(GetRow, SetRow)
11957     col = property(GetCol, SetCol)
11958
11959 _core_.GBPosition_swigregister(GBPosition)
11960
11961 class GBSpan(object):
11962     """
11963     This class is used to hold the row and column spanning attributes of
11964     items in a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has typemaps that will
11965     automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of integers to a
11966     wx.GBSpan, so you can use the more pythonic representation of the span
11967     nearly transparently in Python code.
11968
11969     """
11970     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11971     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11972     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11973         """
11974         __init__(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1) -> GBSpan
11975
11976         Construct a new wxGBSpan, optionally setting the rowspan and
11977         colspan. The default is (1,1). (Meaning that the item occupies one
11978         cell in each direction.
11979         """
11980         _core_.GBSpan_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBSpan(*args, **kwargs))
11981     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBSpan
11982     __del__ = lambda self : None;
11983     def GetRowspan(*args, **kwargs):
11984         """GetRowspan(self) -> int"""
11985         return _core_.GBSpan_GetRowspan(*args, **kwargs)
11986
11987     def GetColspan(*args, **kwargs):
11988         """GetColspan(self) -> int"""
11989         return _core_.GBSpan_GetColspan(*args, **kwargs)
11990
11991     def SetRowspan(*args, **kwargs):
11992         """SetRowspan(self, int rowspan)"""
11993         return _core_.GBSpan_SetRowspan(*args, **kwargs)
11994
11995     def SetColspan(*args, **kwargs):
11996         """SetColspan(self, int colspan)"""
11997         return _core_.GBSpan_SetColspan(*args, **kwargs)
11998
11999     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
12000         """
12001         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
12002
12003         Compare wxGBSpan for equality.
12004         """
12005         return _core_.GBSpan___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
12006
12007     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
12008         """
12009         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
12010
12011         Compare GBSpan for inequality.
12012         """
12013         return _core_.GBSpan___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
12014
12015     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
12016         """Set(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1)"""
12017         return _core_.GBSpan_Set(*args, **kwargs)
12018
12019     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
12020         """Get(self) -> PyObject"""
12021         return _core_.GBSpan_Get(*args, **kwargs)
12022
12023     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
12024     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
12025     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.GBSpan'+str(self.Get())
12026     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
12027     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
12028     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
12029         if index == 0: self.SetRowspan(val)
12030         elif index == 1: self.SetColspan(val)
12031         else: raise IndexError
12032     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
12033     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
12034     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.GBSpan, self.Get())
12035
12036     rowspan = property(GetRowspan, SetRowspan)
12037     colspan = property(GetColspan, SetColspan)
12038
12039 _core_.GBSpan_swigregister(GBSpan)
12040
12041 class GBSizerItem(SizerItem):
12042     """
12043     The wx.GBSizerItem class is used to track the additional data about
12044     items in a `wx.GridBagSizer` such as the item's position in the grid
12045     and how many rows or columns it spans.
12046
12047     """
12048     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12049     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12050     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12051         """
12052         __init__(self) -> GBSizerItem
12053
12054         Constructs an empty wx.GBSizerItem.  Either a window, sizer or spacer
12055         size will need to be set, as well as a position and span before this
12056         item can be used in a Sizer.
12057
12058         You will probably never need to create a wx.GBSizerItem directly as they
12059         are created automatically when the sizer's Add method is called.
12060         """
12061         _core_.GBSizerItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBSizerItem(*args, **kwargs))
12062     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBSizerItem
12063     __del__ = lambda self : None;
12064     def GetPos(*args, **kwargs):
12065         """
12066         GetPos(self) -> GBPosition
12067
12068         Get the grid position of the item
12069         """
12070         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetPos(*args, **kwargs)
12071
12072     def GetPosTuple(self): return self.GetPos().Get()
12073     def GetSpan(*args, **kwargs):
12074         """
12075         GetSpan(self) -> GBSpan
12076
12077         Get the row and column spanning of the item
12078         """
12079         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetSpan(*args, **kwargs)
12080
12081     def GetSpanTuple(self): return self.GetSpan().Get()
12082     def SetPos(*args, **kwargs):
12083         """
12084         SetPos(self, GBPosition pos) -> bool
12085
12086         If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that
12087         there is no other item that would intersect with this one at the new
12088         position, then set the new position.  Returns True if the change is
12089         successful and after the next Layout() the item will be moved.
12090         """
12091         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetPos(*args, **kwargs)
12092
12093     def SetSpan(*args, **kwargs):
12094         """
12095         SetSpan(self, GBSpan span) -> bool
12096
12097         If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that
12098         there is no other item that would intersect with this one with its new
12099         spanning size, then set the new spanning.  Returns True if the change
12100         is successful and after the next Layout() the item will be resized.
12101
12102         """
12103         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetSpan(*args, **kwargs)
12104
12105     def Intersects(*args, **kwargs):
12106         """
12107         Intersects(self, GBSizerItem other) -> bool
12108
12109         Returns True if this item and the other item instersect.
12110         """
12111         return _core_.GBSizerItem_Intersects(*args, **kwargs)
12112
12113     def IntersectsPos(*args, **kwargs):
12114         """
12115         IntersectsPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span) -> bool
12116
12117         Returns True if the given pos/span would intersect with this item.
12118         """
12119         return _core_.GBSizerItem_IntersectsPos(*args, **kwargs)
12120
12121     def GetEndPos(*args, **kwargs):
12122         """
12123         GetEndPos(self) -> GBPosition
12124
12125         Get the row and column of the endpoint of this item.
12126         """
12127         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetEndPos(*args, **kwargs)
12128
12129     def GetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12130         """
12131         GetGBSizer(self) -> GridBagSizer
12132
12133         Get the sizer this item is a member of.
12134         """
12135         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12136
12137     def SetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12138         """
12139         SetGBSizer(self, GridBagSizer sizer)
12140
12141         Set the sizer this item is a member of.
12142         """
12143         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12144
12145 _core_.GBSizerItem_swigregister(GBSizerItem)
12146 DefaultSpan = cvar.DefaultSpan
12147
12148 def GBSizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12149     """
12150     GBSizerItemWindow(Window window, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,
12151         int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12152
12153     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a window.
12154     """
12155     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12156     return val
12157
12158 def GBSizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12159     """
12160     GBSizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,
12161         int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12162
12163     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a sizer
12164     """
12165     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12166     return val
12167
12168 def GBSizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
12169     """
12170     GBSizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span,
12171         int flag, int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12172
12173     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a spacer.
12174     """
12175     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
12176     return val
12177
12178 class GridBagSizer(FlexGridSizer):
12179     """
12180     A `wx.Sizer` that can lay out items in a virtual grid like a
12181     `wx.FlexGridSizer` but in this case explicit positioning of the items
12182     is allowed using `wx.GBPosition`, and items can optionally span more
12183     than one row and/or column using `wx.GBSpan`.  The total size of the
12184     virtual grid is determined by the largest row and column that items are
12185     positioned at, adjusted for spanning.
12186
12187     """
12188     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12189     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12190     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12191         """
12192         __init__(self, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridBagSizer
12193
12194         Constructor, with optional parameters to specify the gap between the
12195         rows and columns.
12196         """
12197         _core_.GridBagSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GridBagSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12198         self._setOORInfo(self)
12199
12200     def Add(*args, **kwargs):
12201         """
12202         Add(self, item, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span=DefaultSpan, int flag=0,
12203         int border=0, userData=None) -> wx.GBSizerItem
12204
12205         Adds an item to the sizer at the grid cell *pos*, optionally spanning
12206         more than one row or column as specified with *span*.  The remaining
12207         args behave similarly to `wx.Sizer.Add`.
12208
12209         Returns True if the item was successfully placed at the given cell
12210         position, False if something was already there.
12211
12212         """
12213         return _core_.GridBagSizer_Add(*args, **kwargs)
12214
12215     def AddItem(*args, **kwargs):
12216         """
12217         Add(self, GBSizerItem item) -> wx.GBSizerItem
12218
12219         Add an item to the sizer using a `wx.GBSizerItem`.  Returns True if
12220         the item was successfully placed at its given cell position, False if
12221         something was already there.
12222         """
12223         return _core_.GridBagSizer_AddItem(*args, **kwargs)
12224
12225     def GetCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
12226         """
12227         GetCellSize(self, int row, int col) -> Size
12228
12229         Get the size of the specified cell, including hgap and
12230         vgap.  Only valid after a Layout.
12231         """
12232         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
12233
12234     def GetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
12235         """
12236         GetEmptyCellSize(self) -> Size
12237
12238         Get the size used for cells in the grid with no item.
12239         """
12240         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
12241
12242     def SetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
12243         """
12244         SetEmptyCellSize(self, Size sz)
12245
12246         Set the size used for cells in the grid with no item.
12247         """
12248         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
12249
12250     def GetItemPosition(*args):
12251         """
12252         GetItemPosition(self, item) -> GBPosition
12253
12254         Get the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a
12255         window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based
12256         index of an item.
12257         """
12258         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetItemPosition(*args)
12259
12260     def SetItemPosition(*args):
12261         """
12262         SetItemPosition(self, item, GBPosition pos) -> bool
12263
12264         Set the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a
12265         window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based
12266         index of an item.  Returns True on success.  If the move is not
12267         allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned.
12268
12269         """
12270         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetItemPosition(*args)
12271
12272     def GetItemSpan(*args):
12273         """
12274         GetItemSpan(self, item) -> GBSpan
12275
12276         Get the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is
12277         either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a
12278         zero-based index of an item.
12279         """
12280         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetItemSpan(*args)
12281
12282     def SetItemSpan(*args):
12283         """
12284         SetItemSpan(self, item, GBSpan span) -> bool
12285
12286         Set the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is
12287         either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a
12288         zero-based index of an item.  Returns True on success.  If the move is
12289         not allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned.
12290         """
12291         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetItemSpan(*args)
12292
12293     def FindItem(*args):
12294         """
12295         FindItem(self, item) -> GBSizerItem
12296
12297         Find the sizer item for the given window or subsizer, returns None if
12298         not found. (non-recursive)
12299         """
12300         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItem(*args)
12301
12302     def FindItemAtPosition(*args, **kwargs):
12303         """
12304         FindItemAtPosition(self, GBPosition pos) -> GBSizerItem
12305
12306         Return the sizer item for the given grid cell, or None if there is no
12307         item at that position. (non-recursive)
12308         """
12309         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPosition(*args, **kwargs)
12310
12311     def FindItemAtPoint(*args, **kwargs):
12312         """
12313         FindItemAtPoint(self, Point pt) -> GBSizerItem
12314
12315         Return the sizer item located at the point given in *pt*, or None if
12316         there is no item at that point. The (x,y) coordinates in pt correspond
12317         to the client coordinates of the window using the sizer for
12318         layout. (non-recursive)
12319         """
12320         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPoint(*args, **kwargs)
12321
12322     def CheckForIntersection(*args, **kwargs):
12323         """
12324         CheckForIntersection(self, GBSizerItem item, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool
12325
12326         Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the
12327         given *item*.  Returns True if so, False if there would be no overlap.
12328         If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked for
12329         intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the
12330         position of.
12331
12332         """
12333         return _core_.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersection(*args, **kwargs)
12334
12335     def CheckForIntersectionPos(*args, **kwargs):
12336         """
12337         CheckForIntersectionPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool
12338
12339         Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the
12340         given position and span.  Returns True if so, False if there would be
12341         no overlap.  If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked
12342         for intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the
12343         position of.
12344         """
12345         return _core_.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersectionPos(*args, **kwargs)
12346
12347 _core_.GridBagSizer_swigregister(GridBagSizer)
12348
12349 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12350
12351 Left = _core_.Left
12352 Top = _core_.Top
12353 Right = _core_.Right
12354 Bottom = _core_.Bottom
12355 Width = _core_.Width
12356 Height = _core_.Height
12357 Centre = _core_.Centre
12358 Center = _core_.Center
12359 CentreX = _core_.CentreX
12360 CentreY = _core_.CentreY
12361 Unconstrained = _core_.Unconstrained
12362 AsIs = _core_.AsIs
12363 PercentOf = _core_.PercentOf
12364 Above = _core_.Above
12365 Below = _core_.Below
12366 LeftOf = _core_.LeftOf
12367 RightOf = _core_.RightOf
12368 SameAs = _core_.SameAs
12369 Absolute = _core_.Absolute
12370 class IndividualLayoutConstraint(Object):
12371     """
12372     Objects of this class are stored in the `wx.LayoutConstraints` class as
12373     one of eight possible constraints that a window can be involved in.
12374     You will never need to create an instance of
12375     wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, rather you should create a
12376     `wx.LayoutConstraints` instance and use the individual contstraints
12377     that it contains.
12378     """
12379     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12380     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
12381     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12382     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
12383         """
12384         Set(self, int rel, Window otherW, int otherE, int val=0, int marg=wxLAYOUT_DEFAULT_MARGIN)
12385
12386         Sets the properties of the constraint. Normally called by one of the
12387         convenience functions such as Above, RightOf, SameAs.
12388         """
12389         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Set(*args, **kwargs)
12390
12391     def LeftOf(*args, **kwargs):
12392         """
12393         LeftOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
12394
12395         Constrains this edge to be to the left of the given window, with an
12396         optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the left edge of the
12397         other window.
12398         """
12399         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_LeftOf(*args, **kwargs)
12400
12401     def RightOf(*args, **kwargs):
12402         """
12403         RightOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
12404
12405         Constrains this edge to be to the right of the given window, with an
12406         optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the right edge of the
12407         other window.
12408         """
12409         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_RightOf(*args, **kwargs)
12410
12411     def Above(*args, **kwargs):
12412         """
12413         Above(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
12414
12415         Constrains this edge to be above the given window, with an optional
12416         margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the top edge of the other
12417         window.
12418         """
12419         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Above(*args, **kwargs)
12420
12421     def Below(*args, **kwargs):
12422         """
12423         Below(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
12424
12425         Constrains this edge to be below the given window, with an optional
12426         margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the bottom edge of the other
12427         window.
12428         """
12429         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Below(*args, **kwargs)
12430
12431     def SameAs(*args, **kwargs):
12432         """
12433         SameAs(self, Window otherW, int edge, int marg=0)
12434
12435         Constrains this edge or dimension to be to the same as the edge of the
12436         given window, with an optional margin.
12437         """
12438         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SameAs(*args, **kwargs)
12439
12440     def PercentOf(*args, **kwargs):
12441         """
12442         PercentOf(self, Window otherW, int wh, int per)
12443
12444         Constrains this edge or dimension to be to a percentage of the given
12445         window, with an optional margin.
12446         """
12447         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_PercentOf(*args, **kwargs)
12448
12449     def Absolute(*args, **kwargs):
12450         """
12451         Absolute(self, int val)
12452
12453         Constrains this edge or dimension to be the given absolute value.
12454         """
12455         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Absolute(*args, **kwargs)
12456
12457     def Unconstrained(*args, **kwargs):
12458         """
12459         Unconstrained(self)
12460
12461         Sets this edge or dimension to be unconstrained, that is, dependent on
12462         other edges and dimensions from which this value can be deduced.
12463         """
12464         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Unconstrained(*args, **kwargs)
12465
12466     def AsIs(*args, **kwargs):
12467         """
12468         AsIs(self)
12469
12470         Sets this edge or constraint to be whatever the window's value is at
12471         the moment. If either of the width and height constraints are *as is*,
12472         the window will not be resized, but moved instead. This is important
12473         when considering panel items which are intended to have a default
12474         size, such as a button, which may take its size from the size of the
12475         button label.
12476         """
12477         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_AsIs(*args, **kwargs)
12478
12479     def GetOtherWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12480         """GetOtherWindow(self) -> Window"""
12481         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12482
12483     def GetMyEdge(*args, **kwargs):
12484         """GetMyEdge(self) -> int"""
12485         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMyEdge(*args, **kwargs)
12486
12487     def SetEdge(*args, **kwargs):
12488         """SetEdge(self, int which)"""
12489         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetEdge(*args, **kwargs)
12490
12491     def SetValue(*args, **kwargs):
12492         """SetValue(self, int v)"""
12493         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetValue(*args, **kwargs)
12494
12495     def GetMargin(*args, **kwargs):
12496         """GetMargin(self) -> int"""
12497         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMargin(*args, **kwargs)
12498
12499     def SetMargin(*args, **kwargs):
12500         """SetMargin(self, int m)"""
12501         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetMargin(*args, **kwargs)
12502
12503     def GetValue(*args, **kwargs):
12504         """GetValue(self) -> int"""
12505         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetValue(*args, **kwargs)
12506
12507     def GetPercent(*args, **kwargs):
12508         """GetPercent(self) -> int"""
12509         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetPercent(*args, **kwargs)
12510
12511     def GetOtherEdge(*args, **kwargs):
12512         """GetOtherEdge(self) -> int"""
12513         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherEdge(*args, **kwargs)
12514
12515     def GetDone(*args, **kwargs):
12516         """GetDone(self) -> bool"""
12517         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetDone(*args, **kwargs)
12518
12519     def SetDone(*args, **kwargs):
12520         """SetDone(self, bool d)"""
12521         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetDone(*args, **kwargs)
12522
12523     def GetRelationship(*args, **kwargs):
12524         """GetRelationship(self) -> int"""
12525         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetRelationship(*args, **kwargs)
12526
12527     def SetRelationship(*args, **kwargs):
12528         """SetRelationship(self, int r)"""
12529         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetRelationship(*args, **kwargs)
12530
12531     def ResetIfWin(*args, **kwargs):
12532         """
12533         ResetIfWin(self, Window otherW) -> bool
12534
12535         Reset constraint if it mentions otherWin
12536         """
12537         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_ResetIfWin(*args, **kwargs)
12538
12539     def SatisfyConstraint(*args, **kwargs):
12540         """
12541         SatisfyConstraint(self, LayoutConstraints constraints, Window win) -> bool
12542
12543         Try to satisfy constraint
12544         """
12545         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SatisfyConstraint(*args, **kwargs)
12546
12547     def GetEdge(*args, **kwargs):
12548         """
12549         GetEdge(self, int which, Window thisWin, Window other) -> int
12550
12551         Get the value of this edge or dimension, or if this
12552         is not determinable, -1.
12553         """
12554         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetEdge(*args, **kwargs)
12555
12556 _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_swigregister(IndividualLayoutConstraint)
12557
12558 class LayoutConstraints(Object):
12559     """
12560     **Note:** constraints are now deprecated and you should use sizers
12561     instead.
12562
12563     Objects of this class can be associated with a window to define its
12564     layout constraints, with respect to siblings or its parent.
12565
12566     The class consists of the following eight constraints of class
12567     wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, some or all of which should be accessed
12568     directly to set the appropriate constraints.
12569
12570         * left: represents the left hand edge of the window
12571         * right: represents the right hand edge of the window
12572         * top: represents the top edge of the window
12573         * bottom: represents the bottom edge of the window
12574         * width: represents the width of the window
12575         * height: represents the height of the window
12576         * centreX: represents the horizontal centre point of the window
12577         * centreY: represents the vertical centre point of the window
12578
12579     Most constraints are initially set to have the relationship
12580     wxUnconstrained, which means that their values should be calculated by
12581     looking at known constraints. The exceptions are width and height,
12582     which are set to wxAsIs to ensure that if the user does not specify a
12583     constraint, the existing width and height will be used, to be
12584     compatible with panel items which often have take a default size. If
12585     the constraint is ``wx.AsIs``, the dimension will not be changed.
12586
12587     :see: `wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint`, `wx.Window.SetConstraints`
12588
12589     """
12590     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12591     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12592     left = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_left_get)
12593     top = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_top_get)
12594     right = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_right_get)
12595     bottom = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_bottom_get)
12596     width = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_width_get)
12597     height = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_height_get)
12598     centreX = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_centreX_get)
12599     centreY = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_centreY_get)
12600     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12601         """__init__(self) -> LayoutConstraints"""
12602         _core_.LayoutConstraints_swiginit(self,_core_.new_LayoutConstraints(*args, **kwargs))
12603     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_LayoutConstraints
12604     __del__ = lambda self : None;
12605     def SatisfyConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
12606         """SatisfyConstraints(Window win) -> (areSatisfied, noChanges)"""
12607         return _core_.LayoutConstraints_SatisfyConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
12608
12609     def AreSatisfied(*args, **kwargs):
12610         """AreSatisfied(self) -> bool"""
12611         return _core_.LayoutConstraints_AreSatisfied(*args, **kwargs)
12612
12613 _core_.LayoutConstraints_swigregister(LayoutConstraints)
12614
12615 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12616
12617 # Use Python's bool constants if available, make some if not
12618 try:
12619     True
12620 except NameError:
12621     __builtins__.True = 1==1
12622     __builtins__.False = 1==0
12623     def bool(value): return not not value
12624     __builtins__.bool = bool
12625
12626
12627
12628 # workarounds for bad wxRTTI names
12629 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxGauge95']    = 'wxGauge'
12630 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxSlider95']   = 'wxSlider'
12631 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxStatusBar95']   = 'wxStatusBar'
12632
12633
12634 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12635 # Load version numbers from __version__...  Ensure that major and minor
12636 # versions are the same for both wxPython and wxWidgets.
12637
12638 from __version__ import *
12639 __version__ = VERSION_STRING
12640
12641 assert MAJOR_VERSION == _core_.MAJOR_VERSION, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch"
12642 assert MINOR_VERSION == _core_.MINOR_VERSION, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch"
12643 if RELEASE_VERSION != _core_.RELEASE_VERSION:
12644     import warnings
12645     warnings.warn("wxPython/wxWidgets release number mismatch")
12646
12647 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12648
12649 # Set wxPython's default string<-->unicode conversion encoding from
12650 # the locale, but only if Python's default hasn't been changed.  (We
12651 # assume that if the user has customized it already then that is the
12652 # encoding we need to use as well.)
12653 #
12654 # The encoding selected here is used when string or unicode objects
12655 # need to be converted in order to pass them to wxWidgets.  Please be
12656 # aware that the default encoding within the same locale may be
12657 # slightly different on different platforms.  For example, please see
12658 # http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences
12659 # between the common latin/roman encodings.
12660
12661 default = _sys.getdefaultencoding()
12662 if default == 'ascii':
12663     import locale
12664     import codecs
12665     try:
12666         default = locale.getdefaultlocale()[1]
12667         codecs.lookup(default)
12668     except (ValueError, LookupError, TypeError):
12669         default = _sys.getdefaultencoding()
12670     del locale
12671     del codecs
12672 if default:
12673     wx.SetDefaultPyEncoding(default)
12674 del default
12675
12676 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12677
12678 class PyDeadObjectError(AttributeError):
12679     pass
12680
12681 class _wxPyDeadObject(object):
12682     """
12683     Instances of wx objects that are OOR capable will have their __class__
12684     changed to this class when the C++ object is deleted.  This should help
12685     prevent crashes due to referencing a bogus C++ pointer.
12686     """
12687     reprStr = "wxPython wrapper for DELETED %s object! (The C++ object no longer exists.)"
12688     attrStr = "The C++ part of the %s object has been deleted, attribute access no longer allowed."
12689
12690     def __repr__(self):
12691         if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
12692             self._name = "[unknown]"
12693         return self.reprStr % self._name
12694
12695     def __getattr__(self, *args):
12696         if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
12697             self._name = "[unknown]"
12698         raise PyDeadObjectError(self.attrStr % self._name)
12699
12700     def __nonzero__(self):
12701         return 0
12702
12703
12704
12705 class PyUnbornObjectError(AttributeError):
12706     pass
12707
12708 class _wxPyUnbornObject(object):
12709     """
12710     Some stock objects are created when the wx._core module is
12711     imported, but their C++ instance is not created until the wx.App
12712     object is created and initialized.  These object instances will
12713     temporarily have their __class__ changed to this class so an
12714     exception will be raised if they are used before the C++ instance
12715     is ready.
12716     """
12717
12718     reprStr = "wxPython wrapper for UNBORN object! (The C++ object is not initialized yet.)"
12719     attrStr = "The C++ part of this object has not been initialized, attribute access not allowed."
12720
12721     def __repr__(self):
12722         #if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
12723         #    self._name = "[unknown]"
12724         return self.reprStr #% self._name
12725
12726     def __getattr__(self, *args):
12727         #if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
12728         #    self._name = "[unknown]"
12729         raise PyUnbornObjectError(self.attrStr) # % self._name )
12730
12731     def __nonzero__(self):
12732         return 0
12733
12734
12735 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12736
12737 def CallAfter(callable, *args, **kw):
12738     """
12739     Call the specified function after the current and pending event
12740     handlers have been completed.  This is also good for making GUI
12741     method calls from non-GUI threads.  Any extra positional or
12742     keyword args are passed on to the callable when it is called.
12743
12744     :see: `wx.FutureCall`
12745     """
12746     app = wx.GetApp()
12747     assert app is not None, 'No wx.App created yet'
12748
12749     if not hasattr(app, "_CallAfterId"):
12750         app._CallAfterId = wx.NewEventType()
12751         app.Connect(-1, -1, app._CallAfterId,
12752                     lambda event: event.callable(*event.args, **event.kw) )
12753     evt = wx.PyEvent()
12754     evt.SetEventType(app._CallAfterId)
12755     evt.callable = callable
12756     evt.args = args
12757     evt.kw = kw
12758     wx.PostEvent(app, evt)
12759
12760 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12761
12762
12763 class FutureCall:
12764     """
12765     A convenience class for `wx.Timer`, that calls the given callable
12766     object once after the given amount of milliseconds, passing any
12767     positional or keyword args.  The return value of the callable is
12768     availbale after it has been run with the `GetResult` method.
12769
12770     If you don't need to get the return value or restart the timer
12771     then there is no need to hold a reference to this object.  It will
12772     hold a reference to itself while the timer is running (the timer
12773     has a reference to self.Notify) but the cycle will be broken when
12774     the timer completes, automatically cleaning up the wx.FutureCall
12775     object.
12776
12777     :see: `wx.CallAfter`
12778     """
12779     def __init__(self, millis, callable, *args, **kwargs):
12780         self.millis = millis
12781         self.callable = callable
12782         self.SetArgs(*args, **kwargs)
12783         self.runCount = 0
12784         self.running = False
12785         self.hasRun = False
12786         self.result = None
12787         self.timer = None
12788         self.Start()
12789
12790     def __del__(self):
12791         self.Stop()
12792
12793
12794     def Start(self, millis=None, *args, **kwargs):
12795         """
12796         (Re)start the timer
12797         """
12798         self.hasRun = False
12799         if millis is not None:
12800             self.millis = millis
12801         if args or kwargs:
12802             self.SetArgs(*args, **kwargs)
12803         self.Stop()
12804         self.timer = wx.PyTimer(self.Notify)
12805         self.timer.Start(self.millis, wx.TIMER_ONE_SHOT)
12806         self.running = True
12807     Restart = Start
12808
12809
12810     def Stop(self):
12811         """
12812         Stop and destroy the timer.
12813         """
12814         if self.timer is not None:
12815             self.timer.Stop()
12816             self.timer = None
12817
12818
12819     def GetInterval(self):
12820         if self.timer is not None:
12821             return self.timer.GetInterval()
12822         else:
12823             return 0
12824
12825
12826     def IsRunning(self):
12827         return self.timer is not None and self.timer.IsRunning()
12828
12829
12830     def SetArgs(self, *args, **kwargs):
12831         """
12832         (Re)set the args passed to the callable object.  This is
12833         useful in conjunction with Restart if you want to schedule a
12834         new call to the same callable object but with different
12835         parameters.
12836         """
12837         self.args = args
12838         self.kwargs = kwargs
12839
12840
12841     def HasRun(self):
12842         return self.hasRun
12843
12844     def GetResult(self):
12845         return self.result
12846
12847     def Notify(self):
12848         """
12849         The timer has expired so call the callable.
12850         """
12851         if self.callable and getattr(self.callable, 'im_self', True):
12852             self.runCount += 1
12853             self.running = False
12854             self.result = self.callable(*self.args, **self.kwargs)
12855         self.hasRun = True
12856         if not self.running:
12857             # if it wasn't restarted, then cleanup
12858             wx.CallAfter(self.Stop)
12859
12860
12861
12862 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12863 # Control which items in this module should be documented by epydoc.
12864 # We allow only classes and functions, which will help reduce the size
12865 # of the docs by filtering out the zillions of constants, EVT objects,
12866 # and etc that don't make much sense by themselves, but are instead
12867 # documented (or will be) as part of the classes/functions/methods
12868 # where they should be used.
12869
12870 class __DocFilter:
12871     """
12872     A filter for epydoc that only allows non-Ptr classes and
12873     fucntions, in order to reduce the clutter in the API docs.
12874     """
12875     def __init__(self, globals):
12876         self._globals = globals
12877
12878     def __call__(self, name):
12879         import types
12880         obj = self._globals.get(name, None)
12881         if type(obj) not in [type, types.ClassType, types.FunctionType, types.BuiltinFunctionType]:
12882             return False
12883         if name.startswith('_') or name.startswith('EVT') or name.endswith('_swigregister')  or name.endswith('Ptr') :
12884             return False
12885         return True
12886
12887 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12888 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12889
12890 # Import other modules in this package that should show up in the
12891 # "core" wx namespace
12892 from _gdi import *
12893 from _windows import *
12894 from _controls import *
12895 from _misc import *
12896
12897 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12898 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12899
12900
12901